高一英语必修一英语教学工作总结（精选多篇）

推荐第1篇：高一必修一英语笔记

English Notes

Book 1 Unit 1 1.add up 合计；加起来

add up to 总计达；总共有（多少） add A to B 给B加上A add to 增添；增加

add + that从句/直接引语 补充说，继续说 2.ignore (v.忽视，对…不理睬，不顾) ignorant （adj.不知的，无知的） ignorance(n.无知，愚昧) be ignorant of/about sth.= be in ignorance 对某事不了解近义: take no notice of / pay no attention to 3.calm: 形容水面平静,人的情绪不激动 calm(them/it/....)down quiet: 不吵闹，心里没有烦恼 still: 一动不动，静止 silent: 沉默，不讲话

4.have got to=have to/must have you got to...? haven’got to; don’t have to 5.be concerned about/for=be worried about 为…担心

be concerned with 与...有关；涉及

as far as sb is concerned=in one’s opinion 我认为 with concern 关切地 concerning prep.有关的 6.go through 1）经历，经受（不好的事）experience 2）仔细检查，审查

3）浏览，翻阅look through go的其它短语：

go after 追赶 go by 走过 go ahead 前进 go along 向前进，一起去go on 继续go over 复习go in for 爱好，从事 through的其它短语：

come through安然度过 look through浏览，翻阅

pa through穿过，通过get through 完成，穿越，通过，接通电话

注：through本身有从头到尾的意思 7.set down 1）写下，记下write down 2）制定，规定

3）将…停下来让乘客下车 set的其它短语：

set aside 不顾，把…放在一边 set forward 提出，促进set

back 使推迟set about doing sth.着手做某事set off 动身，出发

set out to do sth.出发，着手set up竖起，创设，开办 8.a TV series 电视剧

a series of 一连串的，一系列的，一套的 9.be outdoors(≠indoors) in the open air 10.spellbound adj.入迷的

11.on purpose 故意地 do sth.on purpose 反义：by chance/accident 偶然

do sth with/for the purpose of 怀着...的目的 12.in order to do/ in order not to do （句首，句末） to do（句首，句末）

so as to do （不可位于句首，只能放句末） 13.at dusk ≠at dawn thundering adj.雷鸣般的

14.be good to; be bad to; be +adj.+ to point 分数；point to 指向；point at 指着 15.not...until 直到...才 until/till 直到

get it repaired get sth.done 让...被做=have sth.done upset sb.使...不安

16.cheat in the exam 作弊 cheat sb.欺骗某人 cheat sb.(out)of sth.骗某人某物 cheat sb.into doing sth.骗

某人做某事

17.should have done 本来应该做某事（而实际没做，含有责备的意味）

should not have done本来不该做某事（而实际已做） 18.make a list of 列清单 在单上:on the list reason n.理由，原因

（1） 构成句型 The reason why ...is that ...（2） 构成短语the reason for sth/to dothe(some)reason There’s no reason for that.那事没有什么理由 19.feeling感到 feelings 情感

be afraid to do sth 害怕去做...be afraid of doing 害怕某事发生/sb/sth 20.hide:hide-and-hide 捉迷藏

hide away (1)躲藏 hide away in the forest (2)藏 hide away sth; hide sth away 21.It is...(被强调)that...be/get/grow crazy about 对...狂热be crazy to do sth 做某事是不理智的

22.do with 与...有联系 处理=deal with 区别：do with→what deal with→how

和for

have something to with与...有些关系=be concerned with have a lot to do with 与...有很大关系 have nothing to do with 与...没有关系 23.there was a time 有一段...的时间 there was a time when 这/那时发生了...24.take along 随身携带 by oneself独自；靠自己

25.far+adj./adv./比较级（加深程度） much too+adj.too much+不可数名词 26.happen to 碰巧 sb happen to do sth It happens/happened+that clause 27.dare( 用法跟need相似) (1) (2) 情态动词，常用于否定句（dare not）疑问句（dare提前） 实意动词，后常与不定式连用，但在dares,dared后或是在否定句中的to可以省略 (3) I dare say.我想，我以为=as far as I'm concerned 28.It/This is the first/second...time that+主语+have/has done It/This was the first/second/third...time+主语+had done 29.Look...through...透过...看...look through 浏览 It's no pleasure/use doing 做...没乐趣

30.face to face面对面地 （在句中作状语）face-to-face面

对面的（作定语） 类似的还有：

heart to heart 坦诚地 shoulder to shoulder 肩并肩地 back to back 背对背地 step by step逐步地side by side并排地 one by one一个一个地 arm in arm臂挽臂地 hand in hand 手拉手地

31.suffer 遭受，蒙受（后接痛苦pain，惩罚punishment, 损失lo,寒冷，饥饿,疾病等名词） suffer from…一般不用于被动语态 suffering n.痛苦，苦难 sufferer n.受苦者，受难者 32.recover vt.recover sth (strength/consciousne/one`s sight) 恢复...recover oneself 清醒过来，恢复将康

vi.sb recover(from illnee/lo) 某人（从...中）恢复过来

33.goip about get/be tired of sb/sth/doing be tired out 精疲力尽

33.do a survey /surveys（调查）

34.entire完整的，全部的，不分割的，切断，破坏之意，而

指所述整体

whole完全的，全部的，含有各部分完整无缺之意

total 全体的，全部的，意味着总额，总量，总数，强调把一切计算在内

complete圆满的，完整的，指各个部分完整，充足 35.power 体力，智力，能力/ 统治，政权/ 动力，电力 power用途最广，用于各种身心的，隐藏的，外显的力 strength体力，是内部的能力，在身体组织内存在的力 force 指活动的力，是Strength所展示出来的力，外部的力，势力，暴力

ability完成某事的能力 energy经历，之人内在的活力

36.settle vi.定居/ 使处于舒适的位置 vt.结束，解决/ 决定，确定，安排好 settle短语：

settle down 舒适坐下，定居，安静下来 settle down to sth.定下来心做某事 settle in/into sth.适应 settle on sth.决定某事/某物 settle up 付清，结算，结账

37.get tired of 厌烦，厌倦（精神上的讨厌） Be/feel/tired of sb./sth.厌烦某人/某事

Be/feel/tired of doing sth.厌烦做某事

Be tired with/from由于„而疲倦（体力上的疲劳） Unit 2 1.later adj.晚来的 （late的比较级） adv.后来地 latter adj.（位置上后面的） the latter (one) the former (one) 2.even if=even though 是连词词组，用来引导让步状语从句，意为“尽管、即使”，表转折：though,although,but 3.I’d like sth 4.That child come up to me.Come up to vi.走近come up 被提出 come up with 想出，发现 come acro 偶然遇到 come ture 实现

5.over+时间 over the pa years over cla/work 6.actually=in fact=as a matter of fact 7.be based on 以...为根据 base A on B A be based on B被动

base还可以用作名词，意为“底部，基础” at the base of 8.present 当前的，现在的（作前置定语） adj.the present situation present做adj.还有“出席的”的意思

at present;now;at this time;at this moment 9.make(good/full/no....)use of 使用

Every minute should be made good use of.make up 编写，编造，和解 make-up 化妆 make up of 由...构成 10.the number of/a number of 从意义上判断

the number of “...的数目”，接可数名词复数，谓语动词用单数

a number of 许多，大量（后接复数名词），谓语动词用复数 a great/large/small number of 11.be fluent in 12.such as&for example 全部列举 that is/namely for example:一般只举同类人或物中的“一个”为例，与所给例子用逗号隔开

13.The job was done.The job was difficult.The job(which/that was)done was difficult.14.standard (1)adj.标准的，第一流的 standard side (2)n.标准，水平，规范（可数）

reach/meet standard 符合标准 on a standard 根据某一标准

15.no such thing as...没有...这一回事

such...as...像...一样，诸如...之类的 such that 如此...

以致

16.expect sb to do sth sb be expected to do sth expect+that从句 认为/预想...expect sb/sth sb expect to do sth 某人希望做某事

I expect so.我想是这样 I expect not.I don’t expect so.17.play a part(role)in (1)参加某运动=take part in play an active part (2)对某事有影响，对某事起作用 18.recognize 辨认，认出 recognize his voise 承认，公认recognize sth/sb as sth/sb 19.way to do way of doing (in)the way ...的方，...的方式 (in)the way+that从句 (in)the way+in which 从句 (in)the way+从句

20.command (1)命令（2）vt.command sb (not)to do command that sb (should)do 命令某人（不）做某事 21.request(1)n.请求（2）vt.request sth (from sb)请求（从某人）得到某物 request sb (not) to do sth 请求某人（不做）某事 request that sb (should) do 请求...Unit 3

1.transport 作n.时，意思还有“（旅客或货物）运输”、运送等 vt.意为“运输，运送（货物，人，物等）” transport sb/sth to swh 2.prefer (preferred,preferring) prefer sth (to sth) prefer doing sth=prefer to do sth prefer not to do sth prefer doing sth to doing sth prefer to do sth rather than do sth prefer sb (not) to do sth 宁愿某人做某事 perfer that sb (should) do 宁愿，更喜欢 3.dream n.V.Dreamed/dreamt dream a ...dream(vt.) dream of/about sth (vi)梦见，梦想 dream that ...4.persuade vt.说服；劝服

persuade sb (not) to do sth =sb out of doing sth persuade sb into doing sth persuade sb(of sth) 使某人相信（某事） persuade sb that+从句

persuade暗示是成功的，如果“劝说”未成功，则不能用，用advise

5.get/make+宾语+宾语补足语（-ing/done/to do/adj.） 6.finally,at last,in the end的区别：《学案》 Finally强调活动过程的最后

7.It is /was ...（被强调部分）that/who+剩余部分【be动词固定，that/who】

8.on schedule=on time 准时，按照计划

ahead of schedule 先于预定时间 behind schedule schedule v 安排，计划，预定 9.insist:坚持认为，坚持主张 insist on/upon doing sth 坚持做 insist that 坚持说

insist that sb (should) do sth 坚持主张，坚持要求 insist on one’s doing 其它感官动词用法跟see一样：look at,hear,listen to,watch,notice,feel,observe 10.care about;be concerned about 忧虑，关心 care for sb/sth like look after 喜欢，照顾 care n.take care, take care of with care 小心地 adv.11.sb find it +adj.to do sth sth be familial to sbbe familialwith 熟悉 12.determined adj.坚决的，有决心的 be determined to do sth

determine v.决心，下定决心，确定

1）determine to do sth 2)determine+从句

13.change one’s mind make up one’s mind to do keep/bear ...in mind记住 read one’s mind 直言不讳 give/put one’s mind on 专心于

mind doing mind one’s doing 14.sth +be +adj.+ to +动

15.give in to 向...屈服 give sth on 上交 give up 放弃，戒掉

give up sth /give up doing sth 16.reliable adj.可靠的 rely vi.rely on 17.encourage encourage sb to do sth encourage sb in sth encouraging(adj.) encouraged(adj.) encouragement discourage vt.discourage sb from doing sth 18.view n.[c]自然美景，风景[u]视野，视域 in view adv.看得见 There is no one in view.[u]观点，见解 in one’s view=in one’s opinion one’s view(s) on/about 其它搭配：get/have a good view of sth 对sth一览无余 19.find it +形+to do sth funny 滑稽的 do sth for fun

have fun=enjoy oneself=have a good time make fun of sb=laugh at sb get changed 换好衣服 get dreed 穿上衣服 change可做名词，做“零钱”讲 change A for B 20.be put put up①举起，拾起=raise②挂起，张贴③建造，搭起=build④提供住宿put sb up 21.in company with 陪伴某人 lay 下蛋 lie-lied 说谎

22.give in (sth to sb) give up 放弃，认输 give out 精疲力尽，分配

give away 捐赠，泄漏 give off 发出光、气味 23put up our tent put away 把...收起来，存放 put back 放回原处 put one’s heart to 全神贯注于 put down 放下，写下，镇压 put out 扑灭，伸出 put an end to 使...结束 24.At first...,and then...The former...,the latter...The one...,the other(one)...Unit 4 1.trip:指带有目的的旅行 例如：busine trip

voyage:指航空，航海

2.attitude towards sth/doing sth 关于...态度 3.burst n.a burst of laughter/applause burst into+n.≠burst out+doing...突然...起来 burst into tears/laughter 4.as if=as though 1)as if 似乎，好像 2）as if 在表语从句中=that 5.be at an end=come to an end 结束 by the end of 直到...的最后（完成时） put an end to(介词)+n./doing 结束sth 6.believe sb 相信某人所说的话 believe in sb =trust 7.shock n.打击，震惊，震动 a shock to sb Vt.使震惊，使惊愕 shocking adj.shocked be shocked to sb 8.trap vt.trapped trapped 困住，陷入绝境 u.陷阱 set a trap (for) 设...陷阱

fall into a trap 掉入陷阱，be caught in a trap 中了圈套 trapped adj.被困住的 a trapped person trap sb into doing last for 持续...9.all...not...=not all...部分否定

当all,both及every的合成词与not连用时，表部分否定 完全否定要用no,never,nowhere,nore(单数，复数都行)，

neither,nothing,nobody等 10.bury (vt.) A.埋藏，埋葬B.蒙住

陷入...；专心于...be buried in/bury oneself in The+adj.表一类人或物（复数意义）

11.to:在境外，表方向 in:在境内，表范围内 on:与境界相壤

12.ruin借喻 destroy 彻底毁坏，很难完全修复 damage 价值、用途降低或外表损坏

13.give one’s congratulations to sb (for sth) congratulate sb on sth 14.judging from/by (句首) 从...判断 judge the case 15.be proud of proudly(adv.) prise(n.) be proud to do sth be proud that...take prise in sth /doing sth 16.honour 1)v.honour sb (with sth) 2)n.show honour to sb 向...表示敬意 an honour to ...对...是光荣的人或事

It’s one’s honour to do sth my thanks to sb for sth Unit 5 1.generously ①慷慨的，大方的 +doing sth/with sth be generous to sb with sth ② 宽宏大量的，宽厚的+to sb

2.devote vt.致力于，专心从事

devote oneself / one’s energy(time,effort,money)to(介词)sth/doing sth把...专于

devote adj.①深爱的②投入的 或be devoted to sb/sth 专心致力于...to是介词

3.found（组织）建筑 build founder foundation 基础 found (founded,founded) the foundation of mankind前无冠词，不可数名词 guidance (n.) guide(v.) 4.legal adj.legally agv.反义词illegal ①与法律有关的a legal adviser ② 合法的 be legal to do sth fee (vs) fare be hopeful about sth 5.youth ①v.青年时期 ②c.年轻人 ③ the youth 复数含义 violence violent blow up the balloon/bridge 6.be willing to do sth 反：unwilling a strong will 很强的意志力 be willing to do sth 愿意做某事

Where there is a will, there is a way.有志者事竟成 （地点状语从句）

at will 任意地，随意地

receive 收到 accept 接受 fairly 相当地=very

7.turn to 介词短语 ① 求助于，转向 turn to sb for help turn down 把（音量）调低 turn up 出现

8.fight ① n.打架，战斗 ② v.fight for 为...而战 fight against 与...作斗争 fight with 同...并肩作战 9.prison 表示蹲监狱时，其前面不用冠词 be in prison 在狱中，被监禁（状态） 反：be out of prison 出狱

put ...in prison=send...to prison(动作)=throw...to prison 类

似

：bed,church,cla,college,hospital,school,university,market be ...away 有...远（指距离，时间）

10.as...as+主语+can /could=as...as+poible 某些动词（see,find,witne）等“见证，目睹”主语有时不是人而是物、时间、地点 拟人用法，使句子生动 11.stage ①阶段，时期（at,in） ② 舞台（on）

stage 阶段，时期 situation:形容情况（强调周围环境）in the ___ position:位置，形势（强调人的立场）in the ___ case: in the ___ 11.reward for (doing) sth （做）某事的报酬/奖励

a reward for ...a reward of +具体的钱数 reward sb for (doing) sth v.reward sb with sth

13.trouble

Don’t trouble trouble until trouble troubles you.out of trouble have trouble (in) doing sth/with sth 14.lose one’s heart to sb 爱上，喜欢上 lose one’s weight lose one’s way 15.imagine+( one’s)doing should do 应该做 should have done 本应该...16.asleep是表语形容词，意为“睡着的” fall asleep be asleep sleep是动词或名词，意为“睡觉” sleeepy是形容词，意为“困乏的，欲睡的”

stop(prevent/keep) sb (from) doing sth =sb be stopped(prevented/kept) from doing sth 17.degree:n ①学位：get a degree ② 度，度数 10 degrees ③ 程度，等级

18.强调 ： do,does,did后面的动词要原形 be in power 当权，执政（状态）

the first time 引导时间状语从句，“第一次...”（类似用法：the last time,the moment,the minttue,every time...） for the first time 第一次

19.reward n.报酬，奖金 award n.奖品，奖项 award sb sth in reward 作为报酬/答 get nothing in reward

vt.酬谢，给人报答 reward sb with sth /for (doing) sth

推荐第2篇：高一英语必修一词组

1． add up 合计；加起来

2． calm down平静下来；镇定下来

3． have got to 不得不；必须

4． be concerned about …关心……；挂念……

5． walk the dog 遛狗

6． pay for… 为……付钱

7． share…with… 与……分担/分享……

8． laugt at… 嘲笑……

9． go through… 经历；经受……

10．hide away 躲藏；隐藏

11．set down 放下；记下；登记

12．a series of… 一连串的；一系列；一套……

13．on purpose 故意

14．grow/be crazy about… 对……十分狂热；十分痴迷

15．in order to… 为了……

16．happen to do sth．碰巧做某事

17．go downstairs下楼

18．face to face 面对面地

19．put away… 把……放下来（待用）

20．at dusk 黄昏时分

21．have trouble with… 在……方面有麻烦

22．go along/on with… 与……相处；进展

23．fall in love… 相爱……；爱上……

24．think of… 想出……；想到……

25．join in… 参加……；加入……

26．show one’s interest in … 对……感兴趣

27．communicate with… 与……交流

28．pay attention to…注意 ……

29．more than one… 不止一个……

30．in some important ways 在某些重要方面而言

31．be different from… 与……不同

32．as a first or second language 作为第一或第二语言

33．because of… 因为……

34．British English 英国英语

35．American English 美国英语

36．than ever before 比以往任何时候更……

37．the number of… ……的数目

38．even if/though 即使

39．came up（with） 提出；长出；走进（某地）；发生

40．over time 经过这段时间

41．be based on 以……为根据；把……建筑在……的基础上

42．make （full）use of… （充分）利用；（充分）使用

43．a number of… 许多……；大量……

44．such as… 诸如……

45．at present 现在；目前

46．dream about/of doing sth．梦想做某事

47．be excited about 对……兴奋

48．graduate from… 从……毕业

49．make up one’s mind 下定决心

50．persuade sb．to do sth．劝说某人做某事

51．grow up 长大；成长

52．the way of doing/to do sth．作某事的方式

53．care about… 关心……；惦念……

54．a determined look 一个坚定的眼神

55．change one’s mind 改变主意

56．give in 投降；屈服；让步

57．keep doing sth．继续做某事

58．at an altitude of… 在海拔……的高度

59．at first 起初；开始

60．ever since 自那以后

61．in one’s daily life 在某人日常生活中

62．an interesting experience 一次有趣的经历

63．take a bike trip 骑自行车旅行

64．get a chance to do sth． 有机会做某事

65．make bends through…蜿蜒穿过……

66．at the college 在大学里

67．get sb．interested in … 使某人对……感兴趣

68．breathe the air/take a breath 呼吸

69．be fond of… 喜欢……

70．so…that… 如此……以致于…

71．as usual 像往常一样

72．make camp 宿营；野营

73．change…for… 把……替换成……；用……代替……

74．put up 搭起；张贴

75．at midnight 在半夜

76．at this point 在这个地方

77．can’t wait to do sth．迫不及待做某事

78．go to sleep 睡着了

79．for company 做伴 ；一起

80．look around 环顾四周

81．travel journal 旅游日记

82．practise reading aloud 练习大声朗读

83．have a good time 玩得开心

84．have a good trip 旅途愉快

85．take care 当心；小心

86．say hello to sb．向某人问好

87．have fun 玩得高兴 88．right away 立刻；马上

89．for three days 三天来

90．in the farmyards 在农家院子里

91．jump out of… 从……中跳出来

92．think little of… 对……不在意；认为……不好

93．at an end 结束；终结

94．the 20th century

20世纪

95．cut acro… 横穿……；穿近路

96．lie in ruins 陷于一片废墟之中

97．instead of… 代替……

98．tens of thousands of…数以百万计的……

99．under the ruins 在废墟下面

100．later that afternoon那天下午晚些时候

101．fall down 倒塌

102．dig out 挖出

103．coal mine 煤矿

104．to the north of… 在……的北面

105．give a speech 作演讲

106．a group of… 一组……；一群……

107．be proud of…/take pride in …对……感到自豪

108．in the terrible disaster 在这场可怕的灾难中

109．give out 散发；颁发；被用完；耗尽

110．thousands of… 成千上万……

111．break out 爆发

112．in one’s direction 朝着某人的方向

113．a frightening night 一个使人害怕的夜晚

114．frightened cows 受惊吓的牛

115．get on well with… 与……相处融洽

116．be willing to do sth． 愿意做某事 117．refuse to do sth．拒绝做某事

118．be active in… 热心于……；积极做……

119．lose heart 气馁；泄气

120．fight against… 与……作斗争

121．fight for… 为……而斗争

122．World WarⅡ二战

123．the three principles 三民主义

124．give up a rich life 放弃富裕的生活

125．give up doing sth．放弃做某事

126．be free from… 摆脱……

127．in a peaceful way 以和平的方式

128．land on the moon 登上月球

129．South Africa 南非

130．advise sb．（not）to do sth．建议某人（不）做某事

131．advise sb．on sth．就某事向某人提建议

132．be…away 有……远

133．break the law 违法

134．as a matter of fact/in fact 事实上

135．blow up 爆炸；炸毁

136．put sb．in prison 把某人投入监狱

137．achieve/realize one’s dream 实现梦想

138．work out 计算出；解出

139．fit in… 适合……

140．escape from… 从……逃出

141．imagine doing sth． 想象做某事

142．during the lunch breaks 在午休时间

143．the hardest time of one’s life 某人一生中最艰难的岁月

144．be asleep 睡着

145．allow sb．to do sth．允许某人做某事

146．allow doing sth．允许做某事

147．stop sb．（from）doing sth．阻止某人做某事

148．be well educated 受到良好的教育

149．in prison 在服刑；在狱中

150．fing out 找出；查明

151．government buildings 政府大楼

152．come to/into power 执政；上台

153．take sb．round…领某人参观

154．beg for 乞求；要求

155．the first time +从句

156．come back 回忆起来；恢复；回来

157．be able to do sth． 能够做某事；成功地做某事

158．encourage sb．to do sth．鼓励某人做某事

159．at the age of 51 在51岁时

160．enter university 上大学

161．set up law office 设立法律事务所

162．be sentenced to… 被判处……

163．write down 写下；记下

164．sort out 整理；归类

推荐第3篇：高一英语必修一1

高一英语必修一1-5单元期中测试题

一、单项选择（共30分，每空一分）

1.Courage is one of the ________ of a good soldier.

A.succeB.interestsC.qualitiesD.difficulties

2.Fran is an honest girl.I say it, ________ I don’t like her.

A.first timeB.the first timeC.a first timeD.for the first time

3.—Where did you spend you summer holidays?

—I didn’t go anywhere, because I wouldn’t be able to go on holiday with my mum _______ ill

A.wasB.beC.beingD.to be

4.I have _______ all my papers but I still can’t find my notes.

A.looked throughB.looked forC.looked afterD.looked out

5.Having seen the film, he said what a wonderful film he _________

A.sawB.has seenC.had seenD.would see

6.I suggest that we take part in more such activities in future _______ we did last week.

A.whichB.asC.thatD.than

7.The number of people who _________ cars _________ increasing in China.

A.owns, areB.owns, isC.own, isD.own are

8.Alice trusts you, only you can _________ her to give up the foolish idea

A.tryB.attractC.temptD.persuade

9.I was about to go shopping _________ it began to rain.

A.whileB.asC.whenD.though

10.Is this the reason _________ at the meeting for his carelene in his work

A.he explainedB.what he explainedC.how he explainedD.why he explained

11.Thank you for all your hard work last week.I don’t think we _________ it without you.

A.can manageB.could have managedC.could manageD.can have managed

12.He must be from Africa, _________ can be seen from his skin.

A.thatB.asC.whoD.what

13.Seeing that he was so seriously ill, I insisted that he _________ to hospital at once.

A.was sentB.be sentC.will be sentD.had been sent

14.I’ll tell you _________ he told me last week.

A.all whichB.thatC.all thatD.which

15.-- I’m not sure if we’ll have a picnic this weekend.

-- It all ________ the weather.

A.takes part inB.depends onC.comes toD.puts up

16.On Sept.29, 2008，Shen Zhou VII returned to _______ earth from _______ space succefully.

A.the; /B./; theC./; /D.the; the

17.-- How is your life in the countryside?

-- It is _______ but sometimes I feel a bit _______.

A.interesting; boringB.interesting; bored

C.interested; boredD.interested; boring;

18.Paul is studying Chinese and _______ is his dream to work in China.

A.itB.thisC.thatD.there

19.Some students go to school _______ the tube every day.

A.withB.forC.onD.at

20.The volleyball match _______ if it rains tomorrow.

A.will put off B.will be put offC.is put offD.puts off

21.Put on your coat, ____________you will catch a cold..

A.soB.butC.andD.otherwise

22.We _______ rush ----- there is plenty of time.

A.can’tB.mustn’tC.ought not to D.don’t have to

23.They _______ claes when the earthquake happened.

A.hadB.would haveC.were havingD.are having

24.She has decided _______ as a volunteer teacher in a small village because she enjoys _______ challenges.

A.to work, to meetB.to work, meetingC.working, meetingD.working, to meet

25.Mary left London five years ago and I _______ her since then.

A.don’t seeB.didn’t seeC.hadn’t seenD.haven’t seen

26.-- Have you moved into your new house?

-- Not yet.The rooms _______.

A.are paintingB.have been paintedC.are being paintedD.have painted

27.We had a nice evening at my house and then Dad _______ my friend home.

A.takeB.tookC.was takingD.will take

28.More than 100 heads of foreign states _______ the opening ceremonies of the Beijing 2008 Olympic Games.

A.promotedB.organizedC.designedD.attended

29.Nowadays, old people like to live ________ there is no noise and crowds.

A.whereB.whichC.whatD.that

30.Christopher Reeve was seriously injured in the accident.But he _______ finally and returned to film making.

A.got onB.gave upC.pulled through

二、单词拼写（共10分，二填空(每空1分）

31.Mike is ___________(抱怨) about the bad food when he heard someone calling him.

32.With the new technology, the costs will be ________(降低) by 80% at least.

33.The big fire _______ (毁坏了)most of the building, causing a great lo.

34.After ________(毕业) , he will go to the western China to work as a volunteer teacher.

35.The soldiers covered a _________(距离) of 100 km.a night.

36.The boy wants to be an ___________(运动员) when he grows up.

37.It was very __________ (慷慨的) of you to have lent them your new car for their holiday.

38.He has made full preparations for the exam, so he is __________ (有信心的) for succe.

39.The government has taken action to s_______(解决) the traffic problem.

40.You have made a lot of spelling mistakes in your writing.You have to take it ______ (严肃地).

三、短文改错（共15分，每空1.5分）

As is known by all, the Internet is41.__________ playing more and more important part in our42.__________ everyday life.On it, we can only read news43.__________ at home and abroad but also meet so much44.__________ information as poible.We are often send e-mails or45.__________ make telephone call to our families as well as our friends.46.__________

However, we can go to school on the net, read different kinds47.__________ of books and even teach myself English.We can also enjoy48.__________ music, watching sports and play computer games on the49.__________ net.We can do shopping even without leaving our home.50——————四． 在下列定语从句中，填入适当的介词。

51.The pencil ________ which he wrote was broken.

52.He built a telescope ________ which he could study the skies.

53.The woman, ________ whom I learned the news, is a nurse.

54.The wolf ________ which the sheep was killed was shot.

55.She has three children, all _______ whom are at school.

56.There is a tall tree outside, ________ which stands our teacher.

57.My glaes, _______ which I was like a blind man, fell to the ground and broke.

58.In the dark street, there wasn’t a person ________ whom she could turn for help.

59.I was surprised at the way ________ which he treated the old man.

60.The age _______ which children can go to school is seven.

61.His bike ________ which he went to work was stolen last night.

62.Do you know the building ________ which is flying a red flag?

63.Ours is a beautiful school, ________ which we are proud.

64.The desk ________ which Jack is leaning is John’s.

65.He bought a book yesterday, the author ________ which is a teacher.

五.把下列各组句子合并成一句。

66.John is a very kind-hearted man.You can turn to him for help.

67.The book is written by that famous writer.I am very interested in it.

68.Tom is the boy.I went to the cinema with him together.

69.Have you remembered the factory? We worked in it last year.

70.It is the gold diamond.I spent all my money on it.

71.The old Olympic Games could date back to 776 BC.The modern games come from it.

72.I have nine friends in America.Four of them work as doctors.

73.The woman has just won a gold medal.I read about her in the newspaper.

74.The house is 7 kilometers away.I was born in it.

75.This is the very farm.My father used to work on it.

六．选择填空

1.This is the school _____ Mr.Smith once taught.

A.in that B.when C.where D.there

2.Have you visited the house _____ the famous scientist was born?

A.where B.in that C.that D.which

3.The factory _____ Mr.Li used to work was closed last week.

A.when B.where C.that D.which

4.Do you still remember the day _____ we first met?

A.that B.when C.what D.on that

5.The time _____ we studied together is not easily forgotten.

A.at what B.when C.that D.where

6.October 1,1949 is the day _____ we’ll never forget.

A.when B.that C.where D.in which

7.October 1,1949 was the day _____ the People’s Republic of China was founded.

A.which B.when C.where D.in which

8.Is this the shop _____ sells children’s clothing?

A.which B.where C.in which D.what

9.Is this museum _____ they visited last month?

.that B.which C.where D.the one

10.I still remember the sitting-room _____ my mother and I used to sit in the evening.

A.what B.which C.that D.where

七．改错

1.Is this hospital that they want to visit next week?

2.Is this the museum the one some German friends visited the other day?

3.He has two sons, each of them looks like him.

4.He will never forget the days when he spent with the villagers.

5.Please tell us about the people and interesting things which you have seen in America.

6.The knife which she often uses it to cut the bread is very sharp.

7.Please pa me the book that cover is red.

8.The sun heats the earth, that is very important.参考答案

一、单项选择

1-5 CBCAC6-10 BCDBA11-15 BBBCB

16-20 ABACB21-25 DDCBD26-30 CBDAC

四、单词拼写

71.complaining72.reduced73.destroyed74.graduation75.distance76.athlete

77.generous78.confident79.solve80.seriously

五、短文改错81.by-to82.playing后面加a83.can后面加not84.so-as

85.are去掉86.call-calls87.However-Besides88.myself-ourselves

89.watching-watch

90.正确

参考答案

二． 在下列定语从句中，用适当的介词填空。

1.with2.through3.from4.by5.of6.under7.without

8.to9.in10.at

11.on12.on13.of14.against15.of

1.John is a very kind-hearted man whom you can turn to for help./ John is a very kind-hearted man to whom you can turn for help.2.The book which I am very interested in is written by that famous writer./ The book in which I am very interested is written by that famous writer.3.Tom is the boy whom I went to the cinema with together./ Tom is the boy with whom I went to the cinema together.4.Have you remembered the factory which we worked in last year?/ Have you remembered the factory in which we worked last year? 5.It is the gold diamond which I spent all my money on./ It is the gold diamond on which I spent all my money .6.The old Olympic Games which the modern games come from could date back to 776 BC./ The old Olympic Games from which the modern games come could date back to 776 BC.7.I have nine friends in America, four of whom work as doctors.8.The woman whom I read about in the newspaper has just won a gold medal./ The woman about whom I read in the newspaper has just won a gold medal.9.The house which I was born in is 7 kilometers away./ The house in which I was born is 7 kilometers away.10.This is the very farm that my father used to work on./This is the very farm on which my father used to work.

三．选择填空 1~5 C A B B B 6~10 B B A D D 四．改错 1.hospital前加the 2.去掉museum前的the 3.将them改为whom 4.将when改为that 5.将which改为that 6.去掉it 7.将that改为whose 8.将which改为t

推荐第4篇：高一英语必修一知识点总结

高一英语各单元知识点总结及重难点解析 ☆重点句型☆

1.What should a friend be like? 询问对方的看法 2.I think he / she should be„表示个人观点的词语

3.I enjoy reading / I'm fond of singing / I like playing computer games.等表示喜好的词语 4.Chuck is on a flight when suddenly his plane crashes. “when"作并列连词的用法 5.What / Who / When / Where is it that...? 强调句的

特殊疑问句结构

6.With so many people communicating in English everyday, ...“with+宾语+宾补”的结构做状语 7.Can you tell me how to pronounce...? 带连接副词

(或代词)的不定式做宾补的用法 ☆重点词汇☆

1.especially

v.

特别地 2.imagine

v.

想像

3.alone

adv./ adj.

单独，孤独的 4.interest

n.

兴趣

5.everyday

adj.

每天的，日常的 6.deserted

adj.

抛弃的 7.hunt

v.搜寻 8.share

v.分享

9.care

v.在乎，关心 10.total

n.总数 11.majority

n.大多数

12.survive

v.生存，活下来 13.adventure

n.冒险 14.scared

adj.吓坏的 15.admit

v.承认

16.while

conj.但是，而 17.boring

adj.令人厌烦的 18.except

prep.除„„之外 19.quality

n.质量

20.favourite

adj.最喜爱的 ☆重点短语☆

1.be fond of

爱好

2.treat„as„

把„„看作为„„ 3.make friends with 与„„交朋友

4.argue with sb.about / over sth.

与某人争论某事 5.hunt for

寻找 6.in order to

为了

7.share„with

与„„分享 8.bring in

引进；赚钱 9.a great / good many

许多„

10.have difficulty (in) doing

做„„有困难 11.end up with

以„„结束 12.except for

除„„之外 13.come about

发生

1 14.make(a)fire

生火

15.make yourself at home

别拘束 16.the majority of

大多数

17.drop sb.a line

给某人写短信 18.for the first time

第一次 19.at all

根本；竟然

20.have a (good) knowledge of„

精通„„ ☆短语闯关☆

下列短语都是这两个单元学过的重要短语，请你根据汉语在横线上填人一个正确的词，每个词4分，80分才能过关，你一定能过关，做好了闯关的准备吗?那么我们就开始吧? l.be fond ____

喜欢，爱好

2.hunt ____

搜索。追寻，寻找

3.in to ____

为了

4.care ____

担心，关心

5.such ____

例如，诸如

6.drop sb a ____

给某人写信(通常指写短信)

7.make oneself at ____

别客气

8.____ total

总共

9.except ____

除了„„之外

10.stay ____

不睡，熬夜

11.____ about

发生

12.end ____ with

以„„告终

13.bring ____

引进，引来

14.a great ____

许许多多，极多

15.be ____

对„„深感兴趣，深深迷上„„

16.____ the Internet

上网

17.____ claes

逃学，逃课

18.get ____

聚会，相聚，聚集

19.be proud ____

为„„感到骄傲

20.keep an ____ on

照看，注意

21.be curious ____

对„„感到好奇

22.shut ____

(使)住口

23.joke ____

开玩笑

24.____ the name of

以„„名义

25.____ the time

总是，一直

☆交际用语☆ 1.I think…

I like / love / hate...

I enjoy...

My interests are...2.Did you have a good flight?

You must be very tired.

Just make yourself at home.

I beg your pardon?

of for order about as line home

in

for up come

up in many into surf skip

together of eye about up about in all

Can you tell me how to pronounce...?

Get it.☆单词聚焦☆

1.argue v.的用法

▲构词：argument n.1.[C]争论 2.[U]讨论．辩论3.[C]论据 ▲ 搭配：

① argue with / against sb.over / on / about sth.与某人

争论某事 ② argue for / against sth.辩论赞成／反对某事 ③ argue that...主张，认为，争辩说

④ argue sb into / out of doing sth.说服某人做／不做某事

▲友情提示：“说服某人做／不做某事”还可表达为：talk / persuade / reason sb.into / out of doing sth.⑤ settle the argument 解决争端

▲友情提示：an argument with sb about / over sth.为某事和某人而发生的争执

【考例】What laughing ____ we had about the socially respectable method for moving spaghetti (意大利式细面条) from plate to mouth.

(2004全国卷I)

A.speeches

B.leons C.sayings D.arguments [考查目标] argue名词形式的词义。

[答案与解析] D argument的词义是“争辩，辩论”。 2.compare v.的用法

▲构词：comparison n.比较

▲搭配：① compare...to...比拟；比作 ② compare...with / to...将„„和„„相比较 ③ compare notes 对笔记；交换意见

【考例】 ____ with the size of the whole earth, the biggest ocean does not seem big at all.(2004湖北)

A.Compare

B.When comparing

C.Comparing

D.When compared [考查目标] compare的用法。

[答案与解析] D 本句compare用在句首作状语，并有“被比较”的意思。 3.consider v.的用法

▲构词：consideration n.考虑，思考；体谅，顾及

▲搭配：① consider doing sth.考虑做某事 ② consider sb (to be / as)...认为／觉得某人„„③ consider that- clause 认为„„ ④ take sth into consideration 考虑 ⑤ under consideration 在考虑中

【考例】Charles Babbage is generally considered ____ the first computer. (NMET 1993)

A.to invent

B.inventing

C.to have invented

D.having invented [考查目标] consider的几种常见用法。

[答案与解析] C consider本身是被动语态时，后接不定式的各种结构。如果表示已经发生的事情．用不定式的完成形式。

4.deserted adj.空无一人的；被遗弃的；被抛弃的

(1) 空无一人的a deserted street / area空无一人的街道，地区；The office was quite deserted.办公室里空无一人。

(2) 被遗弃的

a deserted child 被遗弃的孩子 (3) desert ['dezot] n.沙漠 desert [dI'zo:t] vt.丢弃；遗弃

He deserted his wife and children after becoming rich.5.difficulty n.

(1) difficulty (通常作复数) 难事，难点，难题She met with many difficulties when travelling.

(2) 在以下句型中，difficulty是不可数名词，不能用复数形式。

have (some) difficulty (in) doing sth.

干某事有困难 there is (some) difficulty (in) doing sth.

have (some) difficulty with sth.

在某事上有困难

there is (some) difficulty with sth.

do sth.with difficulty / without difficulty 困难地／轻而易举地做某事

We had a lot of difficulty in finding your house.

Do you have any difficulty with your English?

【注意】

(1) 以上句型中，difficulty前可加some, little, much, a lot of, no, any修饰

(2) 以上句型中，亦可用trouble来代替difficulty。 6.favourite = favorite (A.E) 最喜爱的；最喜爱的人或事物

(1) adj.最喜爱的My favorite sport is playing football.

(2) n.[C] 最喜爱的人或事物He is a favorite with his uncle.7.fun的用法

▲构词：funny adj.有趣的．滑稽的，好笑的；奇特的，古怪的 ▲搭配：

① make fun of 取笑；嘲弄；开某人的玩笑

② (just)for / in fun = (just) for the fun of it 取乐，非认真地，说／做着玩的 ③ be full of fun„„ 很好玩

④ have fun with sb.和某人开一个玩笑

⑤ have (some) fun 玩得(很)高兴，玩得(很)开心

⑥ It's (great) fun to do sth干某事很有趣；干某事真是一件趣事；干某事真开心 ⑦ What fun (it is) to do sth! 干某事多么有趣呀! ⑧ have a lot of fun doing sth 干某事玩得很开心

【考例】 (200上海春招) This is not a match.We're play- ing che just for ____.

A.habit

B.hobby

C.fun

D.game [考查目标] fun构成的短语for fun的意思。

[答案与解析]C，for fun 常在句中用作状语，意思是“说／做着玩的”。 8.imagine的用法

▲构词：① imagination n.[C / U] 想像，想像力，想像的事物 ② imaginative adj.富有想像力的 ▲搭配：① imagine sth / doing sth ② beyond (all) imagination (完全)出乎意料地

【考例】 I can hardly imagine Peter ___acro the Atlantic Ocean in five days. (MET 1991)

A.sail

B.to sail

C.sailing

D.to have sailed [考查目标] imagine的基本用法。

[答案与解析] C imagine后接动词的-ing形式，本句的Peter是这个动名词的逻辑主语。 9.interest的用法

interest vt.使„„感兴趣 n.兴趣，爱好 [U] 利息；利润 He has a great interest in politics.他对政治极感兴趣。/ a broad interest 广泛的利益 / a common interest 共同的利益 / a strong interest 极强的兴趣

▲构词：① interesting 令人感兴趣的(事物) ② interested (某人对某事)有兴趣的 ▲搭配：① interest sb in sth 使某人注意，关心或参入某事；使某人对某事感兴趣 ② be interested in 对„„感兴趣(关

4 心) ③have an interest in sth./ in doing sth.对某方面有兴趣 (关心)；在„„中有股份、权益等 ④ hold one's interest 吸引住某人的兴趣 ⑤ in the interest(s) of 为„„利益；为„„起见；对„„有利 ⑥ lose interest in 对„„不再感兴趣 ⑦ show / take (an) interest in / in doing sth.对„„表示关心(有兴趣) ⑧ have / take / feel no interest in 对„„不 (不太) 感兴趣 ⑨ with interest 有兴趣地，津津有味地 ⑩develop / find / feel interest in sth./ in doing sth.在某方面培养／有兴趣 ? lose interest in sth./ in doing sth.对某方面失去兴趣 有时interest可与不定冠词连用。He developed an interest in science.另外：interest作“爱好”解时，是可数名词。 His interests include reading and tennis.【考例】____, they immediately suggested that she put them together to make a single one long story and paid Tracy a $50,000 advance.(2004全国卷 II)

A.Interested

B.Anxiously

C.Seriously

D.Encouraged [考查目标] interest派生词的词义和用法。

[答案与解析] A interested指(出版商)对这件事有兴趣。 10.prove的用法

▲构词：① proof n.证据。试验，考验，(印刷)校样

▲搭配：① prove sth to sb 向某人证实„„ ② prove to sb that 从句向某人证实„„ ③ prove (oneself) to be 证明(自己)是，表现出

【考例】It was in the neighboring country — United States that such resistance to spray was first ____.(05长春模拟)

A.proved

B.killed

C.thought

D.discued [考查目标] 考查prove的意思。

[答案与解析] A 本题was proved的意思是“得到证实”，有被动意味。 11.provide的用法

▲构词：① provider n.供给者，供应者，养家者 ② provided / providing conj.倘若 ▲搭配：provide sb with sth / sth to sb 给„„提供；以„„装备

【考例】His son ____ the old man with all the food and the money he needed.

A.provided

B.fed

C.afforded

D.charred [考查目标]考查provide的词义。

[答案与解析]A provide与with搭配，意思是“向某人提供某物”。 12.share的用法

▲搭配：① share (in) sth.with sth.和某人分享、分担、共用某物 ② share sth (out) between / among...将某物分配、分给„„ ③ share joys / happine and sorrows (with sb) (和某人) 同甘共苦 ④ share one's opinion 同意某人的意见 【考例】Let Harry play with your toys as well, Clare — you must learn to ____.(NMET 2000)

A.support

B.care

C.spare

D.share [考查目标] 此题主要考查在语境中选择动词的能力。

[答案与解析] D 四个选项的含义分别为：support 支持；care 在意，关心；spare 挤出(时间)，匀出某物；share分享，分担，与某人合用。根据语境可知说话者是想让Clare学会与人共享——把玩具(拿出来)和Harry一起玩，share在此意为“合用玩具”，解此题的关键是信息play with your toys as well。故D为最佳答案。 13.solve的用法

▲构词：solution n.1.[C] (问题的)解答；(困难的)解决方法 2.[U] 解答，解决 3.[U] 溶解 ▲搭配：the solution to 解决„„的办法

【考例3】In the end, one suggestion seems to be the solution ____ the problem. (2001北京春招)

A.with

B.into C.for

D.to [考查目标] solve名词solution的相关搭配。 [答案与解析] D “对于„„的解决办法”，介词用to。

5 14.total n./ adj.全部(的)

(1) in total 加起来In total, there must have been 20000 people there.

(2) a total of 总共His expenses (支出) reached a total of $100.

(3) the total of...„„的总数 The total 0f the bill is 230 dollars.15.when conj.

when并列连词，= and then，表示“就在那时，突然”，常见以下句型中：

(1) be doing...when...正在做„„突然„„I was wandering through the streets when l caught sight of a tailor's shop.

(2) had done...when...刚做了„„突然„„I had just sat down when the light went out.

(3) be about to do...when...刚要做„„突然„„I was just about to go swimming when our guide saw me and shouted at me.16.while conj.

(1) while从属连词，引导时间状语从句，从句动词用延续性动词，主句的动作发生在从句动作发生的过程之中。Come on, get these things away while I make the tea.

(2) 并列连词，表前后两个分句意义相反或相对，意为“然而”。Some people waste food while others haven't enough.

(3) 放在句首，表示“尽管；虽然”，相当于although。While we don't agree, we continue to be friendly.[牛刀小试1] 用所给单词的适当形式填空：

(compare，interest，fun，solve，argue，consider，share) 1.All the novels are considered ____ the young readers in the 1980s.(to have interested) 2.Bob thought it ____ to solve maths problems while others hated it.(fun) 3.The headmaster ignored the ____ between Mrs.Wang and his nephew.(argument) 4.We can't decide.The plan needs to be ____.(considered) 5.____ with Cla Two, ours has more boy students.(Compared) 6.I find a better way ____ this problem.(to solve) 7.Nearly half of the companies ____ the same opinion with the government.(share / shared) 【词语比较】

1.especially, specially

especially adv.特殊地；尤其是

(1)侧重于多种事物或人中比较突出的。I like all the subjects at school, especially English.(尤其是英语)

(2) especially 后可接介词短语或从句。I like the Yuelu Mountains, especially in spring.(尤其是在春天) Noise is unpleasant, especially when you are trying to sleep.

specially 侧重特意地、专门地做某事 (后面常接for sb.或to do sth.) I made a chocolate cake specially for you.2. boring, bored, bore boring adj.令人厌烦的 The book is very boring.

bored adj.感到厌烦的 I'm bored with the book.

bore vt.令人厌烦

This book bores me.

有些表示情感的及物动词，有与bore类似的用法。如：interest, excite, surprise, amaze, frighten, astonish, move, inspire, touch, scare, disappoint, puzzle, worry 这类词的现在分词形式，为“令人„„”；过去分词形式，为“感到„„”。 3.except for, except, but, besides

表示“除了”的词或短语有：except; but; except for; besides; except that (when...) 等。

(1) except 和 but 都表示“除了„„之外。没有”，二者大多数情况下可以互换；但在no, all, nobody, nothing, no one 等词后多用 but。No one knows our teacher's addre except / but him.(排除him)

(2) besides 除„„之外，还„„，有附加性。What other foreign languages do you know besides English? (English与other languages都属于know的范围)

(3) except for 只不过„„，整体肯定，部分修正，用于排除非同类事物，for表示细节上的修正。 Your article is well written except for a few spelling mistakes.4.know, know of, know about

(1) know 用作动词，意思是“(直接地)获知，懂得，认识，熟悉”。I don't know whether he is here or not./ I know him to be honest.

(2) know of和know about的意思都是“(间接地)获知”，指听别人说到或从书报上看到，二者没有什么区别。 5.for example; such as

(1) for example“例如”，用来举例说明某一论点或情况。一般只举同类人或物中的“一个”为例，作插入语，可位于句首、句中或句末。可用for instance替换。For example, air is invisible./ His spelling is terrible! Look at this word, for example.

(2) such as “例如”，用来列举事物，一般列举同类人或事物中的几个例子。插在被列举的事物与前面的名词之间，as后面不可有逗号。Some of the European Languages come from Latin, such as French, Italian and Spanish.

[注意]如把前面所述情况全部举出，用that is或namely。 ☆短语归纳☆ 1.含all的短语

1) first of all

首先 (强调顺序) 2) in all (=in total=altogether)

总共 3) after all

毕竟，终究 4) at all

到底，根本

5) above all

最重要的是 (强调重要性) 6) not (...) at all (= not (...) in the least)

根本不，一点也不 7) all the time

始终，一直

8) all of a sudden (=suddenly)

突然，冷不防 9) all right

行，可以

10) all at once

立刘，马上

11) all day and all night

日日夜夜 12) all over

遍及

13) all alone

独个儿，独立地 14) all but

几乎，差一点 15) all in all

总的说来

16) all together

一道，同时，总共 17) for all

尽管

[例句] I woke up and didn't hear him at all.我醒了，一点儿也没有听到他说话。/ He had so many falls that he was black and blue all over.他摔了很多跤，以至于浑身青一块紫一块的。/ You shouldn't scold her.After all, she is only five years old.你不应该责怪他，毕竟，她只有五岁。/ Children need many things, but above all, they need love.孩子需要许多东西，最重要的是，需要爱。/ You must have known it all the time.你一定一直知道这事。 【考例】 People may have different opinions about Karen, but I admire her.____, she is a great musician.(2004甘肃、青海)

A.After all B.As a result C.In other words D.As usual [考查目标] 主要考查四个短语的用法。

[答案与解析] A after all意为“毕竟．终究”；as a result意为“结果”；in other words意为“换句话说”；as usual意为“像往常一样”。本句意思是：虽然人们对她看法不一。但我还是佩服她。因为她毕竟是一个伟大的音乐家。 【考例】I'd like to buy a house -- modern, comfortable, and ____ in a quiet neighborhood. (2004福建)

A.in all

B.above all

C.after all

D.at all [考查目标] 主要考查all构成的四个短语。

7 [答案与解析] B

in all意为“总共”；above all意为“最重要的是”； after all 意为“毕竟”；at all 意为“到底”。本句话意思是：我想买一个房子，现代的、舒服的，但最重要的是在一个安静的地区。 2.at all

(1)用在肯定句中，“竟然” I'm surprised that you came at all.

(2)用在否定句中，“一点也不” There was nothing to worry about at all.

(3)用在疑问句中，“到底”“究竟” Have you been there at all?

(4)用在条件句中，“真的，确实” If you do it at all, do it well.3.含“be + 形容词 + 介词”的短语 1) be good at 擅长于

2) be interested in 对„„感兴趣

3) be pleased / satisfied / content with 对„„满意 4) be famous for 因„„而出名 5) be kind / good to 对„„好 6) be lost in 沉湎于

7) be active in 在某方面积极 8) be sure about / of 确信 9) be afraid of 害怕 10) be full of 充满 11) be filled with 充满

12) be made of / from 由„„组成 13) be generous to 对„„慷慨 14) be popular with 受欢迎 15) be confident of 确信 16) be fond of 喜欢，喜爱

17) be angry with / at 对„„发脾气 18) be late for 迟到

19) be amazed / surprised / astonished / shocked at 对„„感到惊讶 20) be busy doing 忙着做„„

21) be excited about 对„„感到兴奋 22) be worried about 担心 23) be used for / as 用于

24) be curious about 对„„好奇

[例句] Lin Lin is confident of his ability to get work for himself.林林确信自己有能力做这活。He was generous to everybody with money, as a result, he saved little.他对谁花钱都很慷慨，结果没有攒到多少钱。She is very active in helping the poor.在帮助穷人方面，她很热心。Pop music is popular with the young generation.流行歌曲受年轻一代的欢迎。Lost in thought, he didn't realize that I came in.他陷入思考之中，没有意识到我进来了。I was amazed at the sight so that I didn't know what to do.看到这一幕我非常惊讶，不知道该做什么。Students in Senior 3 are busy preparing for the coming final exam.高三学生在忙于准备即将到来的期末考试。 【考例l】(2005重庆) -- You know, Bob is a little slow ____ understanding, so... -- So I have to be patient ____ him.

A.in; with

B.on; with

C.in; to

D.at; for [考查目标] 同定搭配中介词的选择。

[答案与解析] A

be slow in 意为“在„„方面反应迟钝”，be patient with 意为“对„„有耐心”。

8 4.end up with...以„„结束

(1) end up with + n.以„„结束

The party ended up with the singing of Auld Lang Syne.

(2) end up as...最后成为„He will end up as a president some day.

(3) end up + 地点状语最后(有„„结局) If you drive your car like that, you'll end (up) in hospital.5.“make + 名词” 短语 ① make a noise 吵闹

② make faces 做鬼脸，做苦脸 ③ make room for 给„„腾出地方 ④ make the bed 整理床铺 ⑤ make phone calls 打电话 ⑥ make friends with 交朋友 ⑦ make money 赚钱 ⑧ make use of 利用

⑨ make a decision 做出决定 ⑩ make a mistake 犯错误

[例句] The boy made a face at his teacher when she turned her back.老师转身时，男孩朝老师做了个鬼脸。 Working in the kitchen made the boy into a good cook.在厨房里干活使男孩成为一位优秀厨师。

They were moved out to a nearby hotel, to make room for more important persons.为了给更重要的人物腾出 地方，他们被搬到了附近的一家旅店。

【考例】 The idea puzzled me so much that I stopped for a few seconds to try to ____.(2003北京春招)

A.make it out

B.make it off

C.make it up

D.make it over [考查目标] 主要考查make短语。

[答案与解析] A make out意为“领悟、弄明白、发现真相” make off 意为“连忙跑掉”；make up 意为“弥补、打扮、组成”；make over 意为“转让、改造”。因为受到迷惑，所以应该是试图发现真相。 【考例】

-- When shall we start? -- Let's ____ it at 8:30.Is that all right? (2002北京)

A.set

B.meet

C.make

D.take [考查目标] 此题主要考查 make 短语。

[答案与解析] C make it“规定时间”为固定短语。本句话意思是“把出发的时间定在8点半”。set意思是“对时间”、“调时间”。 6.make fire点火

有以下fire (n.) 短语: be on fire 着火了(表示状态) / catch fire 燃着；着火(表示动作) / play with fire 玩火；干冒险的事 / Set sth.on fire = set fire to sth.放火烧„„ / make (a) fire 点火；生火 / start (cause) a fire引起火灾

[注意] fire作“火灾”“一堆火”解时，为可数名词。 7.a great / good many许多

(1) a great / good many + 名词复数，中间无“of”。A great many people have seen the film.(2) a great / good many + of + the / these / those / one's + 名词复数 A great many of the people have seen the film.8.make yourself at home 别拘束

(1) make yourself at home 别拘束(主人对客人说的委婉语) -- Good evening, Jim.-- Good evening, Mary.Come in and make yourself at home.

(2) (all) by oneself 独自(没有别人帮助) You can't poibly do it all by yourself.

(3) enjoy oneself = have a good time 玩得高兴 Please enjoy yourself while you're spending your holiday in Hawaii.

(4) for oneself 亲自; 为自己The student wants to think it for himself./ One should not live for oneself alone.

(5) of oneself 自动地The door closed of itself suddenly.

(6) be oneself 身体或情绪好 I am not myself today.

(7) help oneself to + n./ pron.随便„„ Please help yourself to the fish．

(8) in oneself 本身 This is not a bad idea in itself.

(9) come to oneself 苏醒The injured man came to him- self in five minutes.

(10) between ourselves 私下说的话 All this is between ourselves.9.the majority of...大多数的„„

(1) a / the majority of + 名词复数，作主语时，谓语动词多用复数。the majority 单独作主语，谓语动词用单数或复数形式均可。The majority of people seem to prefer watching games to playing games./ The majority were (was) in favour of the proposal.

(2) by a majority of + 数字，以超过„„票的多数She won the election by a majority of 900 votes.10.treat „ as „ 把„看做„ The kind lady treated me as her own daughter.

【比较】 表示“认为”的短语还有：

regard…as…

consider…(as)…

think of…as… look on / upon…as…

take…for…

[注意] 在consider„as„短语中as可省略，其他短语中不可。 [牛刀小试2] 1.If you are ____ about Australian cities, just read the book written by Dr.Johnson.A.interested

B.anxious

C.upset

D.curious 2.Her son, ____ whom she was so ____, went abroad 10 years ago.A.of; loved

B.for; cared C.to; devoted

D.on; affected 3.In order to continue to learn by ourselves when we have left school, we must ____ learn how to study in the school now.A.in all

B.after all

C.above all

D.at all 4.-- I am sorry I didn't do a good job.-- Never mind.____, you have tried your best.

A.Above all

B.In all

C.At all

D.After all 5.Since we can't find a bigger apartment, we'll have to ____ what we have.A.hope for the best

B.make room for C.make the best of

D.lay our hope on (DCCDC) 【句型归纳】

1.I don't enjoy singing, nor do I like computers.我不喜欢唱歌，也不喜欢电脑。/ Rock music is OK, and so is skiing.摇滚音乐还可以，滑雪也行。

这两句中nor与so用于倒装结构。例如：I don't know, nor do I care.我不知道，也不关心。so的常见句型有： (1) so + be / 助动词 / 情态动词 + 主语 (意为“主语也 „„” ) (2) neither / nor + be / 助动词 / 情态动词 + 主语(意为“主语也不„„” ) (3) so it is / was with sb / sth和so it is / was the same with sb / sth (意为“主语也„„” ) (用在前文有两个或以上的从句，而且分句有不同的谓语或既有肯定又有否定以及既有系动词义有行为动词的情况) (4) so + 主语 + be / 助动词 / 情态动词 (意为“主讲确实如此”)，表示进一步肯定。 (5) 主语 + did + so (意为“主语按照吩咐做了”)。

10 【考例】 Mary never does any reading in the evening, ____.(2005全国 III) A.so does John

B.John does too C.John doesn't too

D.nor does John [考查目标] nor表示“也不”引导的倒装结构。

[答案与解析] D 由never可以判断该句为否定句。空格处句意为“约翰也没读书”。nor, so, neither可引起倒装句。 2.Chuck is a busineman who is always so busy that he has little time for his friends.查克是个生意人，他总是那么忙，几乎没有时间和朋友在一起。

该句中so...that...和such...that...都能连接结果状讲从句，但要注意词序不同。例如：Joan is such a lonely girl that all of us like her.= She is so lovely a girl that we all like her.常见句型：

(1) such + a / an + 形容词 + 单数可数名词 + that clause (2) such + 形容词 + 复数可数名词 + that clause (3) such + 形容词 + 不可数名词 + that clause (4) so + 形容词 + a / an + 单数可数名词 + that clause (5) so + 形容词 / 副词 + that clause (6) so + many / few + 复数可数名词 + that clause (7) so + much / little + 不可数名词 + that clause 注意：① 当little不表示数量“少”而表示“小”的意思时，仍然

要用such。② 当so + adj./ adv.或 such + n.位于句首时，主句需要倒装。

【考例】 So difficult ____ it to live in an English-speaking country that I determined to learn English.(2001上海) A.I have felt

B.have I felt

C.I did feel

D.did I feel [考查目标] so + adj.位于句首时，主句倒装。

[答案与解析] D A、C语序不对，排除。B时态不对。

3.One day Chuck is on a flight acro the Pacific Ocean when suddenly his plane crashes.一天，查克在飞越太平洋时．他的飞机突然坠毁了。

该句中的“when”表示“正在这时”，相当于and just或and at that time.这时不能用while / as 替换。 常见句型：(1) be about to do sth when...(2) be doing sth when...(3) be on the point of doing sth when...【考例】We were swimming in the lake ____ suddenly the storm started.(2004北京春招) A.when

B.while

C.until

D.before [考查目标] "when" 作连词，表示“正在这时”。

[答案与解析] A 意为“我正在湖中游泳，突然暴风雨来了。”只有when才能用于这种句型。

4.He has to learn how to collect water, hunt for food, and make fire.他不得不学会收集淡水．寻找食物，生火什么的。 该句中的“how I to collect...”为动词不定式短语作宾语。例如：We must decide which one to buy.疑问词which, what, how, when, where等与小定式构成不定式短语。

【考例】 I've worked with children before, so I knew what ____ in my new job. (NMET 2000) A.expected B.to expect C.to be expecting D.expects [考查目标] what to do sth 不定式短语作宾语。

[答案与解析] B 该句需要填非谓语动词。排除A、D。句意为“以前我与孩子在一块儿工作过。因此我知道我的新工作需要什么。”C不表示进行，排除C。

5.In order to survive, Chuck developed a friendship with an unusual friend — a volleyball he called Wilson.为了生存下去，查克和一位不寻常的朋友--“排球”建立了友谊，查克叫他威尔森。 1.该句中的"in order to"，意思为“为了，以便”，作目的

状语。在句子中作同的状语的常见句型有五种结构：to do sth / in order to do sth / so as to do sth / in order that clause / so that clause

11 注意：(1) so as to do sth 不能位于句首。(2) 如果主句与从句的主语一致时，四个结构可以相互转换。(3) 在in order that / so that 引导的从句中，谓语动词常与can, could, may, might 等情态动词连用。

【考例】(2005北京) I'd like to arrive 20 minutes early ____ I can have time for a cup of tea.

A.as soon as B.as a result

C.in case D.so that [考查目标] 目的状语。

[答案与解析]D as soon as “一„就„”；as a result“结果是”；in case “万一”；so that“以便，为的是”。句意：“我想提前二十分钟到以便有时间喝杯茶”。

2.该句子中 volleyball 是作同位语。例如：He advised farmers to choose the best seed-heads, the ones that had the best color.注意：这种同位语(不是同位语从句)与非限制性定语从句的区别。

【考例】(NMET 2002) Meeting my uncle after these years was an unforgotten moment, ____ I will always treasure.

A.that

B.one

C.it

D.what [考查目标] one作同位语，指代a moment。

[答案与解析] B that不能引导非限制性定语从句，排除A；if不能作同位语，排除C；what既不能引导非限制定语从句，也不能作同位语。可以填which，这样就成了非限制性定语从句。

6.For a long time the language in America stayed the same, while the language in England changed.长期以来，美国英语保持不变，但英国英语变化了。

1.该句中的“while"用作并列连词．表示前后对比，意为

“然而”。“while"充当连词，还能引导时间状语从句。意为“during the time that„”；引导让步状语从句，意 为“although„”。

2.该句中的 "stay" 为系动词。后接表语 (the same)。 除了stay外，常见的系动词还有: become, get, turn, grow, go, come, run, fall, keep, stay, remain。

【考例】(NMET 2003) Why don't you put the meat in the fridge? It will ____ fresh for several days.

A.be stayed

B.stay C.be staying

D.have stayed [考查目标] 系动词的用法。

[答案与解析] B 系动词没有被动语态，一般不用进行

时态，排除A、C；句意不是表示完成，排除D。系动词表示状态。 7.for the first time 第一次

(1) for the first time 第一次，后面不加从句，在句中作状语 They came to Beijing for the first time.(2) the first time 名词短语，在从句中充当连词，后接时间状语从句，不接that，when等连词。有同样用法的短语还有：every time; next time; the last time They liked Beijing the first time they went there.(3) It's / This is the first time that + 从句(用现在完成时)这是„„的第一次 It's the first time that I have ever been abroad at all.8.What is it that...? 是什么„„? 强调句的用法：

(1) 结构：It is / It was (过去时间) + 被强调部分 + that / who (专指人) + 其他部分

(2) 用法：除了谓语动词不能强调，句子的每部分均可强调。

Jim met the student in the street last week.

主语

宾语

地点状语 时间状语

强调主语：It was Jim who / that met the student in the street last week.

强调宾语：It was the student whom / that Jim met in the street last week.

强调地点状语：It was in the street that Jim met the student last week.

强调时间状语：It was last week that Jim met the student in the street.(3) 注意点：

一般疑问句的强调句：

Was it Dr Wang who spoke to you just now?

特殊疑问句的强凋句：

Who is it that will visit our cla?

Where is it that he has gone?

When was it that she went?

not „ until „ 用于强调句：

It was not until then that I realized I was wrong.[牛刀小试3] 1.-- I would never ever come to this restaurant again.The food is terrible!

-- ____.(2004广西) A.Nor am I

B.Neither would I C.Same with me

D.So do I 2.We can't imagine ____ little mice can eat up ____ many crops every year.A.so; so

B.such; so C.such; such D.so; so 3.Jasmine was holidaying with her family in a wildlife park ____ she was bitten on the leg by a lion.A.when

B.while

C.since

D.once 4.It is said in Australia there is more land than the govern- ment knows ____.(NMET 2002) A.it what to do with

B.what to do it with C.what to do with it

D.to do what with it 5.Roses need special care ___they can live through winter. (2004 天津) A.because B.so that C.even if

D.as (BBACB) 【交际速成】

1.Talking about likes and dislikes.谈论喜欢和不喜欢 -- I enjoy Chinese food very much.-- ____.(03东北三校) A.Please taste quickly

B.Have more, please C.Help yourself

D.Eat slowly while it is hot [答案与解析]C本题主要考查具体语境下“对事物喜好”的表达及应答。A项不礼貌，B、D两项属汉语习惯，C项符合此时英语语境。

【归纳】英语中常见表达喜欢和不喜欢态度的用语有： (1) This book is very interesting.(2) I like / love the movie (very much). (3)I like / love to play computer games.(4) I like taking photos.(5) I enjoy listening to music.(6) I'm interested in science.My hobbies / interests are...(7) He is fond of music.(8) This song is bad / awful.(9) I don't like the movie very much / at all.(10)I don't enjoy collecting stamps.(11)I hate to do homework.I hate dancing, (12)I'm not into claic music.(13)I think that claic music is terrible / boring.2.Making apologies 道歉

13 -- I'm sorry I'm calling you so late.-- ____ Okay.

(2003北京春招) A.This is

B.You're

C.That's

D.I'm [答案与解析] C 本题主要考查英语中道歉及应答用语。A、B、D三项不符合交际英语的习惯，故C项正确。 【归纳】英语中常见道歉用语有：

(1) I'm very sorry.I didn't mean to (hurt your feelings).(2) I'm terribly sorry about that.(3) I'm afraid I've brought you too much trouble.(4) Please excuse me coming late.(5) Please forgive me.(6) Excuse me, please.(7) I beg your pardon.应答表达有：

(1) That's / It's all right.(2) That's / It's OK.(3) Never mind.(4) It doesn't matter.(5) It's nothing.(6) Forget it.(7) Don't worry about that.(8) Don't mention it.3.Talking about language difficulties in communication 谈论语言交际困难 -- I'm sorry.I can't catch you.____ -- OK, it's B—L—A—C—K.

A.Would you please walk slowly?

B.I don't understand you．

C.What's the meaning of this word?

D.Would you please repeat it more slowly? [答案与解析] D本题主要考查语言交际困难的功能意念。catch 在整个语境中是“听见，听清”的意思，A项错误理解了catch 在此处的意思，B、C两项语义不连贯， 故正确答案是D。 【归纳】英语中常见的谈论语言交际困难的用语有： (1) Pardon? / I beg your pardon.(2) Sorry, I can't follow you.(3) Can you speak more slowly, please? (4 )How do you say...in English.'? (5) I don't know how to say that in English.(6) I don't know the word in English.(7) How do you spell it, please? (8) I'm sorry I only know a little English.(9) Could you repeat that, please? Could you say that

again, please? (10) What do you mean by killing time? [牛刀小试4] 1.-- ____ I didn't hear you clearly.It's too noisy here.

14 -- I was saying that the party was great.A.Repeat.

B.Once again.C.Sorry?

D.So what? 2.-- Do you like a house with no garden? -- ____.But anyhow, it's better to have one than none.A.Not a bit

B.Not a little C.Not really

D.Not specially 3.-- I'm sorry for stepping on your foot? -- ____.A.It's OK

B.You are welcome C.It's your fault

D.Never you mind 4.-- What you said at the meeting hurt me badly! -- Sorry.But ____.A.I didn't mean it

B.I didn't mean to C.I don't mean it

D.I don't mean to 5.-- You seem to show interest in cooking.-- ____? On the contrary, I'm tired of it.A.Really

B.Pardon

C.OK

D.What (CCABD) 【精典题例】

1.-- David has made great progre recently.

-- ____, and ____.

A.So he has; so have you

B.So has he; so have you

C.So he has; so you have

D.So has he; so you have 【解析】选A 答句中的he指David，不倒装。“So have you” 意为“你也一样(取得了进步)”。 2.Little ____ what others think.A.does he care about

B.care he about C.about he eared

D.about cared he 【解析】选A little为否定副词，置于句首时，句子使用部分倒装。 3.At school, what he enjoys ____ football.A.playing B.to play C.is playing D.played 【解析】选C what he enjoys为主语从句，谓语动词为be，表语为playing football。不要误以为playing是enjoy的宾语而误选A。

4.At the ____news, all the women present burst out crying.A.unexpecting

B.disappointing C.disappointed

D.interesting 【解析】选B联系语境，所有在场的妇女都哭了，因此为disappointing"令人失望的(消息)”。 5.He was about to tell me the secret ____ someone patted him on the shoulder.A.as

B.until

C.while

D.when 【解析】选D "when"表示“就在这时，突然”。

6.The wolf said in a ____ voice and the scholar felt ____.A.frightening; frightened

B.frightened; frightened C.frightened; frightening

D.frightening; frightening 【解析】选A frightening“令人害怕”；frightened“感 到害怕”。

15 7.In our ____ life, English is ____ used.A.everyday; wide

B.everyday; widely C.every day; wide

D.every day; widely 【解析】选B everyday“日常的，每天的”；widely“广泛地”。 8.-- Hello, Mary.I've got a girlfriend. -- What's she like? -- ____.A.I don't know

B.She's like her mother, not father C.She likes music D.Not had! Quite pretty 【解析】选D表外表给人的印象。

9.The fire ____ for half an hour before the fire fighters arrived.A.had put out

B.was put out C.had been out

D.had broken out 【解析】选C be out"火熄灭”，表示状态。

10.It has been suggested that the land ____ equally among the peasants.A.be shared

B.should be spared C.saved

D.be spent 【解析】选A suggest后用虚拟语气。be shared前可 省略should。

11.She took ____ in physics and read ____ on the subject.A.interest; as books many as she could B.an interest; as many books as she could C.interested; as many books as she can D.interests; as books as she could 【解析】选B根据短语搭配和时态一致可知。 12.-- How's the young man? -- ____.A.He's twenty

B.He's a doctor C.He is much better

D.He's David 【解析】选C how is sb.“某人身体如何”。

13.Let Harry play with your toys as well.Clare, you must learn to ____.A.support

B.care

C.spare

D.share 【解析】选D share“分享”；support“支持”；care“在意”；spare“抽出(时间)。节余”。 14.The new dre looks wonderful on you ____ the collar.A.besides B.except C.beside D.except for 【解析】选D“美中不足的是领子”，表示部分修正。 15.-- What about your clamate, Susan? -- Our teacher ____ her a good and clever student.A.regards

B.believes C.suggests

D.considers 【解析】选D consider as„“认为„„是„„”，as可省略。

高一英语各单元知识点总结及重难点解析Unit3-4 ☆重点句型☆

1.Instead of spending your vacation on a bus, ...you may want to try hiking.Instead和instead 0f的用法 2.Say "Hi" / "Hello" / "Thanks" to sb.(for me) 问候的句型 3.Is anybody seeing you off? 进行时表将来

16 4.She struggled and struggled, and could not get on her feet.(= keep struggling) 5.You should not go rafting unle you know...unle引导条件状语从句，相当于if...not 6.By staying at..., tourists can help the villagers make money so that they can take care of the fiver and the birds.目的状语从句

7.She was so surprised that she couldn't move.结果状语从句 8.Tree after tree went down, cut down by water.过去分词作状语

9.The next moment, the first wave swept her down, swallowing the garden.现在分词作状语

10.However, before she could think twice, the water was upon her.It didn't take long before the building was destroyed.

before的用法 ☆重点词汇☆

1.means n.方法；途径 2.experience n.经验 3.equipment n.设备 4.succeful adj.成功的 5.protect v.保护 6.handle v.处理 7.consider v.考虑 8.benefit n.利益

9.particular adj.特别的 10.effect n.效果 11.combine v.合并

12.unforgettable adj.不会忘记的 13.advance v.前进 14.seize v.抓住 15.struggle v.奋斗 16.fear v.& n.害怕 17.strike v.敲打 18.destroy v.毁掉 19.publish v.出版

20.naughty adj.调皮的 ☆重点短语☆

1.get away from 逃离

2.watch / look out 注意，当心

3.go for a hike / go hiking 去徒步旅游 4.as with 正如„„一样 5.see off 为某人送行

6.on the other hand 在另一方面 7.take care of 照顾

8.get close / near to 接近，凑近9.tree after tree 一棵又一棵的树 10.as wall as 也，和„„一样(好) 11.protect„from 保护„„不受„„的伤害 12.be surprised at 因„„而吃惊

17 13.be caught / trapped / struck in 被„„困住 14.take place 发生

15.go through 通过，经过；经历(痛苦的事) 16.be upon 临近，逼近17.hold on to 紧紧抓住

18.refer to 提到，说到；查询(信息) 19.look into 注视„„的内部；检查，调查 20.for fear of (doing) sth.惟恐„„ ☆短语闯关☆

下列短语都是这两个单元学过的重要短语，请你根据汉语在横线上填入一个正确的词，每个词4分，80分才能过关，你一定能过关．做好了闯关的准备吗?那么我们就开始吧? l.get ____ from 逃离

away 2.watch ____ 注意，当心 out 3.protect sb / sth ____ 保护／保卫某人(某事物) from 4.see sb ____ 到火车站、飞机场等某处为某人送行 off 5.on the other ____ 另一方面 hand 6.as ____ as也，还，而且 well 7.____ place发生，产生 take 8.____ fire失火 on 9.pull sb ____ 把„„往上拽 up 10.get ____ one's feet站立起来；站起身来 on 11.go ____ 通过，经受。仔细检查 through 12.____ holiday在度假 on 13.travel ____ 旅行社代理人 agent 14.be ____ 逼近，临近upon 15.____ exercise 进行体育锻炼 take 16.____ "Hi" to sb for / from sb 代某人向某人问候 say 17.come ____ with提出 up 18.go ____ a hike 去远足 for 19.be caught ____ 受困于„„，陷于„„ in 20.____ a second 马上，一会儿 in 21.look ____ 往„„里面看，调查 into 22.refer ____ 提到．涉及；参考 to 23.hold ____ 抓住，握住 onto 24.sweep ____ 冲走，刮走 away 25.sweep ____ 冲倒，吹倒 down ☆交际用语☆

1.Where would you prefer going...? 2.How would you like to go to...? 3.Have a nice / pleasant trip ! 4.Well, I must be off.5.It's all right． 6.I'm afraid.7.Come on !

18 8.It scares me.9.Don't worry.10.First..., next..., then..., finally...☆单词聚焦☆ 1.advance的用法

▲构词：advanced adj.高等的．先进的，高深的 ▲搭配：

① in advance 在前头，预先，事先

② in advance of 在„„前面；比„„进步；超过 ③ on the advance (物价)在上涨

【考例】It is said that Mi White had some difficulty in studying the ____ maths.

A.improved B.developed C.advanced D.increased [考查目标] 本题考查形容词advanced与近义词的区别。

[答案与解析]C “高等数学”的英译是advanced maths，advanced意思是“先进的。高级的”。 2.before 的特殊用法

(1) He had run out of the room before I could stop him.我还没来得及拦住他，他就跑出了屋子。

(2) Three weeks went by before We knew it.三周过去了，我们才意识到。(或：时间不知不觉已过三周了。)

(3) It wasn't / didn't take long before he returned.他没过多久就回来了。

It won't be long before we graduate.不要过多久我们就要毕业了。 3.chance的用法 ▲搭配：

① by any chance 万一，碰巧，或许 ② by chance 偶然，意外地

③ take a / one's chance 冒一冒险，碰碰运气，利用一下机会

【考例6】 (2005南京模拟)Most of the ___are in seasonal work, mainly connected with tourism and agriculture.

A.work

B.luck

C.chances

D.services [考查目标] chance的词义。

[答案与解析] C

chance在本句的词义是“机会”。 4.consider v.

(1) 考虑

A) consider + n./ doing

I consider going abroad.

B) consider + 疑问词 + to do

You have to consider what to do next.

(2) 认为

A) consider + n.(+as / to be) + n./ adj.

I consider Mary as / to be my best friend.

They considered Paris the brain and heart of the country.

B) consider + n.+ to have done

I consider him to have acted disgracefully.

除了consider„as„表认为外，还有regard„as

„，look on„as„，take„as„，think of„as„ 5.cost的用法

▲ 构词：costly adj.昂贵的，贵重的

19 ▲ 搭配：

① cost sb.sth.花费某人(多少钱)；让某人付出(代价)／牺牲„„ ② at all costs 不惜任何代价．无论如何 ③ at any cost 不惜任何代价，无论如何 ④ at cost (price) 按成本价格，按原价

⑤ at the cost of 以„„为代价，用„„换来的；丧失；牺牲

【考例】They wondered how much this kind of car would ____ them.

A.pay

B.spend

C.cost

D.waste [考查目标] 本题考查cost和它的几个近义词的区别。 [答案与解析] C cost的意思是“耗费”，主语是指物的 名词．而pay和spend等的主语是指人的名词。 6.effect n.效果；作用 have an effect on sth.

His words had a great pushing effect on his students.

(1) be of no effect 无效

(2) come into effect 开始生效；开始实行

[比较] affect vt.影响 The climate affected the amount of the rainfall.7.experience的用法

▲构词: experienced adj.有经验的，熟练的 ▲搭配: ① by experience 凭经验；从经验中 ② from experience 凭经验；从经验中 ③ gain experience in„ 获得„„经验 ④ be experienced in„ 某方面有经验

▲友情提示: experience这个词作为可数名词用时，解释为“经历”，作为不可数名词用时解释为“经验”。 【考例】 (2005山西模拟) ____teaches that he was right.Good friendship is just not easily formed.

A.Knowledge B.Teachers C.Experience D.Parents [考查目标] experience的意思。

[答案与解析] C

experience常为不可数名词，意思是“经验”。 8.fear n.& vt.

(1) n.恐惧 (多作不可数名词)

His face was growing pale with fear.

忧虑；担心的事(可数)

There is no reason for your fears.

for fear of 由于怕„„，以防

He left an hour earlier for fear of miing his train.

for fear (that) 惟恐；怕的是；以防

She worried for fear that the child would be hurt.

in fear of 害怕；担心

The thief was in fear of the police.

(2) v.恐惧；害怕，接 n./ pron.

Cats fear big dogs.

恐惧；害怕，接to do

Don't fear to tell the truth.

恐怕；担心，接从句

She feared that she might not find him in his room.▲构词：fearful adj.可怕的，严重的；惧怕的，胆怯的；担心的，忧虑的 fearle adj.不怕的，大胆的，勇敢的，无畏的 ▲搭配：

① be in fear (of) (为„„而)提心吊胆 ② for fear of 因为怕；以免，怕的是

③ for fear that-clause 生怕；为了防止(某事发生) ④ have a fear that-clause 担心／怕(发生某事) ⑤ with fear 吓得，怕得

⑥ fear (vi.) for...担心／忧虑„„

【考例】(2004江苏)He got to the station early, ____ miing his train.

A.in case of

B.instead of

C.for fear of

D.in search [考查目标] fear构成的短语的用法和意思。

[答案与解析]C

for fear of 常在句中作状语，意思是 “怕的是„„。担心„„”。 9.fun n.高兴；乐趣；有趣的人或事

(1) for fun 为了高兴；为着好玩

I only did it for fun.

(2) make fun of 开„„的玩笑；取笑

It is wrong to make fun of a cripple.

[比较]

(1) laugh at 笑(某人)；嘲笑

It's unkind to laugh at a person who is in trouble.

(2) play a joke on 开(某人的)玩笑 10.means n.手段；办法

(1) by means of 用„„；依靠„„

The water may be carried by means of a pipe.

(2) by all means 一定；务必；(表示同意)当然可以，没问题：务必，无论如何，千方百计地

Try by all / every means to persuade him to come.

(3) by no means 完全不是；一点也不；决不

This is by no means the first time you have been late.

还有： by this means 用这种方法； by any means 用一切可能的方法或手段 【考例】(MET 1991)Students sometimes support them- selves by ____ of evening job.

A.ways

B.offers

C.means

D．helps [考查目标] by means of 短语的意思。

[答案与解析] C by means of 的意思是“通过某种手段”。 11.normal adj.正常的；正规的

the normal temperature, normal behavior

(1) regular 规则的；有规律的

keep regular hours 生活有规律；按时作息

(2) common普通的；常见的

Tom is a common name in Britain.共有的；共同的

have a common interest 有着共同爱好

21

(3) usual 惯常的；惯例的

It's usual with him to go to the office on foot.

(4) ordinary平凡的；普通的

in ordinary dre 12.once的用法 ▲ 搭配：

① all at once 突然；同时

② at once 立刻，马上；同时

③ (every) once in a while 偶尔，有时，间或

④ for this once (= for once，just for once) 就这一次；

破例一回 ⑤ more than once 不止一次，多次 ⑥ not once 一次也不

⑦ once again / more再一次 ⑧once and again一再，再三

⑨ once or twice 一两次；有时，偶尔 ⑩ once too often又(多了)一次 ? once upon a time从前

【考例】(2004上海) ____ we have learned something, additional learning increases the length of time we will remember it.

A.Before

B.Once

C.Until

D.Unle [考查目标] 连词once的用法和词义。

[答案与解析] B once在作连词使用时意思是“一旦”。 13.prefer v.宁愿；更喜欢

(1) prefer + n./ pron.

The boy preferred a detective story.

(2) prefer + v.-ing

Do you prefer living abroad?

(3) prefer + to do

She prefers to live among the working people.

(4) prefer sb.to do sth.

She preferred him to stay at home.

(5) prefer + n./ pron./ doing + to + n./ pron./ doing 喜欢„„而不喜欢

I prefer the town to the country./ While he was in the office he preferred doing something to doing nothing.

(6) prefer to do...rather than do = would rather do ...than do...宁愿„„而不愿 I prefer to walk there rather than go by bus.

(7) prefer + 从句(谓语动词用should do，should可省略) She preferred that he should do it in the kitchen.14.protect的用法

▲ 构词：protection n.保护(者/物)，防御

▲ 搭配：protect sb from / against 防止„„遭受„„；使„„免于，保护„„使不受 【考例】 (MET 1992) Clarke was greatly admired at the club for the succeful ____.

A.self-satisfaction

B.self-protection

C.self-respect

D.self-service [考查目标] protect及其派生词的词义。

[答案与解析]B self-protection是名词，意思是“自我保护”。 15.separate的用法

▲ 构词：separation n.[U]分开，分离

22 ▲ 搭配：

① separate A from B 把A和B分开

② A is separated from B by„ A和B为„„所分开／阻隔 ③ separate sth (up) into„ 把„„分成(几分) ▲辨析：separate; divide; part 都含“分开”的意思。 separate 指“把原来在一起的人或物分开”。例如: Separate those two boys who are fighting, will you? (你)把那两个打架的孩子拉开，好吗? divide 指“施加外力或自然地把某人或某物由整体分成若干部分”。 part指“把密切相关的人或物分开”，还有“分手”之意。

【考例】(NMET 2001)As we joined the big crowd I got ____ from my friends.

A.separated

B.spared

C.lost

D.mied [考查目标] 动词separate的词义。

[答案与解析] A separated和get搭配有被动意义，表 示“被隔开；被分隔”。 [牛刀小试1] 用所给单词的适当形式填空：

(advance, means, cost, protect, fear, separate) 1.The teacher improved the students' English by ____ of dictation and recitation.(means) 2.All the goods ___me almost half a million dollars.(cost) 3.We must ____ the wild animals from the hunting.(protect) 4.Every baby should be ____ after he is horn.(separated) 5.None of them ____ death when the enemy came into the village.(feared) 6.There are too many people, so you should have bought a ticket in ____.(advance) ☆词语比较☆

1.wear, put on, have on, dre, be in, try on

(1) wear v.穿着；戴；蓄须(发)；磨损；(脸容)呈现，显出 He is wearing an overcoat today.

* wear out (把) 穿破；(把) 用坏；(使) 疲乏；(使) 耗尽I have worn out my shoes./ My patience wore (was worn) out.

(2) put on 穿上；戴上(侧重穿着的动作)

Put on your sweater, otherwise you will feel cold.

(3) dre vt.给„„穿衣服

n.衣服；连衣裙

dre sb.(in sth.) 或 be dreed (in sth.) 注意：穿的衣服接在in之后。Mother dreed her baby and then they went downstairs.

(4) have on 表示穿着的状态，注意不能用进行时。

At the Spring Festival, all children have on new clothes.

(5) be in表示穿着的状态 There was a girl in red.

(6) try on 试穿

Mother was trying on a new dre.2.strike, hit, beat

(1) hit vt.

① 打；敲；击；击中；射中 He hit a ball over the fence./ The stone hit him on the head.

② 使„„受到打击 The bad news hit every one hard.

(2) beat vt.& vi.

① 连续有节奏地打；敲

The rain heat against the window.

② (心)跳动 His heart had stopped beating.

23

③ (鸟翼) 扑动

The bird beat its wings rapidly as it flew on.

④ 打败；打赢；取胜

Our champion can beat all runners in the country.

(3) strike vt.& vi.

① 打；敲；击；砍；打中；击中

He struck me with his fist.

The house was struck by lightning.

② 发起进攻；袭击

He moved away as the animal struck.

③ 撞；触(礁)

His head struck the table as he fell.

④ 擦(火柴)

I struck a match and held it to his cigarette.

⑤ (某种想法) 忽然出现；忽然想起，相当于occur to。

A happy thought struck her.

⑥ 给人深刻印象(常用于被动语态)

I was struck by her beauty.

⑦ 罢工

They are striking for higher pay.

⑧ (钟)敲(响) We waited for the clock to strike six.3.complete, finish complete 可作形容词，表示“彻底的；全面的”。 complete与finish表示“完成”时的区别。

(1) complete 作及物动词，只接 n.或 pron.，常用于完成预定的任务，工程建设等The railway is not completed yet.(2) finish vi./ vt.指完成，结束一件事情；可接 n.或doing。如：finish one's homework / middle school / writing the book ☆短语归纳☆ 1.cut down

(1) 砍倒 If you cut down all the trees you will rain the land.

(2) 减少；削减 I have decided to cut down my smoking.2.含get的短语

① get back 回来，恢复，送回

② get off下来，动身，起飞

③ get up 起床，站起来 ④ get on 上(车) ⑤ get on / along with 与某人相处．某事的进展

⑥ get together 聚首，碰头

⑦ get away from 逃离 ⑧ get on one's feet 站起来

⑨ get down 下来 ⑩ get on well with 与„„相处融洽

? get married 结婚

? get to 到达 ? get through 通过，接通

? get down to 开始着手做某事

? get acro (使)通过

? get(a)round 传开，说服 ? get in 进入。收获

? get out 出去，逃脱

[例句]How are you getting along with your busine? 生意进展如何? / If you take Mary out for a drive you must promise to get her back for her music leon.如果你带玛丽去兜风的话，你必须答应带她回来上音乐课。/ I can't get my boots off,

24 for they are too tight.我脱不掉靴子，它太紧了。/ We all try to get together at least once a year at Christmas time.在圣诞期间我们尽量一年至少聚会一次。/ When one has busine on hand it is hard to get away from home.如果一个人手头有事，离开家很难。

【考例】(2004辽宁) The final examination is coming up soon.It's time for us to ____ our studies．

A.get down to B.get out C.get back for D.get over [考查目标] 此题主要考查get短语。

[答案与解析]A get down to 意为“开始着手做某事”；get out 意为“离开，摆脱”；get back for 意为“回去拿”；get over意为“克服，渡过”。本句话意思是：期末考试就要到了，我们该开始学习了。

【考例】(NMET 1993)Readers can ____ quite well without knowing the exact meaning of each word.

A.get over B.get in C.get along D.get through [考查目标]此题主要考查get短语。

[答案与解析]C

get over 意为“痊愈，克服”；get in 意为“插话”；get along 意为“进展．继续”；gel through 意为“接通。办完”。本句话意思是：读者不必准确知道每个词的意思就能继续下去。 3.get away (from)

(1) 摆脱 Ways must be found to get away from poverty.

(2)走开；离开 She didn't get away until nine last night.

(3)逃走，使离开The bank robbers used a stolen car to get away.

(4)拿走 Get all thee party dishes away! 4.get close to

(1) close adj.靠近；接近

The church is close to the shops.

亲密；密切

Are you a close friend of theirs?

(2) close adv.靠近；接近

He was standing close to the door.

(3) close v.关上；关闭(不开发)；结束

She closed her eyes./ Her eyes closed.(闭上)

(4 ) closely adv.紧密地；仔细地；密切地

He got closely in touch with the magazines of today.

The little baby was closely looked after by her.[比较]

(1) close 与 closely 作副词时，close含具体之意，closely 含抽象之意。

(2) 类似的词组有 high (高) -- highly (高度地)，deep (深深地) -- deeply (深入地)，wide (很开，宽) -- widely (广

泛地)，low (低的)-- lowly (低贱的) (作形容词) 5.hand in 交上去(给老师或上级)；交来(hand v.)

Each student has to hand in a composition once a week. [比较]

(1) hand down 传下来；传给 Our father handed down these customs to us.

(2) hand on„to„传给，传递They will hand the photograph to those who have not seen it.

(3) hand out 发给大家；散发 The teacher handed out the books at the beginning of the leon． 6.instead of 代替„„

(1) instead of + n./ pron.

Give me the red one instead 0f the green one.

(2) instead of + doing

25

We walked down the stairs instead of taking the elevator.

(3) instead of + 介词短语

He studies in the evening instead of during the day.

[比较]

(1) instead adv.作为替代 („„而)，代替 If Harry is not well enough to go with you, take me instead.

(2) rather than 而不是，与其„„宁愿 He ran rather than walked.

(3) in place of 代替，„„而不用The Chinese use chopsticks in place of knives and forks.7.含take的短语

① take a picture 照相，拍照

② take a taxi / bus, etc.打的(坐公交车等) ③ take away 拿走，夺取，使离去 ④ take care of 小心，照料，保管 ⑤ take off 脱，去掉，取消，起飞 ⑥ take out 拿出，带„„出去

⑦ take one's place 就坐，坐某人的座位，代替某人的位置 ⑧ take place 发生，产生 ⑨ take exercise 做运动 ⑩ take a seat 坐下 ? take turns 轮流

? take an active part in 积极参加 ? take a meage 捎口信 ? take on 从事，呈现

? take the place of 取代，代替 ? take apart 拆开

? take down 拿下，记下 ? take...for...误认为„„ ? take in 吸收，接纳

? take up 拿起．从事．占据

[例句] Father was convinced that Peter was unhappy at boarding school, and made arrangements to take him away.父亲确信彼得在寄宿学校不开心，决定把他带走。/ Will you lake care of buying the wine for tonight's party? 你负责为今晚的晚会买酒水好吗? / The boys got into the car and took off for the drug store.男孩们进到车里，开车去了药店。/ He took my place in the queue so that I could go and get something to eat.他替我排好了队，以便我能够回 去弄点儿吃的。 8.used to

(1) used to do sth.过去常常„„(现在已不如此)

We used to grow beautiful roses.

注意：否定句和疑问句有两种

You usedn’t to make that mistake.She didn't use(d) to do it, did she?

You used to smoke a pipe, didn't you? / use(d) n't you?

(2) be / get / become used to + n./ doing习惯于

I have always been used to hard work.

He got used to living in the country.

(3) be used to do 被用来做„„

26

This knife is used to cut bread.

表示“过去常常„„”时，used to与would区别：

(1) would 只强调“过去常常„„”，used to 说明现在不是如此。

The old woman would sit there for hours doing nothing.

(2) would 只接行为动词，used to 可接行为动词和表状态的词。如：be, like, know, have。There used to be a temple at the foot of the mountain.9.watch out 当心；注意

You'll be cheated if you don't watch out.

(1) watch out for = look out for 提防；当心

You must always watch out for the traffic here!

(2) watch over 照看；看守；负责

The mother bird is watching over her young.10.含“动词 + out”短语

① come out 出来，出版，传出 ② go out 出去，熄灭，不时兴 ③ look out 当心，注意

④ take out 拿出，取出，带„„出去 ⑤ rush out 冲出去，匆忙大量生产 ⑥ try out 尝试，试验 ⑦ watch out 小心

⑧ wear out 穿破，用坏，(使)疲乏，消磨 ⑨ find out 找出，查出

⑩ make out 填写，完成．设法应付 ? get out 出去，逃离，泄露，公布 ? pick out 看出，选出 ? think out 想出

? give out 发出，筋疲力尽 ? set out出发，陈述

[例句]Please go out and tell the children to make le noise.请出去告诉孩子们不要吵闹。/ These bicycles have been rushed out and not up to our usual standard.这些自行车匆忙大量生产，没有达到我们的正常标准。/ Watch out.The train is coming.小心，火车来了。/ Your will wear out your patience in time, my friend.朋友，最终我们会没有耐心的。 【考例】(2005湖北) This picture was taken a long time ago.I wonder if you can ____ my father.

A.find out

B.pick out

C.look out

D.speak out [考查目标]此题主要考查out构成的短语意思区别。 [答案与解析]B pick out意为“挑选，辨别出”；find out意为“找出．发现”；look out意为“留神，注意”： speak out意为“大声说出”。 [牛刀小试2] 请根据句意，选用所给短语的适当形式填空：

(get away，take up，take on，think out，get down to) 1.-- Shall we set off right now? -- Sorry.I'm too busy to ____ for the moment.(get away) 2.The final examination is coming: you really must ____ your studies.(get down) 3.The manager doesn't have much free time as his work ____ nearly all his spare time.(takes up) 4.We also shared a number of qualities which we fell were in our favor when we ____ the task.(took on)

27 5.He might have ___his idea about the art exhibition much better, if he had planned what he wanted to say. (thought out) ☆句型归纳☆

1.You shouldn't go rafting unle you know how to swim, and you should always wear a life jacket.除非你会游泳，而且要一直穿着救生衣，否则就不应该去做漂流运动。

该句中的unle引导状语从句。例如：One can't learn a foreign language well unle he studies hard.unle引导的条件状语从句，一般可以与if...not...互换。还要注意unle引导的从句经常可以省略。 【考例】(200l北京春招)The men will have to wait all day ____ the doctor works faster.

A.if

B.unle

C.whether

D.that [考查目标]状语从句。

[答案与解析]B 句子意思是“如果医生不快点工作， 这些人将不得不等一整天。”应该选unle。

2.Eco-travel is a way to find out what can be done to help animals and plants as well as people.生态游可以找到既帮助别人．又帮助动植物的途径。

该句中的as well as是连词，连接两个并列成分。例如: He can speak German as well as French.常见的用法: 1.well是副词，意思是“好，优秀”，as well as是形容词

同级比较结构。 2.as well as是固定短语，意思是“和”，相当于"not only „ but also..."。

3.as well as连接两个并列成分作主语时，句子的谓语动词应该与前面那个名词或代词的人称或数保持一致。 4.as well as还可当作复杂介词用，意思是“除了„„之外，还有”；相当于"besides，apart from"。 5.as well，是副词短语，意思是“也”，相当于“too / also”常位于句尾，与too位置相当。 6.may / might as well do sth 表示“还是„„的好”。

【考例】(NMET 1994) John plays football ____, if not better than David.A.as well

B.as well as

C.so well

D.so well as [考查目标] as well as连接比较状语从句。

[答案与解析]B 该句中 if not better than相当于插入语，起干扰作用，如果不予考虑，原句就变成了同级比较结构 "John plays football as well as David"。

3.Before she could move，she heard a loud noise.她还没有来得及动弹，就听见很响的声音。

However, before she could think twice, the water was upon her.但还没有回过身来，洪水便逼近了她。

该两句中的before用作连词，后接时间状语从句。before用作连词，接时间状语从句时，表示“在„„之前”。但在不同的语境中，往往有比较灵活的译法。例如: He knocked me down before he saw me.他差一点把我撞倒，才看到我。 【考例】(2005广东) The American Civil War lasted four years the North won in the end.

A.after

B.before

C.when

D.then [考查目标] 时间状语从句的引导词选择。 [答案与解析]B

before 表示“直到„„”。

4.Tree after tree went down, cut down by the water, which must have been three meters deep.洪水想必深达三米，树一棵接一棵地倒了，被洪水冲断了。

该句中的must have been表示推测。例如：You look so tired.You must have stayed up last night.情态动词may，might，most．can，could常用来表示推测。may，might，must多用在肯定句中，can，could多用在否定句和疑问句中。may，might，must，can，could后接动词原形表示对现在的推测；may，might，must，can，could后接have done。表示对过去的推测。例如： You may be a profeor./ She must have met a fairy.【考例】(2005辽宁)This cake is very sweet.You ____ a lot of sugar in it.

A.should put

B.could have put

C.might put

D.must have put

28 [考查目标] 情态动词表示推测。

[答案与解析] D 前文说蛋糕很甜，由此可知一定是糖 放多了。对于过去的动作的推测应使用have done的 结构，所以应在B、D之间做选择，又因为could have done表示本可以做而没有做，所以选择D。

5....she heard a loud noise，which grew to a terrible roar.„„她听见了很响的声音，接着就变成了可怕的隆隆轰鸣声。 该句中的which引导非限制性定语从句。例如：He bought some reference books, which were all about science.他买了许多的参考资料．都是有关理科的。 which 作为关系代词．既可以引导限制性定语从句，也可以引导非限制性定语从句。例如：The train which left for Beijing pulled in on time.前往北京的火车按时进站了。His dog, which was now very old, became ill and died.他的狗，现在老了，生病死了。

【考例】(2005浙江) Jim paed the driving test, ____ surprised everybody in the office.

A.which

B.that

C.this

D.it [考查目标]非限制性定语从句。

[答案与解析]A which引导非限制性定语从句。指代 前面整个句子。that不能引导非限制性定语从句。 ☆句型诠释☆

现在进行时的用法(is / am / are + doing) 1.表示现在(说话的瞬间)正在进行或发生的动作。 Look! The monkey is climbing the banana tree.2.表示当前一段时间内的活动或现阶段正在进行的动作。(说话时动作不一定正在进行。) We are preparing for the meeting to be held next Friday now.3.表示说话人现在对主语的行为表示赞叹、惊讶、厌恶等。(常与always, constantly, continually, all the time, forever 等副词连用)，表反复的动作。He is always think- ing of others.(表赞许) She is always asking the same question.(表厌恶) You are always changing your mind.(表抱怨) 4.表示在最近计划或安排要进行的动作。常用于go, come, leave, start, arrive, return, work, stay 等表移动、方向的动词。He is starting the work in a few minutes./ He is leaving for Beijing tomorrow morning. [注意]

1.不用进行时的词有:

(1) 系动词: feel, sound, smell, taste, look, appear, seem, remain, prove 等。 (2) 表结果的感官动词: see, notice, hear 等。

(3) 非延续性的动词，此动作开始即是结束：enter, accept, receive等。 (4) 表心理状态，存在状态，拥有的动词：love, like, hate, care, dislike, respect, prefer, know, understand, forget, remember, believe, want, wish, hope, mind, agree, belong to, depend on, own, have等。

2.用进行时的特殊词有系动词get, turn, grow, become, go, come, fall 等表由一种状态转入另一种状态时，用进行时表示渐近。Today, many rivers that were polluted are getting cleaner and cleaner.当今，许多过去遭污染的河流又变得越来越清澈了。 [比较] 现在进行时表将来的用法与一般将来时的区别： (1) 现在进行时表近期的，事先已经计划安排好的 -- How are you getting to the airport? -- By taxi.Bob is coming with me to the airport.(2) will do 和 shall do ① 表客观将来。shall用于第一人称，will用于第

一、

二、三人称。I will / shall finish middle school next month.

29 ② 表有科学根据的预测。The weather report says it will rain tomorrow.③ 表客观必然。Man will make mistakes.(3) be going to ① 表现在打算在近期或将来要做某事。I'm going to finish my homework tonight.② 表根据已有迹象的预测。It's so dark outside, I think it's going to rain.③ be going to不与come, go连用，而用be coming, be going 形式。Mary is coming here this evening.[注意] 表计划、安排、规定要做的事，用“be + to do”。此外，表示按时刻表运行的动作常用一般现在时表将来。The meeting is to be held at 9:00 a.m./ Our plane leaves at 6:00 a.m..[牛刀小试3] 1.____ you call me to say you're not coming, I'll see you at the theatre.(2004 吉林) A.Though

B.Whether C.Until

D.Unle 2.Now that you've got a chance, you ____ make full use of it.(NMET 1999) A.had better to

B.might as well C.might as well as

D.would rather 3.It was evening ____ we reached the little town of Winchester.(2004 天津) A.that

B.until C.since

D.before 4.There is no light in the dormitory.They must have gone to the lecture, ____? (2004 上海春招) A.didn't they

B.don't they C.mustn't they

D.haven't they 5.The result of the experiment was very good, ____ we hadn't expected.(2000 北京春招) A.when

B.that

C.which

D.what DBDDC ☆交际速成☆

【考点1】Talking about intentions and plans.谈论意愿和打算 (2004江苏)

-- How long are you staying? -- I don't know.____.

A.That's OK

B.Never mind

C.It depends

D.It doesn't matter [答案与解析]C 本题考查具体语境下被询问打算时的应答。A项用于回答感谢和道歉，B、D两项用于回答道歉，C 项表示“看情况而定”。

【归纳】英语中常见表达意愿和打算的用语有： ① I'll go with you.② I'm going to see my head teacher this afternoon.③ I'd like to make a phone call to her after cla.④ I want / hope to find an English pen friend.⑤ I plan to go to Hangzhou this summer.⑥ We are ready to move to a new house.⑦ Bill intends to spend his vocation in California.⑧ I'm thinking of driving to Beijing.⑨ Where would you prefer going...? ⑩ How would you like to go to...? ? When are you going off to...? ? How are you going to...? 【考点2】Expreing good wishes祝愿

30 (2005广东)

Tom: Mike, our team will play against the Rockets this weekend.I'm sure we will win.

Mike: ____! A.Congratulations

B.Cheers

C.Best wishes

D.Good luck [答案与解析]D 考查祝愿用语。在比赛前表示祝愿的话用Good luck。Congratulations用于成功之后的祝贺。Cheers意为“干杯”。Best wishes多用于书面语，表示“万事如意”的意思。 【归纳】英语中常见表达祝愿的用语有： ① Have a good day / time! ② Have a good journey / trip! ③ Good luck! ④ Enjoy yourself! ⑤ Best wishes to you! ⑥ Happy New Year! ⑦ Happy birthday! ⑧ Merry Christmas! 应答语有： ① Thank you.② You, too.③ The same to you.【考点3】Describing emotions 描述人物的情感 (2001上海春招) -- I'm afraid I can't finish the book within this week.-- ____.

A.Please go ahead

B.That's all right

C.Not at all

D.Take your time [答案与解析]D 本题考查时表示遗憾情感的应答。A项表示“请吧，说吧”，用于回答许可或让对方先行。B、C两项是感谢或道歉的答语，D项表示“别着急，慢慢来”，符合语境。 【归纳】中学英语中描述人物情感的用语有：

① (恐惧) Help! / How terrible! / I'm afraid of.../ I'm afraid to.../ You scared me! / It scares me! ② (高兴) (It's) well done! / How wonderful! / That's great! / I'm pleased to...③ (惊奇) Really! / Oh dear! / Is that so? / What a surprise! / How surprising! ④ (忧虑) What's wrong? / what's the matter? / Anything wrong? / What should we do? ⑤ (安慰)There, there./ Don't be afraid.／Don't worry./ It's (quite) all right./ It'll be OK / all right.⑥ (满意) Good! / Well done! ／ Perfect! / That's fine./ That's better.⑦ (遗憾) I'm so sorry! / It's a great pity! / What a shame! / That's too bad! ⑧ (同情) I'm so sorry! / I'm so sorry (about your illne)./ I'm sorry to hear that.⑨ (愤怒) Damn! / How annoying! ⑩ (鼓励) Well done! / Come on! / Keep trying./ You can do it! [牛刀小试4] 1.-- I'd like to take a week's holiday.-- ____, we're too busy.A.Don't worry

B.Don't mention it C.Forget it

D.Pardon me

31 2.-- I was so sure that our experiment was going to succeed, but something went wrong at the last moment.-- ____, but don't give it up.A.Find out the reason

B.Never mind C.I'm sorry to hear that

D.You don't 'mean that 3.-- I just heard that the tickets for tonight's show have been sold out. -- Oh no! ____.A.I was looking forward to that B.It doesn't matter C.I knew it already D.It's not at all interesting 4.-- We are going to travel to Italy. -- ____.A.Good bye

B.Go ahead C.I like to go, too

D.Have a good time 5.-- I'd rather have some tea, if you don't mind.-- ____.A.Thank you very much B.Yes, I like so C.No, it's nothing

D.Of course, anything you want

CCADD ☆精典题例☆

1.Rainforests ___ and burned at such a speed that they will disappear from the earth in the near future.(NMET 2002春上海)

A.cut B.are cut C.are being cut D.had been cut 【解析】选C 本题是在语境中考查现在进行时的被动语态。本句意为“雨林以这样的速度被砍伐和焚烧，会导致它在不久的将来从地球上消失。”体会语境和句意便知此处选择C项，表示现阶段在进行的动作。

2.Twenty-three hours has paed after the explosion in the mine, but rescue efforts to recover the miing ____ carried out.

A.are still being

B.have already been

C.are always

D.will soon be 【解析】选A本句意为“矿井爆炸已过23小时了，但对失踪人员的搜索还在进行中。” 3.-- When are you leaving? -- My plane ____ at 10:45.A.takes off

B.took off

C.is about to take off

D.will take off 【解析】选A飞机是按时刻表运行的。 4.-- Excuse me, what time is it now?

-- Sorry, my watch ____.It ____ at the shop.

A.isn't working; is being repaired

B.doesn't work; is being repaired

C.isn't working; is repaired

D.doesn't work; is repaired 【解析】选B doesn't work说明“手表不工作”的状态，而不只是现在才坏了。后句意为“手表正在商店里修理”，故应用is being repaired。

5.John, who is considered ____ a warm-hearted man, is considering ____ his neighbor out of trouble.A.to be; to help

B.to be; helping C.being; to help

D.being; helping 【解析】选B be considered to be “被认为是„„”；consider doing “考虑做某事”。 6.He made a mistake, but then he corrected the situation ____ it got worse.A.until

B.when

C.before

D.as 【解析】选C意思是“在事情还未变得更糟之前及

32 时纠正错误”。

7.-- There is something wrong with my bike.-- It doesn't matter.I ____ lend you mine.A.am to B.am going to C.was going to

D.will 【解析】选D be to表示按计划安排将来的动作，be going to 表示最近打算做某事，will 在此是情态动词，表示“意志；意愿”。如：I will tell you all about it.8.Children at the beginning of this century ____ a lot and ____ themselves greatly even without television.A.used to read; enjoying

B.used to read; enjoyed C.were used to reading; enjoy D.were used to read; enjoying 【解析】选B 前后时态要保持一致。

高一英语各单元知识点总结及重难点解析Unit5-6 ☆重点句型☆

1.While still a student, she played roles in many plays.

连词 + 名词做时间状语

2.When asked about the secret of his succe, Steven Spielberg said„

连词+过去分词做时间状语 3.When drinking to someone's health, you raise your glaes.

连词 + 现在分词做时间状语 4.It's a custom in China to have some tea before the meal is served.

It 做形式主语 5.Many people like this film not just because..., but also

because...并列连词

6.Having good table manners means knowing... 动名词做主宾语 ☆重点词汇☆

1.comment v.评论 2.marry v.结婚 3.create v.创造 4.attack v.进攻 5.cruelty n.残酷 6.escape v.逃跑

7.advice n.忠告；建议

8.afford v.花得起(钱、时间) 9.encourage v.鼓励 10.research n.研究

11.interrupt v.打断；打扰 12.apologize v.道歉 13.pray v.请求；祈祷 14.forgive v.原谅；宽恕 15.match v.相配；相适应 16.manners n.礼貌 17.impreion n.印象

18.live adj.& adv.活的；直播的(地) 19.custom n.习惯；风俗 20.introduce vt.介绍；引进 ☆重点短语☆

33 1.take off 脱掉；起飞；成功 2.go wrong 出错；出问题

3.can't help doing 情不自禁做某事 4.take one's place 代替某人 5.run after 追逐；追踪 6.win a prize 获奖

7.think highly of 赞扬„„；对„„高度评价

8.call for 需要；索取 9.in all 总共

10.play a role 扮演角色(作用) 11.make money 挣钱 12.win over 争取过来 13.work on 从事，致力于

14.owe succe to 把成功归功于某人 15.start with 以„„开始 16.run away from school逃学 17.on the air 正在播出的 18.do research 进行调查 19.speed up 加速

20.follow the fashion 追随时尚 ☆短语闯关☆

下列短语都是这两个单元学过的重要短语，请你根据 汉语在横线上填入一个正确的词，每个词4分，80分才 能过关。你一定能过关，做好了闯关的准备吗?那么我 们就开始吧? l.____ screen 银幕，电影(业) 2.take ____ 成功；成名；脱掉(衣服)；(飞机)起飞 3.____ wrong 走错路；误入歧途；不对头；出毛病 4.owe sth ____ sb 把„„归功于某人 5.____ all 总共；总之 6.stay ____ 不在家，外出 7.____ school 小学

8.lock sb ____ 将某人锁于某处不得进出；将某人监禁起来 9.run ____ 追赶

10.bring sb ____ 送回某人 11.____ the air正在播出的

12.think highly ____ 对„„高度评价 13.leave ____ 省去；遗漏；不考虑 14.stare ____ 盯着

15.make ____ about sb 以某人为笑柄

16.drink (a toast) ____ 为„„祝酒；为„„干杯 17.win ____ 战胜

18.____ comments on对„„加以评论

34 19.look sb ____ 看望，拜访某人

20.____ a role in 在„„中扮演角色；在„„方面起作用 21.____ a prize获奖

22.to sb for (doing) sth因某事向某人道歉

23.make a good impreion ____ 给„„留下好印象 24.____ silent 保持沉默 25.pay a visit ____ 拜访 ☆交际用语☆

1.What do you think has happened? 2.What do you know about…?

3.How do you like…? / What do you think of…? / What db you feel...? 4.May I interrupt you for a moment? 5.Excuse me / Forgive me for.../ I apologize for… 6.I'm (very / so / terribly) sorry.It's all my fault.7.That's all right./ That's OK./ No problem.8.I wish you all the best.9.I'm sorry.I didn't mean to...10.Let's drink (a toast) to...! ☆单词聚焦☆ 1.afford

(1) (和can，could，be able to连用) 有 (时间、经济等) 条件(做某事) + to do

We can't afford to pay such a price.

afford + n./ pron.(出得起；买得起等)

They donot consider whether they can afford it or not.

(2) 经得起 (做某事或发生某事) (多+to do)

He could not afford to lose his fortune entirely.2.apologize的用法

▲ 构词：apology n.辩解，道歉 ▲ 搭配：

① apologize to sb for (doing) sth = make an apology的 sb for (doing) sth向某人为某事(为做了某事)道歉 ② apologize for oneself 为自己辩解或辩护

【考例】[NMET 1993]The captain ____ an apology to the paengers for the delay caused by bad weather.

A.made

B.said

C.put

D.paed [考查目标] apologize及其名词的用法和搭配。 [答案与解析]A make an apology的意思是“道歉”。 3.choice的用法 ▲搭配：

① make a choice 选择

② make choice of 挑选，选择，选定 ③ make / take one's choice 任意挑选

④ have no choice but to do sth 非„„不可，除„„之外别无他法

【考例】[MET 1993] We've mied the last bus, I'm afraid we have no ____ but to take a taxi.

A.way

B.choice C.poibility

D.selection [考查目标] choice的意思和习惯搭配。

35 [答案与解析]B choice是choose的名词形式．意思是 “选择”，在本句中构成固定搭配have no choice but to do sth“不得不干„„”。 4.determine的用法

▲ 构词：determination n.决心，决断，决意；决定，确定 ▲ 搭配：

① determine to do sth 决定做某事 ② determine on / upon (doing) sth 决定 ③ a man of determination 有决断力的人

▲ 辨析：decide；determine这两个词都有“决定”的意思。decide的含义是“不再迟疑不定”，而 determine含义是“把某件事确定下来”。

在be determined to do„这个固定的结构中。过去分词determined的词义为“下定了决心”。

decide的名词为decision，determine的名词为determination。例如：At first，she decided to go to the police，„起初，她决定去找警察„„

▲ 友情提示: decide后跟宾语从句时，其含义有时是“断 定”。I decided that I must have taken a wrong turning somewhere.我断定我一定是在某处拐错弯了。The determination of the meaning of a word is often difficult without a context.脱离上下文来确定一个词的含义常常是困难的。 注：在determine to do...，determine on (upon)...和determine that...。(宾语从句)三个搭配中，determine的词义和decide几乎没有多大差异。He determined / decided to learn medicine.他决定学医。

注：decide sb to do sth 决定使某人做某事What decided you to give up your job? 什么因素使你决定放弃你的工作? 【考例】[2001京皖春招] Before Sam can repair his bicycle, he must know why it does not work.For example, he must ____ the parts that are wrong.

A.check

B.determine

C.correct

D.recover [考查目标]determine的用法。

[答案与解析]B determine和decide在一般情况下意思相同。 5.encourage的用法 ▲ 构词：

① encouraging adj.鼓励的，给予希望的，振奋人心的。令人欢欣鼓舞的 ② encouraged adj.被激励的，受到鼓舞的 ③ encouragement n.鼓励，激励 ④ discourage v.使泄气；劝阻

▲ 搭配：① encourage sb to do sth 鼓励某人做某事 ② be encouraged by 受„„鼓励／鼓舞 【考例】 [2004北京]My advisor encouraged ___a summer course to improve my writing skills.

A.for me taking

B.me taking

C.for me to take

D.me to take [考查目标] encourage的用法。

[答案与解析]D encourage sb to do sth鼓励某人干某事。句意为：我的导师鼓励我参加一个夏季课程来提高我的写作技巧。

6.escape (vi, vt ) escaped, escaping

(1) 逃走；跑掉 + from / out of = run away from

The soldier escaped from the enemy's prison.

(2)逃脱；逃避 + n./ doing

He narrowly escaped death / being killed.

There's no way to escape doing the work.

36

escape还可表示：

①（液体等）漏出 gas escaping from the pipe 煤气从管中漏出Water escaped rapidly from the drainpipe.水从排水管中迅速流出。

② 避免escaped death 免于一死There is no escaping him.怎么也避不开他。

③ 疏忽，忽略 Nothing escaped his attention.什么也逃不过他的注意。 You cannot expect that something may escape the teacher's attention.你不要奢望有什么能逃过老师的注意。 escape n

① 逃走The thief made his escape.小偷逃走了。

②（气体）漏出，泄出；解闷She reads love stories as an escape.她读爱情小说解闷。 7.hunt的用法

▲ 构词：hunter n.猎人，搜寻者 ▲ 搭配：

① hunt for / after追猎；寻找，搜寻 ② hunt out 找出；调查出

【考例】He wandered in the street, ____ a new jacket for his nephew.

A.hunting for

B.waiting for

C.shooting for

D.aiming for [考查目标]本题考查hunt for的意思。

[答案与解析]A hunt for原来是“猎取”的意思，引中为“搜寻，寻找”。 8.impreion n.印象

(1) impreion (on sb.) (给某人)印象His speech made a strong impreion on his audience.

(2) impreion (of sth.) (对某事物)印象；想法That's my first impreion of the new college.

(3) impre sb.with sth.给予某人深刻印象 = impre sth.on sb.使某人铭记 The teacher impreed on his students the importance of speaking.= The teacher impre- ed his students with the importance of speaking.9.interrupt的用法vt, vi ① 阻断；中断 Don't interrupt me.别打断我。Traffic in the city was interrupted by a snowstorm.市内交通被暴风雪所阻断。

② 打岔；插嘴 It is rude to interrupt.打断别人的话，是不礼貌的。 “Don't interrupt,” he said.“别插话, ”他说。 ▲构词：

① interrupter n.打岔者，打断者

② interruption n.打岔．打断，使中断的事物

【考例】[2005山西模拟] Be quiet! It's rude to ____ people when they are talking.

A.stop

B.introduce

C.prevent

D.interrupt [考查目标] interrupt的词义。

[答案与解析]D interrupt的意思是“打断；使中断”． 后接指人或指物的各种名词。 10.marry

(1) vi.结婚

He didn't marry until he was fifty.

(2) vt.和„„结婚

Jean is going to marry Hubert.

(3) vt.(父母)嫁(女儿) He married his daughter to a busineman.

(4) vt.(教士等) 为„„主持结婚仪式 We've come to ask if you will marry them.

[比较]

(1) get married (to sb.) 强调动作

His oldest girl got married last month.

37

(2) be married (to sb.) 强调状态

How long have you been married? 11.moment的用法 n.① 片刻；瞬间 He will be here in a moment.他一会儿就来。At the moment I am working. 此刻我正在工作。 ② 时机；机遇；时宜 Choose your moment to visit him.你选个合适的时机去拜访他。 ③ 重要性 a matter of great moment 一件极重要的事情 ▲搭配：

① at any moment 随时；在任何时候；马上 ② at the last moment 在最后关头 ③ at the moment 此刻；(正当)那时 ④ every moment 时时刻刻 ⑤ for a moment 片刻

⑥ in a moment 一会儿，不久；立即，马上 ⑦ the moment(that)...一„„就„„

【考例】[NMET 2004 II] "Can I? I don't think I can," Racy said with a laugh."But I do have ____ when things come to me for no reason."

A.events B.chances

C.feelings

D.moments [考查目标] moment的词义。

[答案与解析] D moment可以指“时刻”，在本句中用了复数，意思是“一些次”。 12.owe的用法owed, owing ▲ 搭配： ①（常与for连用）欠，欠债I owe you for your help.我感谢你的帮助。(也可以是owe sth.或owe sb.sth) The food cost ￡4 , but I only paid ￡3 so I still owe ￡1.食品要4英镑，可我只付了3英镑，因此我还欠1英镑。I owe you an apology.我该向你道歉。

☆ owe sb sth for sth 或 owe sth to sb for sth 为„欠某人„

② 对„负有义务；感恩；感激We owe our parents a lot.我们十分感激父母。

③（常与to连用）归功于；由于She owes her succe to good luck.她把成功归功于幸运。The young writer owed his succe to his teacher's encouragement.年轻作家把自己的成功归于他老师的鼓励。 【考例】[2004湖北] "How much do I ____ you?" "Oh, no," Paul said.

A.Owe

B.lend

C.give

D.offer [考查目标]考查owe的词义和用法。

[答案与解析]A owe表示“欠”的时候是及物动词，可以接双宾语。 13.reason n.原因；理由

(1) + to do sth.You haven't any reason to leave me.(2) + for sth./ doing People must have a reason for saying such things.(3) + 从句；从句用why / for which引导 That is the reason why you should leave.(4) for + reason，为了某种原因He is retiring for reasons of health.[比较] cause“原因；起因”

the cause of the fire 火灾的起因(引起某种后果的起因) the reason for being late 迟到的理由(做某件事的理由) 14.role

(1) (戏剧中的) 角色Oliver played (acted) the role / part of Hamlet.

(2) (现实生活中的) 身份；作用

38

What is your role on the Committee? (3) play a...role in...= play a...part in在„„中扮演„„角色或作用The headmaster plays an important role / part in the good running of a school.15.serve v.

(1) 为„„服务／工作 A slave serves his master.

(2) 接待(顾客) The shop aistant is serving a customer.

(3) 侍候吃饭，端(菜)；供应(饭菜) Lunch is served now.

(4) serve as 充任(某职务)作„„用 She served as a model for several painters./ This box will serve as / for a seat.16.speed的用法 ▲搭配：

① at a high speed 以很大的速度

② at full / top speed 用全速，开足马力，尽力(快)地； ③ with great / an speed 用全速，开足马力 ④ speed up 加速，快点

【考例】We had tried our best but the bo still shouted, " ____!"

A.Speed up

B.No hurry

C.Wait a minute

D.Slow down [考查目标]本题考查speed及其构成的短语的意思。

[答案与解析]A speed up意思是“加速，快点”的意思。 17.stare的用法 vi, vt -- stared, staring 凝视，注视

He stared at the word trying to remember what it meant.他盯着这个单词，努力想记起它的意思。 [习惯用语] stare one in the face近在眼前；摆在眼前

▲辨析：gaze；stare；glare这组动词的一般含义是“凝视”。 gaze表示“目不转睛地看”，并含有“惊叹”、“羡慕”或“入迷”的意思。例如：She gazed at the carpet for some time, and then added, "You don't need bookcases at all." 她对地毯凝视了一会儿，然后补充说：“你根本不需要书柜。” stare 特别表示“睁大眼睛凝视”，并含有“惊奇”、“傲慢” 或“茫然”的意思。例如：The noble stared at the blank sheet of paper for a few seconds.那位贵族对那张空白纸凝视了几秒钟。

glare 表示“凶狠而且带有威胁性的瞪眼睛”的意思。例如：The trapped eagle glared at his captors.被诱捕到的雄鹰凶狠地瞪着捕获它的人。

【考例】[NMET 1999] ____ him and then try to copy what he does.

A.Mind

B.Glance at

C.Stare at

D.Watch [考查目标] stare 等近义词辨别。

[答案与解析]D watch意思是“观察”，是长时问关注；而stare at却是“盯着”。含有惊奇、傲慢的感情色彩。 18.trouble

(1) 麻烦；烦恼；烦心的事 (可数，不可数) It is a pity to give you so much trouble./ Life is full of troubles.

(2) 困难；费事 (不可数) have trouble with sth./ have trouble (in) doing sth.(= difficulty) Did you have much trouble in finding the post office? / I hope you won't have any trouble with the work.

[相关短语]

(1) ask for trouble 自寻烦恼；自找麻烦 What made you write such a letter? It was asking for trouble.

(2) (be) in trouble 有烦事；有困难；出事；惹麻烦 He never came except when he was in trouble.

(3) put sb.to trouble 给某人造成麻烦；增添麻烦 I am sorry for putting you to so much trouble.

(4) take trouble to do sth.费心做某事；费心 It was good of you to take the trouble to help us.[牛刀小试1] 用所给单词的适当形式填空：(speed，owe，encourage，decide，moment，apologize) 1.will never forget the ____ given by Mr.Wang, which helped me overcome a lot difficulty.

39 2.I have made a ___that every department in our company should buy a computer of this kind.3.I recognized the man the ____ I saw him at the corner. 4.Since it was a bit later，we had to ____ up.5.We must ____ our succe to our parents and teachers.6.The parents came from the far-away village, making an ____ for their naughty son.☆词语比较☆

1.win, beat, defeat 表示获胜、取胜的词语

(1) win v.赢„„，获胜，接比赛或奖项 win a game / a prize / an honor / a race./ Our team won the game 8 to 7./ He won by five points./ He won her love at last./ He won the first place in the competition.

(2) beat + 对手，表打败(尤指体育比赛) I can easily beat him at golf.

(3) defeat 表战胜，接对手The enemy was defeated in the battle.2.in the end, finally, at last

三者均可表示“(经过周折、等待、耽误)最后，终于”之意。不同的是： finally 一般用在句中动词前面，而 at last 与 in the end 的位置则较为灵活；

三者中at last 语气最为强烈，且可单独作为感叹句使用。After putting it off three times, we finally managed to have a holiday in Dalian./ At last he knew the meaning of life./ At last! Where on earth have you been? / But in the end he gave in.

另外，finally还可用在列举事项时，引出最后一个内容，相当于lastly。 Firstly, we should make a plan; secondly, we should carry it out; finally we should make a conclu- sion.3.by sea, by the sea, in the sea, on the sea, at sea

(1) by sea “走海路，乘船”，用来表示交通方式，同 by ship 同义。 These heavy boxes should be sent by sea.

(2) by the sea “在海边”，相当于 by (at) the seaside。The children enjoyed themselves by the sea on Children's Day.

(3) in the sea “在海里，在海水中” There are many plants and animals in the sea.

(4) on the sea “在海面上”，“在海岸边”。I want to live in a town with a beautiful position on the sea.

(5) at sea 在海上；在航海 When he woke up, the ship was at sea.4.be afraid, be afraid to do sth., be afraid of (doing) sth.

(1) be afraid 意为“担心，害怕”，多用于口语，常用来表示一种歉意，或遗憾，后可接 so 或 not，也可接 that 从句。I'm afraid (that) 其语意相当于 I'm sorry, but...。

-- Are we on time? 我们准时吗? -- I'm afraid not.恐怕不准时。I'm afraid you'll get caught in the rain.

(2) be afraid to do sth 常表示“由于胆小而不敢做某事”。She is afraid to be here alone./ He is afraid to jump into the river from the bridge.

(3) be afraid of (doing) sth.常表示“担心或害怕某事(发生)”。I was afraid of hurting her feelings.5.live, living, alive, lively

(1) live adj.

① 活的；活生生的；(只修饰生物；只作前置定语) The laboratory is doing experiments with several live monkeys.

② 实况直播的 (不是录音)It wasn't a recorded show.It was live.

③ 带电的；燃着的；可爆炸的 This is a live wire.

(2) living adj.活着的，有生命的(作表语或定语) She was, he thought, the best living novelist in England./ The old man is still living.(或alive)

(3) alive adj.① 活着的；② 有活力的；有生气

作后置定语：Who's the greatest man alive?

作表语：Was the snake alive or dead? / My grandmother is more alive than a lot of young people.

作补语：Let's keep the fish alive.

(4) lively adj.活泼的；有生气的；活跃的(作表语或定语) The music is bright and lively.6.take off, take down, take in, take on, take up

40

(1) take off

① (飞机)起飞 A helicopter is able to take off and land straight up or down.

② 脱下(衣裳等)；取下 He took off his wet shoes./ Who took the knob off the door?

③ 休假；请假；歇工 When his wife was sick he took off from work.

④ (指观念、产品) 大受欢迎；(事业)突然发达，成功The new type of cell phones has really taken off./ His busine began to take off when he was in his forties.

(2) take down

① 拿下来；取下来 He reached up to the third shelf of the bookcase and took down a dictionary.

② 记下来 He read out the names and his secretary took them down.

(3) take in

① 接受 (房客，客人等)；收留 The farmers took in the lost travelers for the night.

② 理解；领会；明白 The boys could not take in his meaning.

③包括；涉及 The study of physics takes in many different subjects.

④使上当；欺骗We were completely taken in by her story.

(4) take on

① 接受；从事(某工作) After his father died, Bill took on the management of the factory.

② 雇用Is the supermarket taking on any more ais- tant?

③ 具有(新面貌、意思等) The city has taken on a new look.

(5) take up

① 从事某项活动；发展某种爱好 So many young men want to take up writing.

② 开始做(某项工作)；开始学习(某个课程) Then she took up the task of getting the breakfast./ He dropped medicine and took up physics.

③ 占去 (时间或空间) The meeting took up the whole morning./ The table takes up too much room.

④ 接受I'd like to take up your offer of a ride into town.7.call for, call on, call up

(1) call for

① 来找(某人)；来取(某物) I'll call for you at your house.

②要求；需要Succe in school calls for much hard work.

(2) call on

① call on / upon sb.拜访；去会(某人) I hope to call on you at your office at 3 o’clock today.

② call on / upon sb.to do sth.请／叫某人做某事He called upon me to speak immediately.

③ 号召；呼吁；要求 The President called on his people to serve the country.

(3) call up

① 给„„打电话 (英 ring up) I tried to call you up last night, but no one answered the phone.

② 征召入役；调用 (后备部队) Three boys in our street were called up last week.8.too much, much too

(1) too much “太多”之意，可以作形容词，修饰不可数

名词，也可作副词，修饰动词。 There is too much rain here in spring./ She talked too much at the meeting.

(2) much too “简直太，过于”，只能作副词，用来修饰

形容词或别的副词，不能修饰动词。This book is much too difficult for me./ The old man walks much too slowly.9.custom, habit

(1) custom 指传统风俗、习俗，也可指生活习惯，后接不定式。They broke some of the old customs./ It is the custom in China to eat dumplings during the spring Festival.

(2) habit 指个人生活习惯。“(有)养成„„习惯”常

41

用be in / fall into / get into / form / have the habit of doing sth.句型；“戒掉„„习惯”常用 give up / kick / break away from / get out of the habit of doing sth.句型。It's easy to get into a bad habit but its hard to give it up./ The drug easily get one into the habit of smoking.10.arise, rise, raise

raise vt.“使„„上升；升起；提高”等； rise vi.“上升；升起”；

arise vi.“站起来(stand up)”，“起床(get up)”，rise和arise用作站起，起床都属正式用法；arise主要表示“出现、发生”等意思。She raised her voice in anger.(抬高) The wind raised the fallen leaves from the ground.(刮起) The child rose from the ground and ran to his mother.(=The child raised himself from the ground and ran to his mother.) (爬起) She rises before it is light.(起床) Difficulties will arise as we do the work.(出现) ☆短语归纳☆

1.can't help doing sth.禁不住做某事，不由得不做某事

She couldn't hep smiling.

[比较]

(1) can't help but do 不得不„„；不能不 When the streets are full of melting snow, you can't help but get your shoes wet.

(2) cannot but 不能不，只能He could not but feel disappointed.[归纳] (1) help (sb.) (to) do sth.Help me get him back to bed at once./ By helping them we are helping save ourselves.(2) help...with sth.帮助„„做某事 In those days he used to help her mother with her gardening.

(3) help oneself / sb.to sth.给自己 / 别人夹菜 / 拿烟

等；擅自拿用 May I help you to some more vegetables?

(4) help...in sth.在„„方面帮助某人 She offered to help Rose in the housekeeping when I am not here.

(5) help out 帮忙 (做事；克服困难等) I've often helped Bob out when he's been a bit short of money.2.含go的短语

① go around 到处走／跑．(疾病)流传，(谣言)传开；go after 追求；go ahead 说吧，请吧，做吧；go away 离开，出去

② go back 走网头路，翻悔改变；go bad 变坏；go boating 去划船 ③ go fishing 去钓鱼；go for a walk去 散步 ④ go hiking 去徒步旅行；go home 回家

⑤ go in for 喜爱，从事于；go into 进入，加入 ⑥ go mad 发疯

⑦ go off 离去，去世；go on 继续，进展，依据；go on doing 继续做；go out 出去，发出去，熄灭，不时兴；go over 研究，检查，搜查

⑧ go shopping 去商店；go skating 去滑冰；go straight along 沿着；go swimming 去游泳 ⑨ go through 通过，经受，仔细检查；go to bed 上床 ⑩ go up 上升

? go wrong 走错路，误入歧途

[例句] We'll go through the items one by one.我们要逐条研究。She has gone back to her old habits.她又回到了已往的习惯。Come on Sunday by yourself - we can go over the house together.星期天你要过来．我们一起检查一下房子。His speech went on for so long that people began to fall asleep.他的演讲持续很长时间，结果人们开始想睡。That expreion has gone out.Nobody Uses it today.那个短语已经过时了，现在没有人在用它。The young fellow hasn't realized that he has gone wrong.这个年轻人还没有意识到他已经误入歧途。Tired of going shopping with his wife，Mr.Liu pretended to have something important to do.厌烦与妻子一起去购物，刘先生假装有重要的事情要做。

42 【考例2】(2004北京) I don't ____ rock' n' roll.It's much too noisy for my taste.

A.go after

B.go away with

C.go into

D.go in for [考查目标] 此题主要考查四个动词短语的意思。

[答案与解析]D

go after 追求；go away with 带走；go into进入，加入；go in for 喜爱，爱好。根据句子意思“摇滚音乐太嘈杂。不合乎我的口味．所以我不喜欢”。

【考例】(NMET 1998) Nobody noticed the thief slip into the house because the lights happened to ____.

A.be put up

B.give in

C.be turned on

D.go out [考查目标]此题主要考查四个短语的意思。

[答案与解析] D

put up 挂起；give in 屈服；turn on 打开；go out 熄灭。本句话意思是“没有人注意到贼溜进了屋子，因为灯碰巧熄灭了”。 3.go wrong

(1) 走错路；弄错方向

(2) 失败；不顺利All our plans went wrong./ Everything went wrong in those days.

(3)发生故障

The clock went wrong.

[比较]表示“变为”的系动词

(1) go 表示由积极向消极方面变化Fish soon goes bad in hot weather.又如：go mad / pale / blind / hungry

(2) become / get 表示由积极向消极或消极向积极方

面变化 The weather is getting quite warm./ Gradually he became silent.

(3) turn 多接表颜色的词 This ink turns black when it dries./ He used to be a teacher till he turned writer.

注意：become a writer

(4) grow 侧重变化过程 The sea is growing calm.

(5) fall 进入某种状态

All three children fell asleep.4.owe...to...受到恩惠；归功于„„

(1) 欠(钱)owe sb.money = owe money to sb.I owe ￡50 to my tailor.= I owe my tailor ￡50.(2) 得过(某人的)好处；欠(某人的)人情债

We owe a great deal to our parents and teachers.(3) 应当给予 You owe me an apology.(4) „„应归功于；„„都亏得

We owe the general theory of relativity to Einstein.[拓展]表示“由于”的词组：owing to / because of / thanks to / due to / as a result of 5.take one's place (1) 入座，站好位置，取得地位Take your places, please.We are about to start.(2) take one's place = take the place of sb.代替(职务或工作等)；接替Electric trains have now taken the place of steam trains in England.[比较] (1) in place (of)代替；„„而不用The grown-ups had coffee but the children wanted milk in place of coffee.(2) take one's seat 在自己座位上坐下；有时等于 take one's place：More men entered and took their seats.6.think highly of 赞扬 表赞赏的词有：

(1) think / speak highly / well / much...of: The people think very highly of him.表认为不好的词有：

43 (2) think little / badly / poorly / nothing...of: Joan thought little of walking two miles to school.7.含“动词 + away”的短语 ① do away with 去掉

② get away 逃脱，(使)离开 ③ go away 离去，出去

④ put away 放好，把„„收拾起来，存(钱)以备它日之用 ⑤ run away 逃走，离开

⑥ smooth away 去除，克服

⑦ stay away (from) 不在家，外出

⑧ take away 拿走，带走，夺去，使离去 ⑨ throw away 扔掉．浪费．坐失(良机) [例句]Don't throw away such a good chance.Or you'll regret.不要放弃这么好的机会，不然的话，你会后悔

的。Put away the tools before you leave.离开前把工具收拾好。Why did you stay away from school? 你为什么不去上学? I had hoped to take a good holiday this year but I wasn't able to get away.我本打算今年好好去度假，但是我离不开。 【考例】(2004重庆)Before the war broke out, many people ____ in safe places poeions they could not take with them．

A.threw away

B.put away

C.gave away

D.carried away [考查目标]此题主要考查“动词+away”四个短语的意思。 [答案与解析]B throw away 扔掉；put way 放好，把 „„收拾起来；give away 分发．泄露；carry away 冲 走。本句话意思是“在战争爆发以前，许多人把他们不 能带走的财产藏在了安全的地方”。 8.含“动词 + off”的短语 ① drop off 放下，下车 ② fall off (从„„)掉下来

③ get off (从„„)下来，动身，起飞，脱下来 ④ give off 发出，放出 ⑤ jump off 跳离

⑥ put off 推迟，延期

⑦ set off 出发，引起，启程

⑧ see sb off 为某人送行，为„„送行 ⑨ switch off 关掉

⑩ take off 脱，去掉，起飞，匆匆离开，成名 ? throw off 匆忙脱掉

? turn off 关掉，避开，拐弯

[例句]The electricity supply must be turned off at the mains before you change the lighting circuit.在改变火线前，主干线的电力供应必须切断。 Mrs Garey as usual went to the door to see him off.Garey夫人像通常一样把他送到门口。He had to put off an appointment with me on account of illne.因为疾病的缘故，他不得不推迟了与我的约会。Before the body of the car can be properly repaired, all the external fittings must be taken off.车身适当修理前，所有外部的配件必须拿下来。The fire doesn't seem to be giving off much heat.这炉火好像不大热。

【考例】(2005广东) John is leaving for London tomorrow and I will ____ him ____ at the airport.

A.send...away

B.leave...off

44

C.see...off

D.show...around [考查目标]此题主要考查短语see off的用法。 [答案与解析]C

see off 意为“给某人送行”；send away意为“派遣”；leave off意为“停止，不再穿”；show around意为“带领某人参观”。 [牛刀小试2] 在下列句子的空白处填上适当的介词或副词。

1.My grandmother had put ____ over$50,000 when she was sixty—five years old.2.His mother had thought it would be good for his charac- ter to get ____ home and earn some money on his own.3.The market was filled ____ salted fish, giving the worst smell that you can imagine.4.-- What do you think the contest? -- I was told that the English Speech Contest went ____ succefully last night.5.If you had gone ____ your test paper carefully before handing it in you would have made fewer mistakes.☆句型诠释☆

1.The reason why he could not go there was that his grades were too low.他没能上电影学院是因为他的分数太低了。 该句巾的why引导一个定语从句，而that引导表语从句。

1.句中that引导的表语从句说明主语reason的具体内容，往往被看作是固定句型：The reason is / was that clause.当主语是reason / cause时，一般不能用because或why引导表语从句，以免造成语意重复。当主语是This / That时，可以由because / why引导表语从句。例如：One reason is that people traveled to America from all European countries.【考例】(NMET 1999) -- I drove to Zhuhai for the air show last week.-- Is that ____ you had a few days off?

A.why B.when C.what D.where [考查目标] 表语从句。

[答案与解析]A 句子的意思是“那就是你请了几天假的原因吗?”因此可知答案为why。

2.why在句中是关系副词，引导定语从句，修饰先行词reason，同时它在定语从句中作状语，此时why = for which，但要注意：关系词在定语从句中作主语或宾语时，要用关系代词that或which。

【考例】(2002上海春招)Is this the reason ____ at the meeting for his carelene in his work?

A.he explained

B.what he explained

C.how he explained

D.why he explained [考查目标]定语从句。

[答案与解析]A what，how不能引导定语从句，排除B、C两项；the reason在定语从句中作explained的宾语，可填that / which，或者也可以省略。

2.Many people who saw the film were afraid to swim in the sea when they remembered the scenes in which people were eaten by the shark.好多看过这个片子的人一想起片中鲨鱼食人的场面．就不敢下海游泳了。 该句是一个复杂长句，从when到句子末尾是状语从句，在从句中包含一个由which引导的定语从句，修饰先行词scenes; 在前面的主句里面。包含一个由who引导的定语从句，修饰先行词people。例如：Those who want to go camping next Sunday sign your name here before cla is over.定语从句关系词的选择，要遵循“瞻前顾后”的原则，所谓“瞻前”即看前面的先行词指人还是指物；“顾后”即后面的定语从句，看关系词在定语从句中作什么成分。例如：This is the factory where he works.(状语) / This is the factory (that / which) he visited.(宾语) 【考例】(NMET 1992)In the dark street，there wasn't a single person ____ she could turn for help.

A.that

B.who

C.from whom

D.to whom [考查目标]定语从句。

[答案与解析]D “turn to sb for help”为固定短语，意思是“向某人求助”，所以选to whom。

3.When asked about the secret of his succe, Steven Spielberg said that he owes much of his succe and happine to his

45 wife and children.当有人问起他成功的秘诀时。史蒂文?斯皮尔伯格说起他的成功和幸福主要来自于妻子和孩子。 该句中的 "when" 是时间状语从句的省略形式。在状语从句中，如果从句主语与主句主语一致或从句主语是it，而且从句谓语动词是be或包含be时，常常将从句主语与be省略。例如：Although born in Chicago, the author is famous for his stories about New York.

【考例】 (2003上海春招) Unle ___to speak，you should remain silent at the conference.

A.invited

B.inviting

C.being invited

D.having invited [考查目标]状语从句的省略现象。

[答案与解析]A unle为连词，后面省略了you are，所以选invited。

4.Having good table manners means knowing, for example, how to use knives and forks, when to drink a toast and how to behave at the table.在餐桌上，懂礼节意味着你知道如何使用刀叉，何时祝酒以及如何在用餐时举止得体。 该句中having good manners为v-ing形式作主语。例如：Collecting stamps is one of his hobbies.▲友情提示：在v -ing 形式前加形容词性物主代词或名词所有格，构成v -ing复合结构，在句中作主语、宾语。 【考例5】(2001上海)Fishing is his favorite hobby, and ____.

A.he'd like to collect coins as well

B.he feels like collecting coins, too

C.to collect coins is also his hobby

D.collecting coins gives him great pleasure [考查目标]v -ing 作主语。 [答案与解析]D

A、B、C三项句法都无错误，但在and连接的并列句中，两个简单句的主语要保持一致的形式 fishing and collecting coins分别做两个简单句的主语。

5.It's polite to finish eating everything on your plate, so don't take more food than you need.餐盘里的东西要吃光才礼貌，所以不要多拿。

该句中的it为形式主语，真正的主语为to finish eating „例如：It's not right to tell lies.撒谎是不对的。 it作为形式主语，真正的主语是动词不定式短语。常见的句型有： 1.It + be + adj.+ to do sth 2.It + be + n.+ to do sth 3.It + be + PP.to do sth 【考例】(2001上海) In fact ____ is a hard job for the police to keep order in an important football match.

A.this

B.that

C.there

D.it [考查目标] 形式主语。

[答案与解析]D 只有it才可以作形式主语。 【句型归纳】

1.When / While / Though / Unle / If + n./ adj./ 现在分词／过去分词„„ 状语从句有些成分有时可省略，一般是主语和be省略；有时it和be可以省略： He made no answer when (he is) spoken to./Though (he was) born in Chicago, the author is most famous for his stories about New York./ Come back early if (it is) poible.[注意]用法详见Chapter 10语法活用“省略和插入语”。 2.Not only / just„but (also) 连接相同的句子成分

Not only the teacher but all the students are going to visit the Science Museum.(连接主语时根据就近原则) / They not only sang but (also) danced for a whole night./ Many people go to see this film not just because the film is interesting, but also the leading actors and actrees are all world famous./ Not only do we learn for our country, but we'll work for her in the future.(连接句子时，not only后的句子要部分倒装) [牛刀小试3] 1.The reason ____ you failed, I think, was ____ you had turned a deaf ear to your mother's advice.

46 A.that; because

B.why; because C.why; that

D.for that; that 2.The English play ____ my students acted at the New Year's party was a great succe.(2004 全国卷I) A.for which

B.at which C.in which

D.on which 3.When ____, the museum will be open to the public next year.(2002 上海春招) A.completed

B.completing C.being completed

D.to be completed 4.____ the meeting himself gave them a great deal of encouragement.(2003 上海) A.The president will attend B.The president to attend C.The president attend D.The president's attending 5.I don't think ____ poible to master a foreign language without much memory work. (NMET 1990) A.this

B.that

C.its

D.it

【交际速成】

1.Giving opinions and Making comments 询问看法与作出评价 (2003北京西城) -- How do you find the talk given by Mr．Smith? -- ____.

A.Very well B.Excited

C.Boring D.Not at an [答案与解析]C 本题考查对事物提出看法或作出评价的用语。A、B两项词法错误，若改为Very good或Exciting，就可回答提问了。D项不合语境。此句完整为：(It's) Boring.【归纳】英语中询问看法的用语有： ① How do you like / find...? ② What do you think of / about...? ③ What do you feel about...? 2.Describing sequences按次序描述事件发生的过程

Mother first did some washing and then did some cooking, ____ she had a rest.

A.finally

B.in the end

C.by the end

D.at last [答案与解析] A

本题考查如何描述事情发生的顺序。finally 用于在列举一系列内容之后。要引出最后一项内容的场合；也可与at last互换，表示所盼望的事迟迟到来。in the end强调结果。有时可与口at last意义相同。 【归纳】英语中常见描述事件发生次序的用语有： ① First,....Next,....Then....Finally, ....例如:

First, we went to Leshan.Next, we climbed Mount Emei.Then we played with some moneys.Finally, towards evening we were on the way back to Chengdu.② What did you do next? 3.Thanks致谢

(2002北京) -- It's been a wonderful evening, Thank you very much. -- ____.

A.My pleasure

B.I'm glad to hear that

C.No, thanks

D.It's OK [答案与解析]A 本题考查英语中如何表达感谢及应答。My pleasure是回答感谢的客套话。 【归纳】英语中表达感谢的用语有： ① Thank you (very much).

47 ② Thanks a lot.③ Thank you for your help.④ It's very kind / nice of you.⑤ Many thanks.⑥ I appreciate your help.⑦ I can never thank you enough.⑧ I'm extremely grateful to you.应答用语有： ① It's a pleasure.② My pleasure.③ That's OK / all right.④ You're welcome.⑤ Not at all.⑥ Don't mention it.⑦ No trouble at all (没什么).⑧ At your service (愿为你效劳).⑨ Think nothing of it.[牛刀小试4] 1.-- Thank you ever so much for your help.-- ____.A.Glad to hear that

B.Not worth thanking C.Think nothing of it

D.You're too polite 2.-- How did you find your visit to the museum, Jane? -- ____.A.Oh, wonderful, indeed B.By taking a No.3 bus C.I went there alone D.A clamate of mine showed me the way 3.-- ____ the articles of Times? -- I'm not sure.I glanced through them but I haven't formed an opinion yet.A.How do you think of

B.What did you like C.How did you like

D.What do you think of 4.-- Thank you very much for the meal.-- Not at all.____.A.I'm very glad to hear that B.I'm glad you could come C.Make yourself at home D.With pleasure ☆精典题例☆

1.Generally speaking, ____ according to the directions, the drug has no side effect.(2003年上海) A.when taking

B.when taken C.when to take

D.when to be taken 【解析】选B take和drug是动宾关系，要用过去分词作状语。可看作是when it is taken的省略。 2.Unle ____ to speak，you should remain silent at the conference.(2003年春季上海) A.invited B.inviting C.being invited D.having invited 【解析】选A you与invite是动宾关系，要用过去分 词invited作状语。

3.The research is so designed that once ____ nothing can be done to change it.(NMET 2002) A.begins

B.having begun C.beginning

D.begun

48 【解析】选D once begun 在句中作状语；once这里是连词，“一旦”。

4.____ with the size of the whole earth, the biggest ocean does not seem big at all.(2004年 湖北) A.Compare

B.When comparing C.Comparing

D.When compared 【解析】选D 相当于when it is compared。

5.____ snacks and drinks, but they also brought cards for entertainment when they had a picnic in the forest.(2004年 上海) A.Not only they brought

B.Not only did they bring C.Not only brought they

D.Not only they did bring 【解析】选B not only...but also引导的并列句；以not only开头的句子要部分倒装。 6.____, he used to helped his father on the farm.A.When was a boy

B.As he was a boy C.As a boy

D.During a boy 【解析】选C

as在这里是连词；as a boy = when (he was) a boy。

Unit 1

1.词组：

add up

add up to

add„ to„

add to

calm… down

have got to

be concerned about / with

walk the dog

cheat … of

go through

go ahead

go by

set down

set up

set off

set out

a series of

on purpose

by accident/ chance

in order to

so as to

in order that

so as that

at dusk

at dawn

at midnight

at noon

face to face

no longer

not … any longer

settle down

suffer from

recover from

get/ be tired of

make a list of

list

pack… up

get along/ on with

fall in love

be grateful to sb.for sth.

join in

take part in

join

attend

make sb/ sth

+ 宾语补足语

have something/ anything/ everything /nothing to do with

49

it’s because„.. +原因

it’s why„. + 结果

dare

+

(to) do (实义动词)

do

(情态动词)

a year and a half

it’s no pleasure+ doing sth

happen to do sth

have trouble with sb (in) doing sth

exactly

find it + adj.+ to do sth

make friends with

swap … with

it is / was + 序数词 + that + has done / had done „.

unit 2

词组：

because of

come up

come up with

come in

come on

come out

actually

in fact

as a matter of fact

in reality

be based on

at present

make use of

make full/ good use of

such as

play a part/ role in

recognize … as

more than one + 谓语用单数

at the end of

in the end

at an end

voyage

tour

travel

journey

than ever before

even if / though

communicate with

those

+ 定语从句 用who

1600’s

1980s

in + 物主代词

+ 数字的复数

in his forties

the former

the latter

a number of

the number of

make sense

usage VS use

believe it or not

there is no such + 名词 （不加冠词）

the way + in which / that /省略

especially

specially

straight

adj/ adv

unit 3

50

推荐第5篇：高一英语必修一unit3教案

Unit 3 Travel Journal Period1.

Step 1.Warming up 1.Ask some questions:

2.Do you often travel? Where have you been? 3.2.Following the steps of the warm-up on page 17. Step2.Pre-reading

1.Show some traveling pictures of the teacher’s.

2.Ask Ss : which river is the longest one in the world and which is the largest one; which river is the longest one in China. 3.Ask Ss: how people who live along a river use it. Step3.While-reading

1.Scanning: Ss read quickly and answer: What are they going to do?

2.Skimming: Ss read again and finish comprehending 1 on page 19. Ss read and get the main ideas of each paragraph.

Ss list the countries that the Mekong River flows through. Step4.After-reading

Ss in pairs and discu: Wang Wei’s and Wang Kun’s similar and different attitudes about the trip.

Similar attitudes about the trip Different attitudes about the trip Both Wang Wei and Wang Kun think…1.Taking this trip is a dream

come true.2.That they will enjoy this trip a lot.3.They should see a lot of the Mekong.4.That most of the Mekong will be found in Southeast Asia.Wang Wei believes…1.They must start in Qinghai where the river begins /see all of the Mekong.2.That they don’t need to prepare much Wang Kun believes…1.It is too cold and high to start in Qinghai.2.That using an atlas is very important. Step5.Aignment 1.Surf the internet and get more information about the Mekong River. 2.Retell the paage use your own words.

Period2.

Step1.Warming up

Ask some Ss to retell the paage that they have learnt last period.Step2.Learning about the language

Teacher explains some language points in the text on page 18.

1.Persuade sb.into /out of sth.: cause sb.(not) to do sth.by arguing or reasoning with him 说服或劝说某人（不）做某事

He is easily persuaded.

Wang Kun couldn’t persuade his sister to change her mind.

persuade sb.(that clause): cause sb.to believe sth.; convince sb.使某

人信服

How can I persuade you that I am telling the truth?

2.insist(v.): demand (sth) forcefully, not accepting a refusal 坚持或坚决要求； eg.Since he insisted, I had to stay.insist on sth/doing sth: require or demand ; refuse to accept an alternative 一定要（某事物），坚决主张

She insists on getting up early and playing her radio loud. 3.care about: be worried, concerned or interested 忧虑，关心，惦念 don’t you care about anybody? I don’t care about what happens to him.

care for /to do: be willing or agree to do sth.; wish or like to do sth. Would you care a drink? Would you care to go for a walk? care for sb. 1).Like or love sb. He cares for her deeply.

2).Look after sb; take care of sb; be responsible for sb Who will care for your child if you are out?

4.Once she has made up her mind, nothing can change it.她一旦下了决心，什么也不能使她改变。 once: adv. 1).for one time 一次

I have only been here once.2).at some time in the past 一度；曾经 He once lived in Zambia. 3).all at once: suddenly 突然

All at once the door opened. conj.= as soon as 一旦；一…就…

Once you understand this rule, you’ll have no further difficulty. Step 3.Practice

1.Ss finish Ex 1 and 2 on page 20 by themselves. 2.check the answer.3.Ss do Ex 3.on page 20.

4.Teacher gives Ss suggested answer and tell them why if the Ss have any problem. Step 4.Aignment

1.Learn the useful expreions by heart. 2.Finish Wb.Ex1 on page 56. 3.Finish Wb.Ex 2 on page 57.

Period 3.

Step1.Revision

Check the answers of Wb Ex 1 and 2 on page 56 and 57. Step2.Discovering useful structures

1.Ss look at the following sentences and underline the verbs. Are you working this evening?

We’re having an English party this weekend.He is leaving tomorrow.

Let Ss themselves find the rules and tell what tense they are used. 2.Ss finish the dialogue on page 21 and pay attention to the tense. Suggested answers:

are going, going, going/traveling, staying, are coming, coming, are going, 3.Ss finish part 3 on page 21.Step3.Talking

1.Ss four in one group and have a discuion about the topic on page 55. 2.Ss make a list about the objects: which is the most useful and which is the least useful and why.

2.the most useful objects the least useful objects 3.Ss show their result to the cla. Step4.Speaking 1.Ss work in pairs and discu: what do you think a dam does to a river and the people who live on it?

2.Make a list of some good and bad things a dam does.

3.Discu your report with your clamates and then show it in cla. Step5.Aignment

Finish Wb Ex 1 using structures on page 57.

Period4.

Step1.Warming up

Ask Ss some questions about Journey Down The Mekong (I). 1.What was Wang Kun and Wang Wei’s dream? 2.What can they see when they travel along the Mekong? 3.Will they have some difficulties in their journey? What are they? Step2.Reading

1.Ss read the paage: a night in the mountains and answer the following questions:

How does Wang Kun feel about the trip now? What do you think has changed his attitude?

2.Ss make a dialogue about things happen the next morning before Wang Kun and Wang Wei leave their camp. 3.show the dialogue to the cla.

Step3.Reading

1.Ss read the paage: The End Of Our Journey on page 59 2.Ss fill in the form with the information from the travel journal. Topic Laos Cambodia Vietnam Population Weather Learning Farming

Period5.(Writing) Step1.Pre-writing 1.Ss read the paage and get the general idea about it.

2.Ss make a list of details from the travel journal that you believe are real and you don’t believe are real.Step2.While-writing

1.Ss write a short letter to Wang Wei as one of her friend and ask her to describe: how she feels, what she is doing, and some place you want to know about.Then wish her well on her journey by using some of the following expreions:

Have a nice/good time. Have a nice/good trip. Good luck on your journey. Say “Hello” to …

Give my love/best wishes to… Have fun. Take care. Write to me.

2.Ss read their writing and check the mistakes by themselves. Ss exchange their writing and correct the mistakes. Ss rewrite the letter again. Step3.After-writing Choose some samples and show them in cla.Tips on writing:

Pay attention to the form of writing a letter. Pay attention to the tense while writing. Pay attention to the structures of the sentences. Step4.Aignment

Ss in group 3-5, make an advertisement or finish the project on page 61.

推荐第6篇：高一英语必修一UNIT5教案

篇1：高一英语必修一unit5教学设计

教材分析

我教的是高一年级上册，人教版，必修1， unit5, nelson mandela---a modern hero 的第一课，这是一节高中阅读课。

教材上这一部分主要分为四个部分：

由于第

一、二部分联系比较紧密，活动设置也比较好，但我觉得这两部分的活动顺序可以调整一下，即把第二部分放在前面，先呈现图片和简介以引起学生注意力和兴趣，以图片展示的形式激励学生用英语进行语言实践活动，然后归纳出hero的一个模糊标准，为阅读活动做好铺垫。然后再让他们自己说出他们所认为的a great person 所拥有的品质，这样可能更符合学生的思维习惯特点，并且有利于调动他们的积极性和培养他们说语言的能力。

因此，我决定吧第

一、二部分结合在一起作为pre-reading 部分来讲，但顺序做一下调整，之后是正式人物曼德拉的登场，进入主题alias眼中的曼德拉，重点把nelson mandela 挑出来，附加更多关于他的信息，稍加重点地呈现，因为他的信息与接下来的reading paage 联系非常紧密，我想通过重点呈现关于他的信息来提高给学生更多background information， 帮助他们更好地理解reading text. 第三部分是一个关于elias’ story 的reading text，属于人物传记式的阅读，但是文章的写作角度比较特别，由穷苦的黑人工人alias叙述他眼中的曼德拉，这样的写法比较客观可信。alias的故事与遭遇同时也成为本文与本课的一条贯穿总线,也是这堂课的中心阅读任务。学生要做的主要活动就是阅读并理解文章的内容和大意，同时注意一些重点细节信息的把握。

另外，在时间允许的情况下，我还想做一些扩展性的教学活动，比如让学生复述alias的经历，即达到检测学生的理解又能挑战学生说英语的能力。 the background of students: (1) the supporting background information should be given to students before reading to get them ready and not feel difficult. (2) the teaching procedures and reading task should be designed adaptive to students’ current ability and their cognitive style. (3) teacher should give students neceary guidance on reading strategies (4) teacher should be amiable and patient to make students le nervous. correctly to encourage them and improve their confidence. teaching plan for s1 a reading leon (leon 1, unit 5, 必修1)nelson mandela---a modern hero name: 颜巧云 cla: english 07(4) group: 4-1 teaching/learning objectives 4.develop reading skills: skimming, scanning and generalizing the central meaning of the text teaching procedures: stage1.pre-reading (5-10 minutes) do you think he is a great man? step2.gue game for prediction (present pictures of 6 famous persons both in nelson mandela. step2.check ’ understanding of the main idea of each paragraph through matching. step2.guide to finish t/f exercises and give their reasons to check ’ understanding of specific information. information and train their independent thinking and judgment, and help to enhance their ability to organize their ideas logically. people equal? e.g.1940: born 1946: six, educated, 2 years 1948: leave school, could not pay fee „„„. stage3.post-reading (10-15 minutes) step2.listen to the tape and read the quotes from nelson mandela to help feel the paion and the firm faith of the great man. step3.guide to summarize and explore the implied meaning of the text---a great man need not to be famous, he / she must have some good qualities and devote themselves to helping others. (1) try to summarize the language points by themselves part of verbatim plan for leon1, unit5, s1a, 必修1 -----nelson mandela- a modern hero t: (after greeting ) : (some may give their opinions) t: do you think he is a great man? : yes/no. : yes/ no. : (get into brainstorming)„

t: ok, cla, have you finished it? : yes. 篇2：人教版高中英语必修一 unit 5教案 unit 5 nelson mandela——a modern hero 教材分析：本单元以 nelson mandela —— a modern hero 为话题，目的在于使学生了解一个伟大的人应具备怎样的品质，学会表达自己的观点，并用所学的句型来描写一个伟人。

提示：

教学中要注意这种人称的前后一致，否则无法前后一致的引导学生进行学习和表达。

3、如何激发学生学习关于这些伟人的文章，是需要教师思考的：这些伟人学生会感兴趣吗？

学生了解多少关于这几位伟人的伟大业绩？从哪些角度来导入会让学生更加的感兴趣？

4、教学目标建议增加：通过学习文章和相关素材，进一步了解伟人的生平事迹，尤其是如何

才能成为伟人。培养学生初步使用相关词汇、句型和文章结构进行人物生平描述的口语表达和基础写作能力。 teaching aims: 1.to arouse ’ interest in learning about heroes in history 2.to develop ’ listening and speaking ability. teaching procedures: ? describe yourselves ? discuion (encourage students to give five or six qualities that they think great ? conclusion: step2 language points: 1． devote vt oneself to 献身于、致力于。。。

devote one’s life/one’s time to„.把生命、时间献给。。。

„to „把。。。用于。。。

devoted adj 忠实的, 深爱的

be devoted to 对„忠实, 对„深爱 a devoted friend she is devoted to her husband. 即学即练

the manager devotes all his spare time ______ the violin.b a.to practise b.to practisingc.in practising d.for practising 2.fight for 为„„而战

fight against 与„„作斗争；与„作战 3.give up 表示主动放弃或屈服

e.g.he has decided to give up smoking. give in 表示被动屈服或认输， 后面不带宾语。如果接宾语用give in to the second period-----extensive reading teaching aims: step1 make prediction: part 1(para.1---2) the life of elias’ before he met nelson mandela step 3 skimming: step 4 1.go over the “reading” and find out the useful expreions in it. the third period----intensive reading language points: give sb.advice on„关于„给某人建议 advise v. 1) advise sb.on/ about sth.就„„给某人出主意 e.g.i have advised you on that subject. 2) advise sb.to do sth.建议某人干„„

e.g.our monitor advises me to practice more spoken english. 3)advise doing sth建议做某事 4) advise that + (should) do e.g.i advise that you (should) not eat fruit that isn’t ripe. a.advisedb.hoped c.persuadedd.suggested 提示：

这种“即学即练”对于学生来说能锻炼什么呢？我觉得还是练习阅读理解的，不是练习词义选择的。另外，这部分刚刚讲解的advice，学生从最普通的逻辑推理也会知道此练习题是要训练advice的。再者，从词义和语境的搭配角度来看，hoped、persuaded和suggested都可以的，只是语法不对而已，这种单纯的考查词汇搭配记忆的题目，在目前的高考试题中，以及将来的高考试题中，都已经和应该被抛弃的。 out of „常有“出于，由于， 缺乏， 没有；放弃，丧失；越出。。。之外”等意义。 即学即练

.(08高考) a a.out of sight b.out of reach c.out of order d.out of place 提示：

个人觉得这种给出高考真题的练习题的方式不是最好，建议给出更多的几句例句，通过学生阅读理解句子的方式来锻炼理解短语在新语境中意思的能力。

篇3：高一英语必修1 unit5教案 unit 5 nelson mandela – a modern hero

一、单元教学目标和要求(teaching aims and demands)

二、教材内容分析（analysis of the teaching materials）

三、教学安排(teaching arrangements)

五、教学步骤 (teaching procedures)

七、评价与反思(aement and reflection) 临海市回浦中学 李珊珊 陈晓平余晶晶

一、教学目标和要求(teaching aims and demands) 根据课程标准实验教材（英语 必修）关于总目标的具体描述，结合高一学生实际和教材内容，我们将教学目标分为语言知识、语言技能、学习策略、情感态度和价值观四个方面。

词汇（vocabulary）：

功能(functions)：学习掌握一些用于发表意见与评论的结构句式，如： 1． 发表意见 （giving opinions）

agree / don't agree．i think / don't think ....i prefer ....in my opinion ....i'm afraid .... good idea! that's an excellent idea．

定语从句）

扩展词汇：

2.语言技能 (skills) 听：在本单元的课文及练习册听力教学中， 能听懂人物和事件以及它们的关系，能抓住所听语段中的关键词，正确理解话语间的逻辑关系。

说：在本单元的课文及练习讨论时， 能恰当使用i think/ i don’t think/ in my opinion/that’s an excellent idea等对英雄、伟人的品质恰当地发表意见，进行讨论。

写：能用恰当的语言简单地描述人物，并简单地表达自己的意见。 3.学习策略(strategy)：

1． 在听和读的训练中，学会借助情景和上下文猜测词义或推测段落大意，借助图表等

非语言信息进行理解和表达。

2． 主动制定本单元学习计划，客观评价自己的学习效果，在课内外活动中积极用英语 4.情感态度和价值观（affect and values）

了解nelson mandela的生平事迹，认识伟人所应具备的优秀品质，并向他们学习，以提高自身素质，树立正确的人生观，学习他们在艰苦的环境下为人类做贡献、不追求享乐的高尚精神。同时也学会一分为二的态度客观看待事物。

二、教材内容分析（analysis of the teaching materials）

三、教学安排(teaching arrangements) period 1: reading i (elias’ story +the rest of elias’ story) period 4: language practicing (grammar) 本教学安排根据“lara教学原则”，对教材进行大胆的删除（l – leave out）、修补（a – amending）、替换（r – replace）、增添（a – add），灵活的将教材为我所用。新教材在选材和教学活动的设计上充分考虑到学生年龄特征和他们生理和心理发展的需要；在采用话题、功能、结构相结合的教学方法的基础上，设计了“任务型”的活动；对英语语言知识和技能训练作了系统的安排，循序渐进，循环反复，有利于学生构建知识系统；注意培养创新精神，提高实践能力。但新教材也应与学生的实际相结合，我们不能全盘照搬。同时在教学过程中，为了对教学有及时的反馈和有效的改进，我们还进行了“形成性评价”,体现了学生的主体地位。

根据本单元的教材的特点，按照任务型教学与大容量输入与输出的教学理念，整个单元的设计思路如下：输入“英雄”的概念，先是学生的自由讨论，更通过曼德拉的事迹向学生展示何为当代伟人，以及伟人所要具备的一些品质。在这基础上，第二步要学生辨别伟人与名人的不同，以及体会一分为二的辩证唯物主义。最后我们回到生活中，生活中也有不少平凡但是为了集体崇高的理想，放弃个人利益而不断努力克服困难的普通民众，他们也是我们心目中的英雄，伟人。由此我们从书本回归到生活，也成功升华，延伸了英雄的概念。通过学习语言点、语法还有写作，学生在内化吸收了知识后，进行了输出。

篇4：人教版英语必修一unit5教案 teaching plan of unit 5 teaching aims: 1.topic the qualities of a great person; the lives of some great people. right(n.)criminal leader president sentence(v.) sincerely 3.functional items: a.giving opinions: i agree/ don’t agree. i think/don’t think„. i prefer„. in my opinion„. i’m afraid„ good idea! that’s an excellent idea. 4.structures the attributive clause (ii)

推荐第7篇：新课标高一英语 必修一 单词表

新课标高一英语 必修一 单词表

Module

1academic [,ækə\'demik] adj.学术的

province [\'prɒvins] n.省

enthusiastic [in,θju:zi\'æstik] adj.热心的,

amazing [ə\'meiziŋ] adj.令人吃惊的；令人惊讶的information [,infə\'meiʃən] n.消息

website [ web’sait] n.网站；网址

brilliant [\'briljənt] adj.(口语)极好的

comprehension [,kɒmpri\'henʃən] n.理解,领悟

instruction [in\'strʌkʃən] n.（常作复数）指示；说明method [\'meθəd] n.方法

bored [\'bɒ: d] adj.厌烦的；厌倦的

embarraed [im\'bærəst] adj.尴尬的；难堪的；困窘的attitude [\'ætitju:d] n.态度

behaviour [bi\'heivjə] n.行为； 举动

previous [\'pri:viəs] adj.以前的；从前的

description [di\'skripʃən] n.记述； 描述

amazed [ə\'meizd] adj.吃惊的;惊讶的

embarraing [im\'bærəsiŋ] adj.令人尴尬的；令人难堪的technology [tek\'nɒlədʒi] n.技术

impre [im\'pres] vt.使印象深刻

correction [kə\'rekʃən] n.改正；纠正

encouragement [in\'kʌridʒmənt] n.鼓励；激励

enjoyment [in\'dʒɒimənt] n.享受；乐趣

fluency [\'flu:ənsi] n.流利；流畅

misunderstanding [,misʌndə\'stændiŋ] n.误解

disappointed [,disə\'pɒintid] adj.失望的

disappointing [,disə\'pɒintiŋ] adj.令人失望的

system [\'sistəm] n.制度；体系；系统

teenager [\'ti:nidʒə] n.少年

disappear [,disə\'piə] vi.消失

move [mu:v] adj.搬家

aistant [ə\'sistənt] n.助手, 助理

cover [\'kʌvə] vt.包含

diploma [di\'pləumə] n.文凭, 毕业证书

|Module

2amusing [ə\'mju:ziŋ] adj.有趣的； 可笑的

energetic [,enə\'dʒetik] adj.精力充沛的

intelligent [in\'telidʒənt] adj.聪明的

nervous [\'nə:vəs] adj.紧张的；焦虑的

organized [\'ɒ:gənaizd] adj.有组织的；有系统的patient [\'peiʃənt] adj.耐心的

serious [\'siəriəs] adj.严肃的

shy [ʃai] adj.害羞的；羞怯的

strict [strikt] a.严格的；严厉的

impreion [im\'preʃən] n.印象

avoid [ə\'vɒid] vt.（故意）避开

hate [heit] vt.讨厌；不喜欢

incorrectly [,inkə\'rektli] adv.不正确地

completely [kəm\'pli:tli] adv.十分地;完全地

immediately [i\'mi:diətli] adv.立即；即刻

appreciate [ə\'pri:ʃieit] vt.感激

admit [əd\'mit] vt.承认

scientific [,saiən\'tifik] adj.科学的

literature [\'litərətʃə] n.文学

loudly [\'laudli] adv.大声地

wave [weiv] vt.挥（手）；招（手）

joke [dʒəuk] n.玩笑；笑话

summary [\'sʌməri] n.总结；摘要；提要

respect [ri\'spekt] vt.&n.尊敬；尊重

grade [greid] n.（美）成绩；分数

headmaster [\'hed\'mɑ:stə] n.校长

headmistre [\'hed\'mistris] n.女校长

period [\'piəriəd] n.一段时间

revision [ri\'viʒən] n.复习

translation [træns\'leiʃən] n.翻译

timetable [\'taimteibl] n.时间表

topic [\'tɒpik] n.话题；题目

vacation [vei\'keiʃən] n.假期

revise [ri\'vaiz] vt.温习（功课）

discipline [\'disiplin] n.纪律

relationship [ri\'leiʃənʃip] n.关系

formal [\'fɒ:məl] adj.正式的

relaxed [ri\'lækst] adj.轻松的；松懈的；宽松的similarly [\'similəli] adv.同样地，类似地

Module

3helicopter [\'helikɒptə] n.直升飞机

motorbike [\'məutə, baik] n.摩托车

tram [træm] n.电车

distance [\'distəns] n.距离

abandoned [ə\'bændənd] adj.被遗弃的

camel [\'kæml] n.骆驼

caette [kæ\'set] n.录音带

desert [\'dezət] n.沙漠

diamond [\'daiəmənd] n.钻石

expert [\'ekspə:t] n.专家

midnight [\'midnait] n.半夜

product [\'prɒdʌkt] n.产品

scenery [\'si:nəri] n.风景; 景色

shoot [ʃu:t] vt.(shot,shot)射杀

soil [sɒil] n.土壤

journey [\'dʒə:ni] n.旅程

train [trein] vt.训练

circus [\'sə:kəs] n.马戏团

seaside [\'si:said] n.海滨

stadium [\'steidiəm] n.运动场；体育场

eagle [\'i:gl] n.鹰

frighten [\'fraitn] vt.是吃惊；惊吓

kindergarten [\'kində,gɑ:tn] n.幼儿园

apartment [ə\'pɑ:tmənt] n.（美）公寓；单元住宅cartoon [kɑ:\'tu:n] n.卡通；漫画

interview [\'intəvju:] n.面试；面谈

interviewer [\'intəvju:ə] n.（面试时的）主考官；面谈者event [i\'vent] n.事件

exhausted [ig\'zɒ:stid] adj.疲惫不堪的

downtown [\'daun\'taun] adj.商业区的；市中心的vacuum [`\'vækjuəm] n.真空； 空白

rail [reil] n.铁轨

ceremony [\'seriməni] n.仪式

track [træk] n.轨道

souvenir [,su:və\'niə] n.纪念品

Module

4survey [sə\'vei] n.调查

neighbourhood n.四邻

local [\'ləukəl] adj.地方的；局部的

suburb [\'sʌbə:b] n.城郊；郊区

hometown [həum\'taun] n.家乡

attractive [ə\'træktiv] adj.有吸引力的;吸引人的fortunate [\'fɒ:tʃənit] adj.幸运的；吉祥的

pretty [\'priti] adv.很；相当

sound [saund] vi.听起来

tourist [\'tuərist]n.旅游者；观光客

bother [\'bɒðə] vt.打扰；烦扰；麻烦

nuisance [\'nju:sns] n.令人讨厌的人或事

rent [rent] n.租金

district [\'distrikt] n.地域；区域；行政区

approach [ə\'prəutʃ] vt.接近

harbour n.海港

gorgeous [\'gɒ:dʒəs] adj.美丽的；宜人的

architecture [\'ɑ:kitektʃə] n.建筑

starve [stɑ:v] vi.饿死

park [pɑ:k] vt.停车

traffic [\'træfik] n.交通

committee [kə\'miti] n.委员会

organization [\'ɒ:gənai\'zʃən] n.组织

unemployed [,ʌnim\'plɒid] adj.失业的；没有工作的household [\'haushəuld] n.家属；家人

occupation [,ɒkju\'peiʃən] n.职业

profeional [prə\'feʃənl] adj.专业的

manual [\'mænjuəl] adj.用手的；手的

employment [im\'plɒimənt] n.就业；工作；职业gallery [\'gæləri] n.美术馆；画廊

exchange [iks\'tʃeindʒ] vt.交换

fascinating [\'fæsineitiŋ] adj.迷人的, 吸引人的afford [ə\'fɒ:d] vt.买得起;有能力支付

survive [sə\'vaiv] vi.死里逃生；大难不死

contact [\'kɒntækt] vt.联络；联系（某人）

Module

5liquid [\'likwid] n.液体

expand [ik\'spænd] vi.膨胀

contract [\'kɒntrækt] vi.收缩

substance [\'sʌbstəns] n.物质

mixture [\'mikstʃə] n.混合物

oxygen [\'ɒksədʒən] n.氧气

electricity [,ilek\'trisiti] n.电

stage [steidʒ] n.阶段；时期

conclusion [kən\'klu:ʒən] n.结论

aim [eim] n.目标；目的

reaction [ri\'ækʃən] n.反应

electrical [i\'lektrikəl] adj.与电有关的；用电的

equipment [i\'kwipmənt] n.设备；装备

react [ri\'ækt] vi.（化学）反应

potaium n.钾

sodium [\'səudiəm] n.钠

calcium [\'kælsiəm] n.钙

magnesium [mæg\'ni:ziəm] n.镁

aluminium [,ælju\'miniəm] n.铝

zinc [ziŋk] n.锌

partial [\'pɑ:ʃəl] adj.部分的；局部的

copper [\'kɒpə] n.铜

oxide [\'ɒksaid] n.氧化物

rust [rʌst] vi.生锈

boil [bɒil] vt.生锈

ordinary [\'ɒ:dinəri] adj.普通的;平常的

steam [sti:m] n.蒸汽;水气

float [fləut] vi.漂浮

form [fɒ:m] vi.形成

diolve [di\'zɒlv] vt.溶解；分解；分离

balance [\'bæləns] n.天平

crucible [\'kru:sibl] n.坩锅

tongs [tɒŋz] (复）夹子；小钳子

flame [fleim] n.火焰

facility [fə\'siliti] n.（常作复数）设备；工具

lecture [\'lektʃə] n.演讲

department [di\'pɑ:tmənt] n.（大学的）科、系astonished [ə\'stɒniʃt] adj.吃惊的；惊愕的

Module 6

contain [kən\'tein] vt.包含；包括

acce [\'ækses] n.接近；通路

crash [kræʃ] vi.(计算机)崩溃

keyword [\'ki: , wə:d] n.密码；口令

log [lɒg] vt.记录；登录

software [\'sɒftwєə] n.软件

breakdown [\'breikdaun] n.故障

source [sɒ:s] n.来源；出处

acceible [ək\'sesəbl] adj.可进入的； 可使用的data [\'deitə] n.（复）数据

defence [di\'fens] n.保护；防卫

create [kri:\'eit] vt.创造；发明

network [\'netwə:k] n.网络

via [vaiə] prep.途径；经由

percentage [pə\'sentidʒ] n.百分数；百分率

design [di\'zain] vt.设计

document [\'dɒkjumənt] n.文件

invention [in\'venʃən] n.发明

permiion [pə\'miʃən] n.许可

military [\'militəri] adj.军事的；军队的

concentrate [\'kɒnsəntreit] vi.集中（注意力、思想等）definite [\'definit] adj.明确的

fantastic [fæn\'tæstik] adj.极好的；美妙的

independent [,indi\'pendənt] adj.独立的

eay [\'esei] n.文章

pa [pæs] vt.超过

frequently [\'fri:kwəntli] adv.时常；经常

disadvantage [,disəd\'vɑ:ntidʒ] n.弊端；缺点

average [\'ævəridʒ] adj.平均的

statistics [stə\'tistiks] n.（复）统计数字

shorten [\'ʃɒ:tn] vt.缩短

sideways [\'saidweiz] adv.横着地；斜着地

推荐第8篇：高一英语必修一Unit2leon1教案

Unit2 heroes

Leon1 modern heroes

Ⅰ.Background information

Chinese people have been dreaming of flying into space .This dream is realized in modern China with the development of scientific technology and economic ability .The first one is therefore become the modern hero.

Ⅱ.Teaching objective

By the end of the leon students should be able to:

1.Say and write the new words learned in the text.

2.Describe the proce of landing the moon of Yang Liwei in both spoken and written way.Proficiently using the words that go together.

3.Make up interview between Yang Liwei and reporter using the Past simple and Past continuous.

4.Learn to be brave to say English and ask questions in English.

5.Know some commonsense about manned spaceship in China and foreign countries.Ⅲ.Teaching contents:

Vocabulary of manned spaceship

The use of time linkers, especially adverbs and conjunctions

To revise the use of Past Simple and Past Continuous

Ⅳ.Teaching aids: blackboard, chalk, PPT, pictures

Ⅴ.Type of leon: vocabulary, grammar, speaking

Ⅵ.Teaching procedures:

Step1.Warming up

a) Ask questions to know what the students think of modern heroes.

b) Introduce the spaceship situation in the world through pictures and words.Step2.Reading

a) Ask and answer questions before reading.

b) Read the text and finish exercise3,4, 5 in the textbook.(pager22) c) Find the sentence of Past simple and Past continuous.

Step3.Explaining the text

a) Teach new words

b) Explaining the text

c) Do exercise 6,7

d) Free talk: Why do you think Yang Liwei is a hero?

What can we learn from him?

Step5.Grammar

a) Guide student to study Grammar Summary 3, on page 92.

b) Do the exercise 8,9,10

Step6.Make up an interview: do exercise 11

Step7.Homework:

a) Read the article space heroes on page 32

b) Writing: How is a spaceship launched?

推荐第9篇：高一英语必修一复习单选题

必修一单选题汇编

1 Mr.Huang will ________ in the movement.

A.play a leading partB.take partsC.play leading partD.take a part

2.We discued where to go for a whole morning, but we decided to stay at home_____.

A.at the endB.by the endC.in the endD.on end

3._____ of the students who took part in the military training is 450.

A.A numberB.A lotC.LotsD.The number

4.Sometimes ________ English is quite different from _______ English in many ways.

A.speaking, writingB.spoken, writtenC.speaking, writtenD.spoken, writing

5.Can you tell me if you have found the key ________ your car.

A.forB.toC.aboutD.by

6.When we visited Zhangzhuang again ten years later, we found it changed so much that we could hardly ________ it.

A.rememberB.think aboutC.believeD.recognize

7.The policeman warned the drive ________ so carelely.

A.never to driveB.to never driveC.to not driveD.doesn’t drive

8.The office ordered his soldiers ________.

A.to stand stillB.to not stand stillC.not stand stillD.stand still

9.They lived a hard life and were often made _______ for over ten hours a day.

A.workB.to workC.to workingD.worked

10.Do you have any difficulty ________ ?

A.on listeningB.to listeningC.for listeningD.in listening

11.Xiao Hong worked harder last year._______ , she still didn’t get high grades.

A.As a resultB.After allC.By the wayD.However

12.Please tell me the way you thought of _______ the garden.

A.take care ofB.to take care ofC.taking care ofD.to take care

13.It’s _______ hot here.We can’t stay here for a long time.

A.muchB.very muchC.much tooD.too much

14.How did all these _________?

A.came outB.come upC.come acroD.come about

15.I came here with your mother ________ to see you.

A.speciallyB.specialC.especiallyD.especial

16.Look out! That tree _____ fall down.

A.is going toB.will beC.shallD.would

17.My uncle _____ to see me.He\'ll be here soon.

A.comesB.is comingC.had comeD.came

18.Every time I _____ there, I will buy him something nice.

A.wentB.will goC.goD.have gone

19.We won\'t go unle you ______ soon.

A.had comeB.cameC.will comeD.come

20.The air liner from Beijing _____ at 3:00 p.m.

A.is about to arriveB.has arrivedC.arrivesD.is going to arrive

21.I don\'t know when he ______, but when he ______, I\'ll let you know.

A.will come/comesB.comes/will comeC.comes/comesD.will come/will come

22.--- Can I join the club, Dad?--- You can when you ___ a bit old.

A.getB.will getC.are gettingD.will have got

23.I feel it is your husband who ___ for the spoiled child.

A.is to blameB.is going to blameC.is to be blamedD.should blame

24.The sun heats the earth, ___________ is very important to living things.

A.thatB.whatC.whichD.where

25.He is a man with rich experience, from _______ much can be learned.

A.whomB.whichC.whereD.what

26.---What do you think made Mar upset?--- ___________ her new bicycle.

A.As she lostB.LostC.LosingD.Because of losing

27.We were ________when we heard of the news that the ship had sunk in the storm.

A.shockingB.shockedC.worriedD.worrying

28.The number of the students of the university _______more than 50,000.

A.getB.getsC.reachD.reaches

29.One third of the land _______ covered with ice.

A.areB.isC.wereD.have been

30.What_______to you these days?

A.have been happenedB.have happenedC.has happenedD.are happened

31.Do you have anything_________?

A.to be eatB.to eatC.eatingD.for eating

32.________of the money belongs to my parents.

A.Two fifthB.Two fiveC.Second fifthsD.Two fifths

33.He is very nervous.I noticed his hand ________.

A.to shakeB.shakeC.shakingD.shaked

34._____is known that thousands of Chinese worked in the gold mines ______ the late 19th century.

A.What; fromB.That; backC.Which; toD.It; in

35.Shirley_______a book about China last year, but I don\'t know whether she has finished it.

A.has writtenB.wroteC.had writtenD.was writing

36.----I’d like a cup of coffee, please.----How do you like it ?----________

A．I like it very muchB．I like it blackC．It tastes a bit bitter D．I won’t tell you

37 He is a strict but kind teacher , ______is always trying to make his claes______ and interesting .

A．one ; livingB．one who; livelyC．he ; lovelyD．he who; live

38.How about all of us _______ for a walk after supper?

A.to do outB.will go outC.going outD.go out

39.Although knocked by down by a car, he managed to ______ to his feet.

A.standB.riseC.runD.struggle

40.He says he really can’t ______ to wait another day.

A.wasteB.affordC.spendD.cost

41.Will you please spare me some ink? I have ______ it.

A.run down ofB.run out ofC.run out fromD.run off

42.When I came in, I saw him ______ in a chair deep in thought.

A.satB.seatedC.seatingD.being seated

43.A person’s ____ body temperature is about 37C.

A.ordinaryB.normalC.commonD.usual

44.Scientists are afraid that some day an even bigger earthquake will _____ the area.

A.strikeB.beatC.knockD.push

45.I’ve worked with kids before, so I know what ______in my job.

A.expectedB.to expectC.to be expectingD.expect

46.The old worker has been fired and now a young man ______.

A.took placeB.has taken the placeC.takes place of himD.has taken his place

47.He hesitated for a moment before kicking the ball, otherwise he ____a goal.

A.had scoredB.scoredC.would scoreD.would have scored

48.I _______ my son not to walk beside the river, but he wouldn’t listen.

A.suggestedB.hopedC.warnedD.persuaded

49 _____ in her best skirt, the girl tried to make herself ____ at the party.

A.Dreed; noticedB.Dreing; noticingC.Dreing; noticedD.Dreed; noticing

50.The journey around the world took the old sailor nine months, ____ the sailing time was 226 days.

A.of whichB.during whichC.from whichD.for which

51.---Having a nice Sunday.----______ 

A.The same to youB.You do tooC.The same as youD.You have it too

52.Jack has come to China______ the second time.

A.atB.forC.byD.drying

53.He saw quite a few kites______ in the air.

A.flewB.flownC.flyingD.flight

54.He bought two books for Amy and______for Alice.

A.two another booksB.two books anotherC.another two booksD.more two books

55.People in America speak the same language______the British do.

A.whichB.whatC.asD.like

56.There are some______ mistakes in your composition.

A.spellingB.spellC.spelledD.spelt

_ large, and a large number of people



A.are; areB.is; areC.is; isD.are; is

58 Cleaning women in big cities usually get______by the hour.

A.payB.payingC.paidD.to pay

59.He asked______ open the window.

A.that he couldB.if he couldC.if could heD.whether could he

60.Jack______ when the meeting would be held.

A.toldB.saidC.spokeD.asked

61You’d better _______ your score and see if you have paed the exam.

A.add up toB.add toC.add upD.add

62.--- Do you know our town at all?----No, this ___ the first time I ____ here.

A.was; has comeB.is; comeC.is; had comeD.is; have come

63.----My sister is very upset today.

---It’s your fault.You ______the bad news to her yesterday.

A.should tellB.should have toldC.shouldn’t have toldD.must tell

64.Every minute is made full _______ of _______ our leons well.

A.to use; studyB.use; studyingC use; to studyD.used; studying

65.Many questions ______at the meeting, but he answered none.

A.came upB.raisedC.were risenD.asked

66.Our English teacher requested that the homework _______ tomorrow morning.

A.would be handed inB.be handed inC.hand inD.must be handed in

67.People ______ at the meeting would have a discuion on pollution.

A.were presentB.took part inC.join inD.present.

68．---Does your wife like tea?----well, she doesn’t really _A.care forB.careC.care aboutD.care of

69.Mr.Black ______ Shanghai in a few days.Do you know when the earliest plane ____ on Sunday？.

A.leaves; takes offB.is leaving; takes offC.is leaving; is taking offD.leaves; is taking off

70.All the doctors in the hospital insisted that he ______ badly wounded and that he ______ at once.

A.should be; be operated onB.were; must be operated onC.be; was operated onD.was; be operated on

71.That hero who died in the war was so brave that he never _____ to the enemies until death.

A.gave upB.gave outC.gave inD.gave away

72.---Why does she always ask you for help?---- There is no one else ____, is there?

A.who to turnB she can turn toC.for whom to turnD.for her to turn

73.The farm ______ we see today is no longer the one ______ it was ten years ago.

A.that; thatB.where; thatC.where; whatD.which; which

74 Whenever we are in ________ , we must never lose ______ , but try to think of the way out.

A.the trouble; our heartB.troubles; heartsC.trouble; heartD.trouble; our heart

75 Is this the reason ___________ at the meeting for his carelene in his work?

A.he explainedB.what he explainedC.how he explainedD.why he explained

76.He _______ for ten years but still doesn’t want to leave office.

A.has been in powerB.has come to powerC.took officeD.come into power

77 It ____in this new hall ____ was just set up last month _____ we held an important meeting yesterday.

A.is; which; thatB.was; which; whatC.is; that; whichD.was; which; that

78 .Cla 2 and Cla 10 have many good students,______ will be surely admitted by key universities.

A.most of whichB.most of themC.most of whomD.of whom

79.Visitors 

A.will requestB.requestC.are requestedD.are requesting

80.--- It’s getting late.I\'m afraid I must be going now.---OK._____ ..

A.Take it easyB.Go slowlyC.Stay longerD.See you

81.The murderer, who was _____ to death by the judge last week, was only 20 years old.

A.madeB.causedC.killedD.sentenced

82.The buses, _____ were already full, were surrounded by anxious people.

A.all of themB.all of whichC.they allD.all which

83.I refuse to lie about it, because it’s against my _____.

A.rulesB.ordersC.principlesD.laws

84.The kind lady devoted all her life to _____ those homele children.

A.helpB.helpingC.be helpingD.being helped

85.This factory _____ produced paper was closed yesterday because it had caused too much pollution.

A.whichB.whereC.itD.what

86.Advertisements are not allowed to be _____ on this wall without special permiion.

A.set upB.put upC.set out D.put on

87.What _____ the foreigner most was the great number of bicycles on the streets.

A.attackedB.hitC.struckD.caused

88.The politician was deeply hurt when many of his former supporters voted _____ him, and he lost his place in the government.

A.forB.toC.againstD.at

89.In that big fire all their houses were________, so they had to build new ones.

AhurtB.harmedC.injuredD.destroyed

90.One minute she burst into ____and the next burst out _____.We just couldn’t catch her mood at any

moment.

A.crying; laughterB.tears; laughingC.tears; laughterD.crying; laughing

1-5ACDBB6-10 DAABD11-15 DBCDA16-20 ABCDC 21-25AAACA26-30 CBDBC31-35BDCDD36-40 CBCDB 41-45BBBAB46-50DDCAA51-55ABCCC56-60 ABCBD 61-65CDCCA66-70BDABD71-75 CBACA76-80ADCCD 81-5DBCBA86-90BCCDB

推荐第10篇：高一英语必修一词组归纳

高一英语必修一词组归纳

1． add up 合计；加起来

2． calm down平静下来；镇定下来

3． have got to 不得不；必须

4． be concerned about …关心……；挂念……

5． walk the dog 遛狗

6． pay for… 为……付钱

7． share…with… 与……分担/分享……

8． laugt at… 嘲笑……

9． go through… 经历；经受……

10．hide away 躲藏；隐藏

11．set down 放下；记下；登记

12．a series of… 一连串的；一系列；一套……

13．on purpose 故意

14．grow/be crazy about…

对……十分狂热；十分痴迷

15．in order to… 为了……

16．happen to do sth．碰巧做某事

17．go downstairs下楼

18．face to face 面对面地

19．put away… 把……放下来（待用）

20．at dusk 黄昏时分

21．have trouble with… 在……方面有麻烦

22．go along/on with… 与……相处；进展

23．fall in love… 相爱……；爱上……

24．think of… 想出……；想到……

25．join in… 参加……；加入……

26．show one’s interest in … 对……感兴趣

27．communicate with… 与……交流

28．pay attention to…注意 ……

29．more than one… 不止一个……

30．in some important ways

在某些重要方面而言

31．be different from… 与……不同

32．as a first or second language 作为第一或第二语言

33．because of… 因为……

34．British English 英国英语

35．American English 美国英语

36．than ever before 比以往任何时候更……

37．the number of… ……的数目

38．even if/though 即使

39．came up（with） 提出；长出；走进（某地）；发生

40．over time 经过这段时间

41．be based on以……为根据；把……建筑在……的基础上

42．make （full）use of… （充分）利用；（充分）使用

43．a number of… 许多……；大量……

44．such as… 诸如……

45．at present 现在；目前

46．dream about/of doing sth．梦想做某事

47．be excited about 对……兴奋

48．graduate from… 从……毕业

49．make up one’s mind

下定决心

50．persuade sb．to do sth．劝说某人做某事

51．grow up 长大；成长

52．the way of doing/to do sth．作某事的方式

53．care about… 关心……；惦念……

54．a determined look 一个坚定的眼神

55．change one’s mind 改变主意

56．give in 投降；屈服；让步

57．keep doing sth．继续做某事

58．at an altitude of…

在海拔……的高度

59．at first 起初；开始

60．ever since 自那以后

61．in one’s daily life 在某人日常生活中

62．an interesting experience 一次有趣的经历

63．take a bike trip 骑自行车旅行

64．get a chance to do sth．

有机会做某事

65．make bends through…蜿蜒穿过……

66．at the college 在大学里

67．get sb．interested in … 使某人对……感兴趣

68．breathe the air/take a breath 呼吸

69．be fond of… 喜欢……

70．so…that… 如此……以致于……

71．as usual 像往常一样

72．make camp 宿营；野营

73．change…for… 把……替换成……；用……代替……

74．put up 搭起；张贴

75．at midnight 在半夜

76．at this point 在这个地方

77．can’t wait to do sth．迫不及待做某事

78．go to sleep 睡着了

79．for company 做伴 ；一起

80．look around 环顾四周

81．travel journal 旅游日记

82．practise reading aloud 练习大声朗读

83．have a good time 玩得开心

84．have a good trip 旅途愉快

85．take care 当心；小心

86．say hello to sb．向某人问好

87．have fun 玩得高兴

88．right away 立刻；马上

89．for three days 三天来

90．in the farmyards 在农家院子里

91．jump out of… 从……中跳出来

92．think little of… 对……不在意；认为……不好

93．at an end 结束；终结

94．the 20th century20世纪

95．cut acro… 横穿……；穿近路

96．lie in ruins 陷于一片废墟之中

97．instead of… 代替……

98．tens of thousands of…数以百万计的……

99．under the ruins 在废墟下面

100．later that afternoon那天下午晚些时候

101．fall down 倒塌

102．dig out 挖出

103．coal mine 煤矿

104．to the north of…

在……的北面

105．give a speech 作演讲

106．a group of… 一组……；一群……

107．be proud of…/take pride in …对……感到自豪

108．in the terrible disaster 在这场可怕的灾难中

109．give out 散发；颁发；被用完；耗尽

110．thousands of… 成千上万……

111．break out 爆发

112．in one’s direction 朝着某人的方向

113．a frightening night

一个使人害怕的夜晚

114．frightened cows 受惊吓的牛

115．get on well with…

与……相处融洽

116．be willing to do sth．

愿意做某事

117．refuse to do sth．拒绝做某事

118．be active in… 热心于……；积极做……

119．lose heart 气馁；泄气

120．fight against… 与……作斗争

121．fight for… 为……而斗争

122．World WarⅡ二战

123．the three principles 三民主义

124．give up a rich life 放弃富裕的生活

125．give up doing sth．放弃做某事

126．be free from… 摆脱……

127．in a peaceful way 以和平的方式

128．land on the moon 登上月球

129．South Africa 南非

130．advise sb．（not）to do sth．建议某人（不）做某事 131．advise sb．on sth．就某事向某人提建议

132．be…away 有……远

133．break the law 违法

134．as a matter of fact/in fact 事实上

135．blow up 爆炸；炸毁

136．put sb．in prison 把某人投入监狱

137．achieve/realize one’s dream 实现梦想

138．work out 计算出；解出

139．fit in… 适合……

140．escape from… 从……逃出

141．imagine doing sth．

想象做某事

142．during the lunch breaks 在午休时间

143．the hardest time of one’s life 某人一生中最艰难的岁月 144．be asleep 睡着

145．allow sb．to do sth．允许某人做某事

146．allow doing sth．允许做某事

147．stop sb．（from）doing sth．阻止某人做某事

148．be well educated 受到良好的教育

149．in prison 在服刑；在狱中

150．fing out 找出；查明

151．government buildings

政府大楼

152．come to/into power 执政；上台

153．take sb．round…领某人参观

154．beg for 乞求；要求

155．the first time +从句

156．come back 回忆起来；恢复；回来

157．be able to do sth．

能够做某事；成功地做某事

158．encourage sb．to do sth．鼓励某人做某事

159．at the age of 51 在51岁时

160．enter university 上大学

161．set up law office 设立法律事务所

162．be sentenced to… 被判处……

163．write down 写下；记下

164．sort out 整理；归类

第11篇：高一英语必修一unit1 作业

1.Peasants are living a comfortable life because of ________ good harvests

A.a series of B.a pair of C.a set of D.a piece of 22.We are living a_____life in the country.A.still

动作

B.quiet 声音

C.calm

内心

D.Silent宁静

23.The village is ______what it looked like when they settled their homes there 20 years ago.

A.not any longer B.no longer

C.no more

D.not any more 24.Iraq has __________ too many wars since 1990, making his people __________ a lot. A.got through; pay B.looked through; face C.gone through; suffer D.paed through; destroy 25.It is not a serious illne.I gue she will ______ soon.

A.remove

B.recover

C.replace

D.reduce

26.－Have you finished your experiment report, Jane? －Oh, my God.I’ve _______ forgotten all about that.

A.strongly B.extremely C.entirely D.freely 27.－Father, you promised!

－Well,_______.But it was you who didn’t keep your words first.

A.so was I B.so did I C.so I was D.so I did

28.There is no ______ swimming-pool in this school and the students often go to swim ______.

A.indoors; outdoors B.indoor; outdoor

C.indoor; outdoors

D.indoor; indoors

29.While____the dog,you should take care not to____.Otherwise,it may be dangerous to strangers. A.walking; get loose

B.walk; be loose

C.walking for; get it loose

D.training; get it run 30.She ___________ the vase on the table and went out. A.set out B.set up C.set down D.set on 21-40 BABCD BCCBC ABDCA BABDC

21.It\'s seven thirty. I_________ go to school.A.have got

B.have got to C.got to

D.had got to 22.He came into the claroom_________.A.very upset

B.being upset C.to upset

D.to be upset 23.This is the first time that I_________ at the meeting.A.had spoken

B.have spoken C.am

D.was 24.His whole school education ________ only 2 years because of his illne.A.added up

B.added up in C.added up to

D.was added up 25.Are you _________ your clamates well? A.getting along

B.get long with

C.getting long with

D.getting along with 26.We are living a_____life in the country A.still

B.quiet

C.calm

D.silent 27.His backache is only _________ for not watering the flowers.A.a reason

B.a cause

C.an excuse

D.reasons 28.Our teachers made us ________a lot of homework after school.A.to do

B.doing

C.do

D.to have done 29.The shop _________ until 7 o’clock.

A.stays opened

C.continues open B.stays open

D.continues opened 30.We ________in the neighborhood.A.happened being

B.happened be C.happened to be

D.are happened to be 31.I _____A____when I was a young girl.A.A.kept a diary

B.wrote a diary

C.made diaries

D.kept diaries 32.No one _____B____of it.A.dared to speaking B.dared speak C.can dared speak D.dare speaking 33.I don\'t know__D_______.A.how can I finish my homework on time B.how I could finish my homework on time C.I can how finish my homework on the time D.how I can finish my homework on time 34.I want your_____C____, sir.I don t know what to do.A.advices B.piece of advices C.advice D.advise 35.Will you __A_______ playing basketball? A.join us in B.join to C.join us to D.to join us 36.Wood is often _____B____ paper.A.used to making B.used to make

C.used to be made 37.Mr White ______A__ at 8:30 for the meeting, but he didn’t show up.

A.should have arrived

B. should arrive C.should be arriving 38.--- Have you moved into the new house?

--- Not yet.The rooms _______B___.

A.are painting

B.are being painted

C.are painted 39.The speech is strongly impreed ______D__ my memory.

A.to

B.over

C.by

40.At this moment the bell rang, __C______ the end of cla.

A.announced

B.having announced

C.announcing

D.used making D.arrived D.have painted D.on D.to announce

第12篇：高一英语必修必修一unit1教案

Unit

1Addv.增加

1.He added some wood to increase the fire.他加了一些木柴，使火旺些。

2.If you add 4 to 5, you get 9.四加五等于九。

3.Add up all the money I owe you.把我应付你的钱都加在一起。

add upadd up toadd… to…add to

Upseta.烦乱的,不高兴v.颠覆,推翻,扰乱,使心烦意乱,使不舒服

1.He has an upset stomach.他胃不舒服。

2.The news quite upset him.这消息使他心烦意乱。

Ignorev.不顾,不理,忽视

1.I said hello to her, but she ignored me completely! 我向她打招呼, 可她根本不理我!

2.I can\'t ignore his rudene any longer.他粗暴无礼, 我再也不能不闻不问了。

Calmn.平稳,风平浪静a.平静的,冷静的v.平静下来,镇静

1.It was a beautiful morning, calm and serene.那是一个宁静、明媚的早晨。

2.You should keep calm even in face of danger.即使面临危险，你也应当保持镇静。

3.Have a brandy it\'ll help to calm you (down).来点儿白兰地--能使你静下来。

calm downvt.平静下来(镇定下来)

1.His rage was soon calmed down by the rustic peace.乡村的宁静很快就使他的怒气平静下来。

2.I told myself to calm down.我告诫自己要冷静下来。

have got toconj.不得不(必须)

1.You may not like him, but you have got to admire his persistence.

你可以不喜欢他，但你不得不佩服他那种坚忍不拔的精神。

2.I couldn\'t have got to the meeting on time -- unle I had caught an earlier train.

我不可能及时赶到会场，除非我赶上了较找的一班火车。

Concernn.关心,关系, 关切的事,忧虑v.涉及,与...有关,影响;使关心

1.How much money I earn is none of your concern.我挣多少钱与你无关。

2.These problems concern all of us.这些问题影响到我们每一个人。

3.This restaurant is a family concern.这家饭店是由一家人经营的。

be concerned about/withvt.关心(挂念)

1.It is reauring to be enquired after when you\'re ill.It shows your friends haven\'t stopped being concerned about you.如果能询问一下你是何时生病的我们也就放心了。因为你的朋友一直在关心你。

2.The government\'s claim to be concerned about unemployment is sheer hypocrisy.

政府声称对失业表示关注纯属做做姿态。

3.Children should be taught to share their toys.应该教育孩子们分享玩具。

as / so far as … be concerned关于；至于；就……而言

go througha.通过

1.I\'ve gone through the elbows of my sweater.我的毛衣的肘部都磨破了。

2.He\'s amazingly cheerful considering all that he\'s been through.鉴于他经历过的种种遭遇，他的乐天达观令人惊叹。go after追求，追赶go ahead前进；请说（做）吧

go by走过，（时间）过去 go along with向前，（与……）一起去

go in for爱好，从事go out外出；（灯，火）熄灭

go over越过；复习go up爬上，（价格等）上升

set down1太阳落山2.申斥(搭乘,触地)飞机着陆3.写下来

set upset offset out

1.The bus stopped to set down an old lady.公共汽车停下来让一个老太太下车。

2.I\'ll set you down on the corner of your street.我在你说的那条街的拐角处停下来让你下车。

3.Why don\'t you set your ideas down on paper?你怎么不把你的想法写在纸上呢?

a series of一系列,一连串

1.The theory is based on a series of wrong aumptions.这一理论是以一系列错误的设想为依据的。

on purpose故意,有意on purposeby accident/ chance

1.He knocked the old man down on purpose.他故意把那个老人撞倒。

in order to 为了

in order that… 以便……（后跟句子） so that…以便……（后跟句子）

so as to为了……（只能置于句中，不能置于句首）

1． 他早早动身好按时到达。

He left early in order to/so as to/in order that/so that he should/would/might arrive on time.

at dusk 在黄昏时刻

at dawnat midnightat noon

thundern.雷电,雷声v.打雷,大声喊出

1.My little dog always hides under the bed when it thunders.我的小狗一听到打雷就藏到床底下。

2.We could hear the thunder of distant guns.我们可以听到远处炮声隆隆。

3.\"Get out!\" he thundered.“滚出去！”他大声吼到。

face to face面对面地shoulder to shoulderside by sidehand in hand

1.His ambition was to meet his favourite pop star face to face.

他心向往之的是要面对面地见见他心目中的流行曲歌星。

2.The burglar turned the corner and found himself face to face with a policeman.

盗贼一拐弯面对面地碰上个警察。

3.The two rival politicians came/were brought face to face in a TV interview.

那两个对立的政客面对面地一起接受电视访问。

no longernot … any longer 不再no morenot…any more

settle vt.安家；定居；停留 vt.使定居，安家；解决

1).He settled his child in a corner of the compartment.他把孩子安顿在车厢的一个角落里。

2).The family has settled in Canada.这家人已定居加拿大

settle down 镇定下来settle in 在…定居

Suffersuffer from

v.遭受,经验,忍受

1.They suffered huge loes in the financial crisis.他们在经济危机时遭受了巨大的损失。

2.She couldn\'t suffer criticism.她受不了批评。

recover from 痊愈，恢复

get/ be tired of

pack… up 将（东西）装箱打包

get along with

vt.友好相处(和睦相处,取得进展)

1.We should let bygones be bygones and try to get along with each other.

我们应当本着既往不咎的原则重新合伙。

2.He is the last person that I\'ll get along with.他是我最不愿与之相处的人。

3.Do you get along with your bo?/Do you and your bo get along? 你跟老板合得来吗?

get along/on well/ nicely/ badly with 与……相处得好/不好，……进展顺利/不顺利

get away离开，逃离

get down to (doing)开始认真干……

get through通过，做完

goip

n.闲聊,随笔

v.说闲话

get down下来；写下，取下 get over克服，摆脱get together聚集

1.There has been much goip in political circles.政界里有许多流言蜚语。

2.I never talk about goip.我从不传播流言蜚语。

3.She loves to goip to her neighbors.她喜欢议论邻居们的是非长短。

fall in lovebe in love

vt.陷入爱河(爱上,喜爱)

1.It is natural that he should fall in love with such a beautiful girl.他爱上那位美丽的姑娘是很自然的事。

disagree vt.不同意

1).Even friends sometimes disagree with each other.即便是朋友也有时意见不一。

2).We disagreed on future plans.我们对未来的计划产生了分歧。

disagree with sb/what sb says/sb\'s decision 不同意某人的观点[某人的话/某人的决定]

be grateful to sb.for sth.因某事感谢某人

join in

参加,加入

1.We want to join in the masquerade.我们想去参加化装舞会。

2.Can I join in (the game)? 我参加（这个游戏）行吗?

3.I will join in the project, heart and hand.我会满腔热情地参加这项工程。

辨析：join, join in, take part in, attend

join，join in，

join的基本词义是“加入某个党派或社会团体，从而成为该党派或团体的一员”。例：

When did they join the conservation organization？他们是什么时候参加环保组织的？

join in的意思是“参加某项运动或活动”，例如参加讨论、游行、罢工等。例：

More than ten thousand workers have joined in this strike．有一万多名工人参加了此次罢工。

There were many extracurricular activities，but Peter never joined in．尽管有很多课外活动，但彼德从不参加。 join表示参加组织、党派、团体、军队、俱乐部等

join in表示参加游戏、活动等；join sb.(in sth.) 表（和某人一起）做某事

take part in表示参与、参加讨论、游行、比赛、战斗、斗争、运动、庆祝等

attend

主要指出席、参加会议、婚礼；听讲座、课、报告、音乐会等；上学、教堂

句型：

1) It was the first time in a year and a half that I had seen the night face to face.（从句时态用完成时）

这是我一年半以来第一次目睹夜晚。

2) I wonder if it’s because I haven’t been able to be outdoors for so long that I’ve grown so crazy about everything to do with

nature.（强调句）

我不知道这是不是因为我长久无法出门的缘故，我变得对一切与大自然有关的事物都无比狂热。

3) I stayed awake on purpose until half past eleven one evening in order to have a good look at the moon for once by myself.有一天晚上，我熬到11点半故意不睡觉，为的是独自好好看看月亮一次。

4) Your friend, who doesn’t work hard, asks you to help him cheat in the end-of-term exam.（非限制性定语从句） 你的一

个朋友叫你在期末考试中帮他作弊，这个朋友平常不认真学习。

5) If you have some trouble (in) getting along with your friends, you can write to the editor and ask for advice.

如果你在和朋友的相处上有问题，你可以写信给编辑向他征求建议。

6) Add up your score and see how many points you can get.把你的得分加起来，看看得了多少。

7) What he did has added to our difficulties.他的所作所为增加了我们的困难。

8) His income adds up to $1000 a month.他每月的收入共计1000美元。

9) It\'s no pleasure looking through these any longer because nature is one thing that really must be experienced.观看这些已不

再是乐趣，因为大自然是你必须体验的。

10) Why is she so concerned about his attitude to her work? 她为什么那么关注他对她的工作的看法？

11) The police asked him to set down what he had seen in a report.警察让他在报告中写下他所看见的事情。

12) As I was about to go out and search for him, he happened to come in.正当我打算出去找他时，他恰巧进来。

13) Mr.Jones lives alone and often feels lonely.琼斯先生单独一人生活，常常感到孤独。

14) We tried to calm him down, but he kept crying.我们试图让他平静下来，但他仍不停地哭着。

15) Does he dare (to) go out at night in such stormy weather? 他敢在这样一个暴风雨夜外出吗？

16) He would go through fire and water for his country.他愿为国家赴汤蹈火。

17) That country suffered a heavy lo in the flood.那个国家在水灾中遭受严重的损失。

have something/ anything/ everything /nothingto do with

dare+(to)do(实义动词)

do(情态动词)

a year and a half

it’s no pleasure+ doing sth

happen to do sth

have trouble with sb(in)doing sth

find it + adj.+ to do sth

make friends with

it is / was + 序数词 + that+ has done / had done….

第13篇：人教版高一英语必修一单词表

人教版高中英语单词表必修一

unit1 survey 调查，测验

add up 合计

upset 心烦意乱的，不安的，不适的（upset，upset)使不安，使心烦

ignore 不理睬，忽视

calm （使）平静，（使）镇定，平静的，镇定的，沉着的

calm down （使）平静下来，（使）镇定下来

have got to 不得不，必须

concern （使）担忧，涉及，关系到 ，担心，关注，（利害） 关系

be concerned about 关心，挂念，

walk the dog 遛狗

loose 松的，松开的

vet 兽医 go through 经历，经受

Amsterdam 阿姆斯特丹

Netherlands 荷兰

jewish 犹太人的

German 德国的

Nazi 纳粹党人

set down 记下，放下，登记

series 连续，系列

a series of 一连串的，一系列，一套

Kitty 基蒂

outdoors 在户外，在野外

spellbind (spellbound,spellbound) 迷住，迷惑

on purpose 故意

in order to 为了

dusk 黄昏，傍晚 at dusk 在黄昏时刻

thunder 打雷 ，雷鸣

entire 整个的，完全的，全部的

entirely 完全地，全然地，整个地

power 能力，力量，权力

face to face 面对面地

curtain 窗帘，门帘，幕布

dusty 积满灰尘的

no longer/not any longer 不再

partner 伙伴，合作者，合伙人

settle 安家，定居，停留，使定居，安排，解决

suffer 遭受，忍受，经历

suffer from 遭受，患病

loneline 孤单，寂寞

highway 公路，大路 recover 痊愈，恢复，重新获得

get/be tired of 对...厌烦

pack 捆扎，包装，打行李 小包，包裹

pack up 将 （东西）装箱打包

suitcase 手提箱，衣箱

Margot 玛戈

overcoat 大衣，外套

teenager十几岁的青少年

get along with 与...相处，进展

goip 闲话，闲谈

fall in love 相爱，爱上

exactly 确实如此，正是，确切地

grateful 感激的，表示谢意的

dislike 不喜欢，厌恶

join in 参加，加入 tip 提示，技巧，尖，尖端，小费，倾斜，翻倒

secondly 第二，其次

swap 交换

item 项目，条款

unit 2 subway 底下人行道，

elevator电梯 升降机

petrol 汽油（美gasoline）

gas 汽油，气体，煤气，毒气

official 官方的，正式的，公务的

voyage 航行，航海

conquer 征服，占领

because of 因为，由于

native 本国的，本地人 Amy 艾米

come up 走近，上来，提出

apartment 公寓住宅，单元住宅

actually 实际上，事实上

AD 公元

base 以...为根据，基部，基地，基础

at present 现在，目前

gradual 逐渐的，逐步的

gradually 逐渐地，逐步地

Danish 丹麦语

enrich 是富裕，充实，改善

vocabulary 词汇，词汇量，词表

Shakespeare 莎士比亚

make use of 利用，使用

spellintg 拼写，拼法 Samuel Johnson 塞缪尔杰克逊

Noah Webster 诺厄韦伯斯特

latter 较后的，后半的

identity 本身，本体，身份

fluent 流利的，流畅的

fluently 流利地，流畅地

Singapore 新加坡

Malaysia 马来西亚

such as 例如，像这种的

frequent 频繁的，常见的

frequently 频繁地，常常

usage 实用，用法，

command 命令，指令，掌握

request 请求，要求

dialect 方言 expreion 词语，表示，表达

midwestern 中西部的

African 非洲的

Spanish 西班牙的

play a part (in) 扮演一个角色，参与

eastern 东方的，东部的

southeastern 东南方的

northwestern 西北方的

recognize 辨认出，承认，公认

lorry 卡车(美 truck）

Loriginal罗丽

Houston 休斯顿

Texas 德克萨斯州

accent 口音，腔调，重音

Buford 布福德 Lester 莱斯特

catfish 鲶鱼

lighting 闪电

straight 直接，挺直，直的

block 街区，块，木块，石块

cab 出租车

unit 3 journal 日记，杂志，定期刊物

transport 运送 运输

prefer 选择某事物，（而不选择其他事物）

disadvantage 不利条件，不便之处

fare 费用

route 路线，路途

Mekong 湄公河 flow 流动，流出

ever since 从那以后

persuade 说服，劝说

cycle 骑自行车

graduate 毕业，大学毕业生

finally 最后，终于

schedule 时间表，进度表，为某事安排时间

fond 喜爱的，慈爱的，宠爱的

be fond of 喜爱，喜欢

shortcoming 缺点 stubbom 顽固的，固执的

care about 组织 成立

care about关心，忧虑 惦念

detail 细节，详情

source 来源，水源

determine 决定，确定，下定决心 determined 坚决的，有决心的

change one^s mind 改变主意

journey 旅行，旅程

altitude 海拔高度，高处

make up one\'s mind 下决心，决定

give in 投降，屈服，让步

atlas 地图，地图集

glacier 冰河，冰川

Tibetan 西藏的，藏族的，

repids 急流

alley 谷，流域

waterfall 瀑布

pace 缓慢而行，一步

bend 弯，拐角，使弯曲，弯腰

meander 蜿蜒缓慢流动 delta 三角洲

attitude 态度，看法

Qomolangma 珠穆朗玛峰

boil 沸腾

forecast 预测，预报

parcel 小包，包裹

insurance 保险

wool 羊毛，毛织品

as usual 照常

reliable 可信赖的，可靠的

iew 风景，视野，观点，见解，观看，注视，考虑

yak 牦牛

pillow 枕头

midnight 午夜，子夜

at midnight 在午夜 flame 火焰，光芒，热情

beneath 在....下面

Laos 老挝

Laotian 老挝人

temple 寺庙

cave 洞穴，地窖

unit4 earthquake 地震

quake 地震

right away 立刻马上

well 井

crack 裂缝，使裂开

smelly 发臭的

farmyard 农场 pipe 管

burst 爆裂，突然爆发

million 百万

event 事件

as if 仿佛，好像

at an end 借宿

nation 民族，国家，国民

canal 运河，水道

steam 蒸汽，水汽

dirt 污垢，泥土

ruin 废墟，使破产

in ruins 严重受损，破败不堪

suffering 苦难，痛苦

extreme 极度的

injure 损害，伤害 survivor 幸存者，残存物

destroy 破坏，毁坏，消灭

brick 砖，砖块

dam 水坝

track 轨道，足迹，痕迹

usele 无用的，无效的

shock 使震惊，震动，休克，打击

rescue 援救，营救

trap 使陷入困境，陷阱

electricity 电，电流，电学

disaster 灾难

dig out 掘出，发现

bury 埋葬，掩埋，隐藏

mine 矿山

miner 矿工 shelter 掩蔽，掩蔽处

a (great) number of 许多，大量

title 标题，头衔，资格

reporter 记者

bar 棒

damage 损失

frighten 使惊吓

frightened 受惊的

frightening 令人恐惧的

congratulation 祝贺，贺词

judge 裁判员，法官，断定，判断，判决

sincerely 真诚地

expre 表示，快车，速递

outline 要点，大纲，轮廓

headline 报刊的大字标题 cyclist 骑自行车的人

unit5 Nelson Mandela 纳尔逊，

quality 质量，品质，性质

warm-hearted 热心肠的

mean 吝啬的，自私的，卑鄙的

active 积极的，活跃的

generous 慷慨的，大方的、

easy-going 随和的，温和宽容的

self 自我，自身

selfish 自私的，

selfle 无私的，忘我的

selflely 无私地，忘我地

devote 献身 专心于 devoted 忠实的，深爱的

William 威廉，廷戴尔

Bible 《圣经》

Norman Bethune 白求恩

invader 侵略者

found 建立，建设

republic 共和国，共和政体

principle 法则，原则，原理

nationalism 民族主义

livelihood 生计，谋生

Mohandas Gandhi 甘地

peaceful 和平的，平静的，安宁的

giant 巨大的

leap 飞跃，跳跃

mankind 人类 Elias 伊莱亚斯

lawyer 律师

guidance 指导，领导

legal 法律的

fee 费

pabook 南非人身份证

Johannesburg 约翰雷斯堡

out of work 失业

hopeful 怀有希望的

ANC 非洲国民大会

youth 青年，青春期

league 同盟，联合会

youth League 青年团

stage 舞台，阶段，时期

vote 投票选举 attack 进攻，攻击，抨击

violence 暴力

as a matter of fact 事实上

blow up 使充气，爆炸

equal 相等的，平等的

in trouble 在危险，受罚，痛苦，忧虑事物处境中

willing 乐意的

unfair 不公平的

turn to 求助于，致力于

quote 引用语，语录

release 释放，发行

lose heart 丧失信心

robben island 罗本岛

escape 逃脱，逃走，泄露

blanket 毯子 educate 教育，训练

educated 受过教育的

come topower 当权，上台

beg 请求，祈求

relative 亲戚，亲属

terror 恐怖，恐怖时期

cruelty 残忍，残酷

reward 报酬，酬劳

Transkei 特兰斯凯

set up 设立，建立

sentence 判决，宣判

be sentenced to 被判处..anti-反，抗

anti-black 反黑人的

Cape Town 开普敦 president 总统，会长，校长

Nobel peace prize 诺贝尔和平奖

opinion 意见，看法，主张

第14篇：高一英语必修一unit one

高一英语必修一unit one

I.单项选择：

1.Readers can _______quite well without knowing the exact meaning of each other.

A.get overB.get inC.get alongD..get through

2.You should keep______while I take a photo of you.

A.calmB.quiteC.stillD.silent

3.The cla meeting was concerned_____the importance of English and everyparent present was concerned _____their own children.

A.with , forB.about, withC.with , withD.about about

4.What____he gave us!

A.an important adviceB.a good idea

C.good piece od adviceD.a good piece of advice

5.I won’t go to the ciname with you,, because I have____work to do.

A.too manyB.too muchC.much tooD.for much too

6.The rain_____our difficulty of climbing the mountain.So we have to stop.

A.added toB.addedC.added up toD.added up

7.Protesters____the meeting by singing and shouting.

A.upsetB.attendedheldD.ignored

8.The last bus had left, so they____go home on foot.

A.mustB.have got toC.had toD.will have to

9.My brother doesn’t have to be made_____.He always works hard.

A.learnB.learnedC.to learnD.learning

10.In one’s life, one spends most time_____with oneself.

A.to beB.beC.beingD.been

11.To get a thorough understanding of yourselfis to know well about yourself.You may realize your strong points and weak____.

A.oneB.onesC.the onesD.the one

12.You may be confident enough to meet challenges, but first you should know___.

A.where to doB.how to doC.what to doD.what to di it

13.All things____since I came here.

A.changedB.changeC.had changedD.have changed

14.What the little girl-----made us shocked.

A.go throughB.went throughC.get throughD.got through

15.It was during World War II____Anne’s family had to hide for a long time.

A.whenB.whatC.thatD.who

16.Good friends don’t____what they do for each other; instead they offer help when it is neede.

A.added upB.add up toC.add upD.add to

17._____is in No.4 middle school____I am studing.

A.This..thatB.It… whatC.That… thatD.It… that

18.It_____many lazy students who get tired of reciting new words.

A.isB.areC.wasD.were

19.______thst Anne made her best friend?

A.Is it whatB.What is itC.How is itD.What it is

20.I wonder______you have been good friends.

A.how long it isB.how long is itC.when it isD.when is it

21.Everyone should keep________when a fire breaks out.

A.stillB.silentC.calmD.quiet

22.You had better go to somewhere quiet to _______your friend_____.

A.pick..upB calm…downC.get..awayD.help…out

23.My friend Tom has_____

A.went on holidayB.go on holidayC.gone on holidayD.gone holiday

24.The pet dag was hit_____a car.

A.withB.byC.onD.of

25.The young should be good______the old, and this will be good___their growing

up.

A.to; forB.to; toC.for; toD.for , for

26.________all these numbers and see how much they_____.

A.Added up; add up toB.Add to; add up

C.Add up ; add up toD.Add up to; add up

27.If your friend asks you to help him to cheat in the exam ____looking at your paper , what will you do?

A.forB.because ofC.byD.with

28.Anne said that she didn\'t want to set down______facts as most people do.

A.muchB.a plenty ofC.a large quantityD.a series of

29.Anne has grown crazy______everything to do ____nature.

A.about; withB.with; aboutC.with; withD.about; about

30.Whether you did it____purpose or___accident you must anser for it.

A.on;onB.on; byC.by; byby; on

31.The salsman cheated the old man_____buying a fake(赝品)

A.byB.withC.intoD.at

32.The dark, rainy evening held me entirely______their power.

A.inB.byC.withD.by

33.Some farmers are _______wheat in the fields.

A.getting upB.getting inC.gettting awayD.getting off

34.The man’s intention was obvious; he wanted to_____the girl’s attention.

A.payB.attackC.attractD.attracte

35.Students must_______the English idioms in their study.

A.paid attention toB.pay a attention to

C.pay attention toD.attrac

36.While_____the dog, Tom was carele and it got loose and was hit by a truck.

A.walksB.walkingC.walkD.walked

37.So many students _________hard when they were in middle school.

A.should studyB.should have studiedC.have studiedD.studied

38.---Do you know the most ancient city in China—Xi’an well?

----No, this is the first time I ________here.

A.cameB.have comeC.am comingD.come

39.I arrived half an hour earlier____I had time to talk with him before the meeting.

A.as soon asB.as a resultC.in order toD.so that

40.It is on Sept 1st _______students go back to school every year.

A.whenB.thatC.whoD.what

41.Someone called me up in the middle of the night, but he hung up____I couldanswer the phone.

A.asB.sinceC.untilD.before

42.Students should____everything important that their teacher give in cla.

A.set upB.set outC.set asideD.set down

43.The reason____he was late was____his car had broken down on the way.

A.why, becauseB.that because

C.that , forD.wht that

44.They had a wonderful party last night.First, they danced____, and then they had a___talk, laughing merrily.

A.face to face; face to faceB.face to face; face-to-face

C.face-to face; face-to faceD.face-to –face; face to face

45.Oh, I’m not feeling well in the stomach.I____so much fried chicken just now.

A.couldn”t have eatenB.mustn”t have eaten

C.shouldn”t have eatenD.mustn”t eat.

46._____this book and tell me what you think of it.

A.Look intoB.Go throughC.Look upD.Go up

47.______meet my uncle at the station, I went there by taxi instead of by bus.

A.So as toB.In order thatC.So thatD.In order to

48.These shoes look very good; I wonder____/

A.how much cost they areB.how much do they cost

C.how much they costD.how much are they cost.

49.The mountain was _____covered with snow.

A.entireB.entirelyC.entiredD.entiring

50.John has had an____at work and he’s had togo to hospital.

A.accidentB.incidentC.eventD.trouble

第15篇：牛津英语高一必修一总结

牛津英语必修一词汇汇总

enjoy: enjoy doing sth.

enjoy oneself

enjoyable: adj 有乐趣的，令人愉快的 experience：n:可数名词：经历

不可数名词：经验

v: 经历

experienced ：

be experienced in He is very experienced in looking after animals.earn：

earn one’s living:谋生

She earns her living by writing.respect: show one’s respects to; respect sb for sth.devote:v.致力于；献身 devote one’s time to…; devote one’s life to… average:

above/below the average on average ; an average of…

A reporter said that women lived an average of 5 years longer than men.struggle: struggle to do sth,

struggle with/for/against The children talked so loudly that I had to struggle to __________ (hear).challenging: face a challenge: 面临挑战; meet the challenge of ：迎接……挑战

I am looking forward to the challenge of my new job.

School must meet the challenge of new technology.satisfaction satisfy

satisfying

be satisfied with…

She was not satisfied with the outcome of her effort.She looked at his face with satisfaction.exchange:

in exchange for

exchange…for…

exchange sth.with sb.

Would you like my old TV in exchange for the camera?

You can exchange your currency for dollars in this hotel.free :

free of charge

for free

be free to do

The expreways’ toll gates are __________ during the eight-day “Golden Week” holiday.

I can offer you breakfast for free.former: adj 以前的

the former

the latter

former president

Jane and Mary are good friends, the former is a teacher, the latter is a nurse.graduate： graduate from(学校)

graduate in （专业）

graduation develop ：with the development of… gift:

have a gift for:

gifted He has a gift for language, while his sister is a gifted pianist.independent : be independent of…

depend on

independence

It was very important for me to be financially independent of my parents.

inform: inform sb.that

inform sb.of sth.

keep ab.informed

Please inform us of the further information as soon as poible.

We will keep you informed of our progre and look forward to hearing from you.approve: 批准，通过，赞成

approve of

No teachers can approve of cheating on exams.charge: in charge of

in the charge of

free of charge 免费

charge sb.… 要某人多少钱

be charged with: 被指控

take charge of: 接管 select：选择

select sb.as…

select sb.to do

more than

no more than 不超过

no more… than… 和

一样不

not more…than… 没有

那样

more… than…

与其说

不如说 frighten : be frightened to do…

be frightened of doing…

be frightened to death bend :

bend over :附身

bend to : 屈服

bend one’s attention on…专心于 starve： starve to death

starve for… 渴望

starvation

tolerate: tolerate doing

Nobody can tolerate being laughed at in public.deserve:

deserve to do 值得…

deserve doing= deserve to be done

He deserves rewarding.can hardly wait to do …

can’t wait for…

be supposed to do… teachers are supposed to treat all students alike.be supposed to have done: He was supposed to have finished his homework last night.insist: insist on doing

insist that sb.should do worry : worry about

be worried about… harm:

do harm to …

be harmful to…

forbid: forbid sb.from doing…

forbid sb.to do… tend: tend to do…

tend to sb.照顾…

mix: mix up 弄混

mix with

相融

mix … up with

把。。。和。。。弄混 figure: 体形；数据；人物

figure out 想出 理解

We should try to learn from our mistakes and figure out how to do it better.ashamed: be ashamed of…

be ashamed that…

be shamed to do… recover： recover from…

prefer：prefer to do…

prefer doing to doing

prefer to do… rather than do

Rather than travel abroad with her parents, she preferred to do volunteer work during the holiday.suffer:

suffer+损失

suffer from+ 疾病 伤痛

sufferings 痛苦

Although the old man suffered a lot in the disaster, he did not tell others his sufferings.consider: consider doing …

consider … as…

consider that

effect:

have no effect on… take effect 生效 come into effect 生效

side effect 副作用 make the most of : make use of…

make good use of …

make the best of…

make full use of…

make little use of… in the long term：从长远角度看

in terms of：就

而言

Those who do everything in terms of money won’t lead a happy life.

第16篇：高一英语必修

高一英语必修②Unit 1期末复习题

一.单词拼写

1.These small animals must store plenty of food if they are to s_________ the winter.

2.There is a beautiful garden over there.Do you know whom it b__________ to.

3.She took a ________ candle into the room, and the dark room lit up at once.

4.This coat is of the latest s________.

5.In my o_________, he is not the right person for the job.

6.Do you have enough e_________ to prove that you are right?

7.Don’t _________ not to know me, actually you know me very well.

8.We couldn’t go for a walk because I have no time, b_________, it rains heavily.

9.He s___________ all the street, but could not find his dear parents.

10.As is known, the Great wall is one of the w___________ of the world.

11.In the accident, only two people s__________ at last.

12.The building is specially d__________ for the homele people.

13.Tom has bought a new house, he needs to buy some f___________ before he moves into it.

14.His father works on a ship, he is a s________.

15.This is a r_______ coin, so it’s very valuable.

二．翻译下列单词或短语

1.作为对……的报答 2.处理

3.充当，担任4.与……处于战争状态

5.寻找6.属于

7.调查，朝……里面看 8.而不是，而非

9.迷路，丢失 10.同意（某人的看法）

11.高度评价 12.拆开

13.毫无疑问 问题的答案

三．定语从句专练习: 用恰当的关系词填空。

1.Do you know the place __________ he borrowed the book?

2.He talked about the teachers and schools ________ he had visited.

3.Some of the roads were flooded, ________ made our journey more difficult.

4.The novel ________ you’re interested was written by Mark Twain.

5._________ is often the case, we have worked out the production plan.

6.Hangzhou is a beautiful city, ________is often called the Heaven of the Earth.

7.Yesterday I met an old friend, ___________had a gift of music when he was young.

8.I will never forget those three years, during____________ time I learned a lot about life.

9.____ is reported, Chinese team won the final.

10.I bought all the food in the shop, much of_______________ was given out to the poor.

11.I never forget this summer vacation, ___________I spent the happy days with my friends.

12.He is talking about the great woman, _________films have been on in

many cities.

四.单项选择.

1.As a result of the report many villagers rushed to the mountain ________ gold.

A.in search ofB.in the search ofC.to searchD.searching

2.----- What has Tom been doing recently? ------ I didn’t know, ________ care.

A.nor do IB.nor I doC.neither am ID.neither I am

3.This book will _______ to the students of English.

A.be of great valueB.be of great valuableC.be great valueD.be of

very value

4.In the paper factory, trees are cut into pieces and pulped, then the pulp is

_______ paper.

A.made ofB.made fromC.made intoD.made

up of

5.I don’t like the way ______ you speak to her.

A./B.in thatC.whichD.of which

6.What he did ______ what he said moved us.

A.more thanB.rather thanC.le thanD.no

more than

7._______ is known to us all is that America is a developed country_______ the

First World.

A.Which; belonging toB.As; belongingC.What; belonging toD.It;

belonging

8.We don’t doubt______ he can do a good job of it.

A.whetherB.thatC.whatD.why

9.The woman, when _______ how her husband was injured, began to cry.

A.askedB.to askC.askingD.ask

10.------ Tom is never late for work.Why is he absent today?

------ Something _________ to him.

A.must happenB.should have happened

C.could have happenedD.must have happened

11.Never in my life ______ the leon he gave me.

A.I will forgetB.will I forgetC.had I forgetD.did I

forget

12.I’m afraid that I don’twhat you said.

A.agree toB.agree onC.agree withD.agree about

13.He was by his colleagues though he himself didn’t think he had done

anything special.

A.thought little ofB.thought poorly

C.thought highly ofD.thought highly

五.短文改错

Long long ago, people had gather leaves and1.fruit of plants to eat with.They didn’t know how2.to plant crops or how to keep animals for their3.

food.We call them Stone Age people.Thing for4.them were terrible and hard.Now there have still5.some people living liked those Stone Age people.6.They live in places that are hard reach.They do not7.know of our invention, for they keep themselves8.away our civilized world.For many years a group of9.people call Aruntas have lived alone in the center10.

参考答案：

一.单词拼写

1.survive2.belongs3.lighted4.style5.opinion6.evidence7.

pretend

8.besides9.searched10.wonders11.survived12.designed13.

furniture

14.sailor15.rare

二．翻译下列单词或短语

1.in return for2.do with/deal with3.serve as4.be at war with

5．In search of6.belong to7.look into8.rather than

9.get lost10.agree with11.think/speak highly of12.take

apart

13.(there is) no doubt that14.the answer to the question

三．定语从句专练习: 用恰当的关系词填空。

1.where2.that3.which4.in which5.As6.

which

7.who8.which9.As10.which11.when12.

whose

四.单项选择.

1-5 AAACA6-10 BBBAD11-13 BCC

五.短文改错

1.had改为had to 2.去掉with

为are

6.liked改为like 7.reach改为to reach 8.invention改为inventions

10.call 改为called3.√4.Thing改为things 5.have 改9.away 后加from

第17篇：高一语文必修一

1．下列词语中加点字的注音完全正确的一组是()

A．倩（qián）影湔（qiān）雪猝（cù）然狙（jū）击

B．伫（zhù）立恪（kâ）守慰藉（jiâ）昊（hào）天

C．残骸（hái）勋（xūn）章隽（jūn）永胡诌（zhōu）

D．撮（cuō）合氤氲（yūn）瘦削（xiāo）惬（qiâ）意

2．下列各组语段中错别字最少的一组是（）

A．只觉得天地圣众欣享了牲醴和香烟，都醉醺醺的在空中蹒跚，豫备给鲁镇的人们以无限的幸福。

B．屈屈折折的河塘上面，弥望的是田田的叶子。叶子出水很高，象婷婷的舞女的裙。

C． 生命和死亡全不相融。死时，生便不存在，皆是死亡，犹如一场势不可挡的洪水。

继而，一股新的浪头拥起，便全是生命，便是银色的极乐的源泉。

D． 我不想信战争只是政客和资本家搞出来的，芸芸众生的罪过和他们一样大；不然，

许多人民和民族早就起来反判了！

3、下列各句中成语使用不当的一句是（）

A、到了十一月，一个冷酷无情、肉眼看不见、医生管他叫做“肺炎”的不速之客，在艺术区里蹑手蹑脚，用他的冰冷的手指这儿碰碰那儿摸摸。

B、他这些年如天马行空般在国内国外四处游历，见识增长了不少，对当今社会发展的趋势有了更清醒的认识。

C、“哟，我从没听到过这么荒唐的话。”苏艾装出满不在乎的样子数落她说：“老藤叶同你的病有什么相干？”

D、上帝在交给我们这个事实的时候，已经顺便保证了她的结果，所以死是一件不必急于求成的事，死是一个必然会降临的节日。这样想过之后我安心多了，眼前的一切不再那么可怕。

4、填入空格处最恰当的一组词是（）

（1）她艰难的命运、的意志和毫不张扬的爱，随光阴流转，在我的印象中愈加鲜明深刻。

（2）我的手依依不舍地留恋罗马及后期的逼真的大理石雕刻，我的手抚摸遍了米开朗基罗的感人的英勇的摩西石雕像，我感知到罗丹的力量，我敬畏哥特人对于木刻的。

（3）那个人东张西望，神色慌张，十分可疑，很可能就是那个不定而久未抓到的犯罪嫌疑人李某。

A、坚韧虔诚形迹行迹B、坚韧真诚行迹形迹

第18篇：高一必修一英语教案

学英语最重要的还是培养兴趣，不求甚解的背诵，当然还有日复一日的坚持和积累。以下是高一必修一英语教案，欢迎阅读。

Step I.Revision

Check the homework with the whole cla.Step II.Warming up

Ask the students to read the instructions and make sure they know what to do, and then have a discuion about the two pictures.

T: Today, before we begin our reading, I’d like to ask you a question, “What is the biggest sound you have heard in your life?”

S1: The sound of wind that blew in a winter night when I was very young.It sounded like a ghost who was howling.I was very frightened at that time.

S2: The biggest noise was the one that I heard when my neighbor was quarrelling with his wife.Perhaps, they broke their TV set.

T: That’s too terrible.

S3: The noise when planes take off.

S4: The sound of trains.

T: Good! I agree that all of them are big sound.But did you once heard the sound that the heaven falls and the earth cracks, in Chinese it is 天崩地裂?

Ss: No, we have no chance to hear that.

T: If there is a sound like this, what is it?

S5: When someone hears something unexpected and terrible.For example, when one of his loved families dies, he will feel this sound.

T: Terrific! You are using a literary way to expre the sound.

S6: When an earthquake happens.

T: Great! I have waited for this answer for a long time.Today we’ll learn something about earthquakes.I think most of us have heard of earthquakes.Can you imagine how terrible it is ?

S7: The earth is shaking .All the buildings will fall down.

S8: Many people will die.And perhaps many children will lose their parents.

T: Yeah, earthquakes are disasters to everybody.Now look at the two pictures of Tangshan and San Francisco.Can you describe what you see in the pictures?

S1: Tangshan is a beautiful city.It has beautiful gardens, broad roads and some tall buildings.

S2: From the picture of San Francisco,I can see that it is a very big city.There are many tall buildings thickly standing on the earth.I think the population of the city is very large.

T: Good! What will happen if there has been a big earthquake in these two cities? Work in pairs and discu it.Then I’ll ask so me of you to show your opinion.

Step III.Pre-reading

There are two questions in this part.Both are very interesting.The first one c

an more or le reveal the students’ values; while the second one can enlarge their imagination.No matter what their answers are, as long as they have given careful thoughts to the situations, their answers should be good.

T: Now, let’s look at the pictures.What are the predictions of an earthquake?

S1: Before an earthquake animals will become nervous.Cows, pigs, horses and dogs will be upset.And people can see mice running about.If the earthquake happens during winter, people can even see snakes.

T: Terrific! Where did you get this knowledge?

S1: From geography.I like it.

T: good.Sit down please.

S2: Madam, I don’t know the meaning of the picture with two women.

T: It doesn’t matter.You will know it soon after reading our text.OK.Imagine there is an earthquake now, and your home is shaking, at this moment you have no time to take any other things but one, what will it be?

S3: I’ll take all my money.People can’t live without money.

S4: I will take as much water as poible.Because it is said that people can keep alive for nearly 7 days by drinking without any food

S5: In that case, I’d rather take some apples, so that besides drinking, I can also eat.

S6: I will carry my grandma.She is my most loved person in this world.She brought me up.

T: What a dutiful child you are! I’m very glad to hear that.Sit down please! It seems that all of you know what you should do during an earthquake.OK.Let’s read our text, and see what it tells us.

Step IV.Reading

In this part, teacher should ask the students to read the paage quickly for the first time to get the general idea of the paage.Ask them to pay attention to the first sentence of each paragraph.This can help them finish exercise3 in Comprehention.It is about the main idea of each paragraph.Then ask them to read the text again carefully to obtain some details.Before reading for the second time, show some questions on the screen, and let the students read the questions first.These questions can guide them to have a good understanding about the text.They can also make preparations for Exs1-2,which are about details.

Skimming

T: At first I’d like to read the text quickly to get the general idea of the article.While reading, you should pay attention to the sentence of each paragraph.

T: Have you got the general idea of the text?

Ss: Yes.

T: What is it?

S1: There is no quick answer to this question .Are you suggesting us that the general idea is the mixture of the first sentences of each paragraph?

T: Sure.

S1:OK.That’s easy.The main idea of the paage is some signs of the earthquake, and what would happen during the quake.

T: Good, sit down please.In fact, while we are answering the questions, we have involved the sequence, the functional item for this unit.(Teacher writes the word on the blackboard ) Do you understand the meaning of the word?

Ss: No.

T: Sequence means the order of the events.It can tell us which event happens first, and which happens later.Do you know the sequence that is used in our text?

S3: Yes.At first, the text tells us something that happened before the quake, then it tells us the things that happened during the quake and at last it tells us the things that happened after the earthquake.

T: Quite right! Now please look at the screen, these are the first sentences of each paragraph.Read them and think if they are the main idea of the text.If neceary, you may make some changes to make more exact.

Teacher shows the screen and gives a little time to think it over.

1.Strange things were happening in the countryside in the northeast Hebei.

2.The disaster happened and caused a lot of lo.

3.All hope was not lost.

Careful reading

T: Now, it’s time for us to read the text carefully.But before reading, you should read some questions first.These questions may help you get some information quickly and easily.Now look at the screen, and read the questions.

Show on the screen

1.What natural signs of a coming disaster were there?

2.Can you think of some reasons why these signs weren’t noticed?

3.What events probably made the disaster worse?

4.What situations probably made the disaster worse?

5.How were the survivors held?

Step V.Extension

Show the questions on the screen.

1.From whose point of view are events described? How do you know?

2.What is the mood of this paage? How is it created?

3.Why do you think the writer chooses to expre his feelings about the quake rather than simply reporting what had happened?

4.Why is the title A NIGHT THE EARTH DIDN’T SLEEP?

5.What does the sentence “Slowly, the city began to breathe again.” mean?

Answers:

1.He uses third-person to describe the quake.His description is very objective.For example, the second sentence in the third paragraph.The writer says: “Everywhere they looked nearly everything was destroyed.” The writer uses they instead of we.

2.The mood is serious and a bit sad.It is created by giving details of how many people and animals were killed or injured, and how many buildings were destroyed.

3.Although the writer was not there, he felt sad for the people of Tangshan.He knows that some personal feelings will make the reading more interesting.

4.I think the reason is that, as usual, night is the time to sleep, and night should be safe and quiet.But that night everything changed.The writer uses A NIGHT THE EARTH DIDN’T SLEEP as a title to show how terrible and how unusual the night was.

5.Here we can see that the writer compared the city to a person who suffered a lot in the disaster.He felt her pain, and he worried about her.So when he said that people came to help her, we can feel his feelings to the city.The city will not die, she has hope and she can recover from the pain.

Step VI Comprehending

Answers to Exx1-

31.1.C 2.E 3.B 4.D 5.A

2.1.The walls of the villages wells had cracks in them.

2 .Roads got huge cracks

3.Brick buildings were destroyed.

4.The army helped the survivors.

5.Shelters were put up for those with no homes.

3.1.Strange things were happening in the countryside in northeast Hebei..

1.The disaster happened and caused a lot of lo.

2.All hope was not lost.

Step VII Homework

课后反思：总体感觉上，本节课上得比较成功，心情愉快。基本上完成了教学任务。学生们不但对地震有了一定的了解，而且能用英语进行简单的描述。但是同学们在讨论、汇报、回答问题时词汇单一，句式多是中国方的英语。在今后的教学中要加强语句表达方面的训练。

第19篇：高一英语必修一知识点总结(家教)

高一英语各单元知识点总结及重难点解析Unit1-2 ☆重点句型☆

1.What should a friend be like? 询问对方的看法 2.I think he / she should be„表示个人观点的词语

3.I enjoy reading / I'm fond of singing / I like playing computer games.等表示喜好的词语 4.Chuck is on a flight when suddenly his plane crashes.“when"作并列连词的用法

5.What / Who / When / Where is it that...? 强调句的 特殊疑问句结构

6.With so many people communicating in English everyday,

...“with+宾语+宾补”的结构做状语

7.Can you tell me how to pronounce...? 带连接副词

(或代词)的不定式做宾补的用法 ☆重点词汇☆ 1.especially v.特别地 2.imagine v.想像

3.alone adv./ adj.单独，孤独的 4.interest n.兴趣

5.everyday adj.每天的，日常的 6.deserted adj.抛弃的 7.hunt v.搜寻 8.share v.分享

9.care v.在乎，关心 10.total n.总数

11.majority n.大多数 12.survive v.生存，活下来 13.adventure n.冒险 14.scared adj.吓坏的 15.admit v.承认

16.while conj.但是，而 17.boring adj.令人厌烦的 18.except prep.除„„之外 19.quality n.质量

20.favourite adj.最喜爱的 ☆重点短语☆ 1.be fond of爱好

2.treat„as„把„„看作为„„

3.make friends with 与„„交朋友

4.argue with sb.about / over sth.与某人争论某事 5.hunt for寻找 6.in order to为了

7.share„with与„„分享 8.bring in引进；赚钱

9.a great / good many许多„ 10.have difficulty (in) doing做„„有困难 11.end up with以„„结束 12.except for除„„之外 13.come about发生 14.make(a)fire生火

15.make yourself at home别拘束 16.the majority of大多数 17.drop sb.a line给某人写短信 18.for the first time第一次 19.at all根本；竟然

20.have a (good) knowledge of„精通„„ ☆短语闯关☆

下列短语都是这两个单元学过的重要短语，请你根据汉语在横线上填人一个正确的词，每个词4分，80分才能过关，你一定能过关，做好了闯关的准备吗?那么我们就开始吧? l.be fond ____ 喜欢，爱好 of 2.hunt ____

搜索。追寻，寻找 for 3.in to ____ 为了 order

4.care ____ 担心，关心 about 5.such ____ 例如，诸如 as

6.drop sb a ____ 给某人写信(通常指写短信) line 7.make oneself at ____ 别客气 home 8.____ total 总共 in

9.except ____ 除了„„之外 for 10.stay ____

不睡，熬夜 up 11.____ about 发生 come 12.end ____ with 以„„告终 up 13.bring ____ 引进，引来 in

14.a great ____

许许多多，极多 many 15.be ____

对„„深感兴趣，深深迷上„„ into 16.____ the Internet 上网 surf 17.____ claes 逃学，逃课 skip 18.get ____

聚会，相聚，聚集 together 19.be proud ____

为„„感到骄傲 of 20.keep an ____ on

照看，注意 eye 21.be curious ____

对„„感到好奇 about 22.shut ____

(使)住口 up 23.joke ____

开玩笑 about 24.____ the name of 以„„名义 in 25.____ the time 总是，一直 all ☆交际用语☆ 1.I think…

I like / love / hate...

I enjoy...

My interests are...2.Did you have a good flight?

You must be very tired.

Just make yourself at home.I beg your pardon?

Can you tell me how to pronounce...?

Get it.☆单词聚焦☆

1.argue v.的用法

▲构词：argument n.1.[C]争论 2.[U]讨论．辩论3.[C]论据 ▲搭配：

① argue with / against sb.over / on / about sth.与某人争论某事 ② argue for / against sth.辩论赞成／反对某事

③ argue that...主张，认为，争辩说

④ argue sb into / out of doing sth.说服某人做／不做某事

▲友情提示：“说服某人做／不做某事”还可表达为：talk / persuade / reason sb.into / out of doing sth.⑤ settle the argument 解决争端

▲友情提示：an argument with sb about / over sth.为某事和某人而发生的争执

【考例】What laughing ____ we had about the socially respectable method for moving spaghetti (意大利式细面条) from plate to mouth.

(2004全国卷I)

A.speeches

B.leons C.sayings D.arguments [考查目标] argue名词形式的词义。

[答案与解析] D argument的词义是“争辩，辩论”。 2.compare v.的用法

▲构词：comparison n.比较

▲搭配：① compare...to...比拟；比作② compare...with / to...将„„和„„相比较③ compare notes 对笔记；交换意见

【考例】 ____ with the size of the whole earth, the biggest ocean does not seem big at all.(2004湖北)

A.Compare

B.When comparing

C.Comparing

D.When compared [考查目标] compare的用法。

[答案与解析] D 本句compare用在句首作状语，并有“被比较”的意思。 3.consider v.的用法

▲构词：consideration n.考虑，思考；体谅，顾及

▲搭配：① consider doing sth.考虑做某事② consider sb (to be / as)...认为／觉得某人„„③ consider that- clause 认为„„④ take sth into consideration 考虑⑤ under consideration 在考虑中

【考例】Charles Babbage is generally considered ____ the first computer. (NMET 1993)

A.to invent

B.inventing

C.to have invented

D.having invented [考查目标] consider的几种常见用法。

[答案与解析] C consider本身是被动语态时，后接不定式的各种结构。如果表示已经发生的事情．用不定式的完成形式。 4.deserted adj.空无一人的；被遗弃的；被抛弃的

(1) 空无一人的a deserted street / area空无一人的街道，地区；The office was quite deserted.办公室里空无一人。

(2) 被遗弃的

a deserted child 被遗弃的孩子 (3) desert ['dezot] n.沙漠

desert [dI'zo:t] vt.丢弃；遗弃

He deserted his wife and children after becoming rich.5.difficulty n.

(1) difficulty (通常作复数) 难事，难点，难题She met with many difficulties when travelling.

(2) 在以下句型中，difficulty是不可数名词，不能用复数形式。 have (some) difficulty (in) doing sth.干某事有困难

there is (some) difficulty (in) doing sth. have (some) difficulty with sth.

在某事上有困难

there is (some) difficulty with sth.

do sth.with difficulty / without difficulty 困难地／轻而易举地做某事

We had a lot of difficulty in finding your house.

Do you have any difficulty with your English? 【注意】

(1) 以上句型中，difficulty前可加some, little, much, a lot of, no, any修饰

(2) 以上句型中，亦可用trouble来代替difficulty。 6.favourite = favorite (A.E) 最喜爱的；最喜爱的人或事物

(1) adj.最喜爱的My favorite sport is playing football.

(2) n.[C] 最喜爱的人或事物He is a favorite with his uncle.7.fun的用法

▲构词：funny adj.有趣的．滑稽的，好笑的；奇特的，古怪的

▲搭配：

① make fun of 取笑；嘲弄；开某人的玩笑

② (just)for / in fun = (just) for the fun of it 取乐，非认真地，说／做着玩的 ③ be full of fun„„很好玩

④ have fun with sb.和某人开一个玩笑

⑤ have (some) fun 玩得(很)高兴，玩得(很)开心

⑥ It's (great) fun to do sth干某事很有趣；干某事真是一件趣事；干某事真开心 ⑦ What fun (it is) to do sth! 干某事多么有趣呀! ⑧ have a lot of fun doing sth 干某事玩得很开心

【考例】 (200上海春招) This is not a match.We're play- ing che just for ____.

A.habit

B.hobby

C.fun

D.game [考查目标] fun构成的短语for fun的意思。

[答案与解析]C，for fun 常在句中用作状语，意思是“说／做着玩的”。 8.imagine的用法

▲构词：① imagination n.[C / U] 想像，想像力，想像的事物② imaginative adj.富有想像力的

▲搭配：① imagine sth / doing sth ② beyond (all) imagination (完全)出乎意料地 【考例】 I can hardly imagine Peter ___acro the Atlantic Ocean in five days. (MET 1991)

A.sail

B.to sail

C.sailing

D.to have sailed [考查目标] imagine的基本用法。

[答案与解析] C imagine后接动词的-ing形式，本句的Peter是这个动名词的逻辑主语。 9.interest的用法

interest vt.使„„感兴趣 n.兴趣，爱好 [U] 利息；利润 He has a great interest in politics.他对政治极感兴趣。/ a broad interest 广泛的利益 / a common interest 共同的利益 / a strong interest 极强的兴趣

▲构词：① interesting 令人感兴趣的(事物) ② interested (某人对某事)有兴趣的

▲搭配：① interest sb in sth 使某人注意，关心或参入某事；使某人对某事感兴趣② be interested in 对„„感兴趣(关心) ③have an interest in sth./ in doing sth.对某方面有兴趣 (关心)；在„„中有股份、权益等④ hold one's interest 吸引住某人的兴趣⑤ in the interest(s) of 为„„利益；为„„起见；对„„有利⑥ lose interest in 对„„不再感兴趣⑦ show / take (an) interest in / in doing sth.对„„表示关心(有兴趣) ⑧ have / take / feel no interest in 对„„不 (不太) 感兴趣⑨ with interest 有兴趣地，津津有味地⑩develop / find / feel interest in sth./ in doing sth.在某方面培养／有兴趣 ? lose interest in sth./ in doing sth.对某方面失去兴趣

有时interest可与不定冠词连用。He developed an interest in science.

另外：interest作“爱好”解时，是可数名词。 His interests include reading and tennis.【考例】____, they immediately suggested that she put them together to make a single one long story and paid Tracy a $50,000 advance.(2004全国卷 II)

A.Interested

B.Anxiously

C.Seriously

D.Encouraged [考查目标] interest派生词的词义和用法。

[答案与解析] A interested指(出版商)对这件事有兴趣。 10.prove的用法

▲构词：① proof n.证据。试验，考验，(印刷)校样

▲搭配：① prove sth to sb 向某人证实„„② prove to sb that 从句向某人证实„„③ prove (oneself) to be 证明(自己)是，表现出

【考例】It was in the neighboring country — United States that such resistance to spray was first ____.(05长春模拟)

A.proved

B.killed

C.thought

D.discued [考查目标] 考查prove的意思。

[答案与解析] A 本题was proved的意思是“得到证实”，有被动意味。

11.provide的用法

▲构词：① provider n.供给者，供应者，养家者② provided / providing conj.倘若 ▲搭配：provide sb with sth / sth to sb 给„„提供；以„„装备

【考例】His son ____ the old man with all the food and the money he needed.

A.provided

B.fed

C.afforded

D.charred [考查目标]考查provide的词义。

[答案与解析]A provide与with搭配，意思是“向某人提供某物”。

12.share的用法 ▲搭配：① share (in) sth.with sth.和某人分享、分担、共用某物② share sth (out) between / among...将某物分配、分给„„③ share joys / happine and sorrows (with sb) (和某人) 同甘共苦④ share one's opinion 同意某人的意见

【考例】Let Harry play with your toys as well, Clare — you must learn to ____.(NMET 2000)

A.support

B.care

C.spare

D.share [考查目标] 此题主要考查在语境中选择动词的能力。

[答案与解析] D 四个选项的含义分别为：support 支持；care 在意，关心；spare 挤出(时间)，匀出某物；share分享，分担，与某人合用。根据语境可知说话者是想让Clare学会与人共享——把玩具(拿出来)和Harry一起玩，share在此意为“合用玩具”，解此题的关键是信息play with your toys as well。故D为最佳答案。 13.solve的用法

▲构词：solution n.1.[C] (问题的)解答；(困难的)解决方法 2.[U] 解答，解决 3.[U] 溶解 ▲搭配：the solution to 解决„„的办法

【考例3】In the end, one suggestion seems to be the solution ____ the problem. (2001北京春招)

A.with

B.into C.for

D.to [考查目标] solve名词solution的相关搭配。 [答案与解析] D “对于„„的解决办法”，介词用to。

14.total n./ adj.全部(的)

(1) in total 加起来In total, there must have been 20000 people there.

(2) a total of 总共His expenses (支出) reached a total of $100.(3) the total of...„„的总数 The total 0f the bill is 230 dollars.15.when conj.

when并列连词，= and then，表示“就在那时，突然”，常见以下句型中：

(1) be doing...when...正在做„„突然„„I was wandering through the streets when l caught sight of a tailor's shop.

(2) had done...when...刚做了„„突然„„I had just sat down when the light went out.

(3) be about to do...when...刚要做„„突然„„I was just about to go swimming when our guide saw me and shouted at me.

16.while conj.

(1) while从属连词，引导时间状语从句，从句动词用延续性动词，主句的动作发生在从句动作发生的过程之中。Come on, get these things away while I make the tea.

(2) 并列连词，表前后两个分句意义相反或相对，意为“然而”。Some people waste food while others haven't enough.

(3) 放在句首，表示“尽管；虽然”，相当于although。While we don't agree, we continue to be friendly.[牛刀小试1] 用所给单词的适当形式填空：

(compare，interest，fun，solve，argue，consider，share) 1.All the novels are considered ____ the young readers in the 1980s.(to have interested) 2.Bob thought it ____ to solve maths problems while others hated it.(fun)

3.The headmaster ignored the ____ between Mrs.Wang and his nephew.(argument) 4.We can't decide.The plan needs to be ____.(considered) 5.____ with Cla Two, ours has more boy students.(Compared) 6.I find a better way ____ this problem.(to solve) 7.Nearly half of the companies ____ the same opinion with the government.(share / shared) 【词语比较】 1.especially, specially especially adv.特殊地；尤其是

(1)侧重于多种事物或人中比较突出的。I like all the subjects at school, especially English.(尤其是英语)

(2) especially 后可接介词短语或从句。I like the Yuelu Mountains, especially in spring.(尤其是在春天) Noise is unpleasant, especially when you are trying to sleep.

specially 侧重特意地、专门地做某事 (后面常接for sb.或to do sth.) I made a chocolate cake specially for you.2.boring, bored, bore boring adj.令人厌烦的 The book is very boring.bored adj.感到厌烦的 I'm bored with the book.bore vt.令人厌烦

This book bores me.

有些表示情感的及物动词，有与bore类似的用法。如：interest, excite, surprise, amaze, frighten, astonish, move, inspire, touch, scare, disappoint, puzzle, worry 这类词的现在分词形式，为“令人„„”；过去分词形式，为“感到„„”。 3.except for, except, but, besides 表示“除了”的词或短语有：except; but; except for; besides; except that (when...) 等。

(1) except 和 but 都表示“除了„„之外。没有”，二者大多数情况下可以互换；但在no, all, nobody, nothing, no one 等词后多用 but。No one knows our teacher's addre except / but him.(排除him)

(2) besides 除„„之外，还„„，有附加性。What other foreign languages do you know besides English? (English与other languages都属于know的范围)

(3) except for 只不过„„，整体肯定，部分修正，用于排除非同类事物，for表示细节上的修正。 Your article is well written except for a few spelling mistakes.4.know, know of, know about

(1) know 用作动词，意思是“(直接地)获知，懂得，认识，熟悉”。I don't know whether he is here or not./ I know him to be honest.

(2) know of和know about的意思都是“(间接地)获知”，指听别人说到或从书报上看到，二者没有什么区别。 5.for example; such as

(1) for example“例如”，用来举例说明某一论点或情况。一般只举同类人或物中的“一个”为例，作插入语，可位于句首、句中或句末。可用for instance替换。For example, air is invisible./ His spelling is terrible! Look at this word, for example.(2) such as “例如”，用来列举事物，一般列举同类人或事物中的几个例子。插在被列举的事物与前面的名词之间，as后面不可有逗号。Some of the European Languages come from Latin, such as French, Italian and Spanish.

[注意]如把前面所述情况全部举出，用that is或namely。 ☆短语归纳☆ 1.含all的短语

1) first of all 首先 (强调顺序) 2) in all (=in total=altogether) 总共 3) after all 毕竟，终究 4) at all 到底，根本

5) above all 最重要的是 (强调重要性) 6) not (...) at all (= not (...) in the least) 根本不，一点也不 7) all the time 始终，一直

8) all of a sudden (=suddenly) 突然，冷不防 9) all right 行，可以

10) all at once 立刘，马上 11) all day and all night 日日夜夜 12) all over 遍及

13) all alone 独个儿，独立地 14) all but 几乎，差一点 15) all in all 总的说来

16) all together 一道，同时，总共 17) for all 尽管

[例句] I woke up and didn't hear him at all.我醒了，一点儿也没有听到他说话。/ He had so many falls that he was black and blue all over.他摔了很多跤，以至于浑身青一块紫一块的。/ You shouldn't scold her.After all, she is only five years old.你不应该责怪他，毕竟，她只有五岁。/ Children need many things, but above all, they need love.孩子需要许多东西，最重要的是，需要爱。/ You must have known it all the time.你一定一直知道这事。

【考例】 People may have different opinions about Karen, but I admire her.____, she is a great musician.(2004甘肃、青海)

A.After all B.As a result C.In other words D.As usual [考查目标] 主要考查四个短语的用法。

[答案与解析] A after all意为“毕竟．终究”；as a result意为“结果”；in other words意为“换句话说”；as usual意为“像往常一样”。本句意思是：虽然人们对她看法不一。但我还是佩服她。因为她毕竟是一个伟大的音乐家。

【考例】I'd like to buy a house -- modern, comfortable, and ____ in a quiet neighborhood. (2004福建)

A.in all

B.above all

C.after all

D.at all [考查目标] 主要考查all构成的四个短语。 [答案与解析] B

in all意为“总共”；above all意为“最重要的是”； after all 意为“毕竟”；at all 意为“到底”。本句话意思是：我想买一个房子，现代的、舒服的，但最重要的是在一个安静的地区。 2.at all

(1)用在肯定句中，“竟然” I'm surprised that you came at all.

(2)用在否定句中，“一点也不” There was nothing to worry about at all.

(3)用在疑问句中，“到底”“究竟” Have you been there at all?

(4)用在条件句中，“真的，确实” If you do it at all, do it well.3.含“be + 形容词 + 介词”的短语 1) be good at 擅长于

2) be interested in 对„„感兴趣

3) be pleased / satisfied / content with 对„„满意 4) be famous for 因„„而出名 5) be kind / good to 对„„好 6) be lost in 沉湎于

7) be active in 在某方面积极 8) be sure about / of 确信 9) be afraid of 害怕 10) be full of 充满 11) be filled with 充满

12) be made of / from 由„„组成 13) be generous to 对„„慷慨 14) be popular with 受欢迎 15) be confident of 确信 16) be fond of 喜欢，喜爱

17) be angry with / at 对„„发脾气 18) be late for 迟到

19) be amazed / surprised / astonished / shocked at 对„„感到惊讶 20) be busy doing 忙着做„„

21) be excited about 对„„感到兴奋 22) be worried about 担心 23) be used for / as 用于

24) be curious about 对„„好奇

[例句] Lin Lin is confident of his ability to get work for himself.林林确信自己有能力做这活。He was generous to everybody with money, as a result, he saved little.他对谁花钱都很慷慨，结果没有攒到多少钱。She is very active in helping the poor.在帮助穷人方面，她很热心。Pop music is popular with the young generation.流行歌曲受年轻一代的欢迎。Lost in thought, he didn't realize that I came in.他陷入思考之中，没有意识到我进来了。I was amazed at the sight so that I didn't know what to do.看到这一幕我非常惊讶，不知道该做什么。Students in Senior 3 are busy preparing for the coming final exam.高三学生在忙于准备即将到来的期末考试。 【考例l】(2005重庆) -- You know, Bob is a little slow ____ understanding, so... -- So I have to be patient ____ him.

A.in; with

B.on; with

C.in; to

D.at; for [考查目标] 同定搭配中介词的选择。

[答案与解析] A

be slow in 意为“在„„方面反应迟钝”，be patient with 意为“对„„有耐心”。

4.end up with...以„„结束

(1) end up with + n.以„„结束

The party ended up with the singing of Auld Lang Syne.

(2) end up as...最后成为„He will end up as a president some day.

(3) end up + 地点状语最后(有„„结局) If you drive your car like that, you'll end (up) in hospital.5.“make + 名词”短语 ① make a noise 吵闹

② make faces 做鬼脸，做苦脸 ③ make room for 给„„腾出地方 ④ make the bed 整理床铺 ⑤ make phone calls 打电话 ⑥ make friends with 交朋友 ⑦ make money 赚钱

⑧ make use of 利用

⑨ make a decision 做出决定 ⑩ make a mistake 犯错误

[例句] The boy made a face at his teacher when she turned her back.老师转身时，男孩朝老师做了个鬼脸。

Working in the kitchen made the boy into a good cook.在厨房里干活使男孩成为一位优秀厨师。

They were moved out to a nearby hotel, to make room for more important persons.为了给更重要的人物腾出

地方，他们被搬到了附近的一家旅店。

【考例】 The idea puzzled me so much that I stopped for a few seconds to try to ____.(2003北京春招)

A.make it out

B.make it off

C.make it up

D.make it over [考查目标] 主要考查make短语。

[答案与解析] A make out意为“领悟、弄明白、发现真相” make off 意为“连忙跑掉”；make up 意为“弥补、打扮、组成”；make over 意为“转让、改造”。因为受到迷惑，所以应该是试图发现真相。 【考例】

-- When shall we start? -- Let's ____ it at 8:30.Is that all right? (2002北京)

A.set

B.meet

C.make

D.take [考查目标] 此题主要考查 make 短语。

[答案与解析] C make it“规定时间”为固定短语。本句话意思是“把出发的时间定在8点半”。set意思是“对时间”、“调时间”。 6.make fire点火

有以下fire (n.) 短语: be on fire 着火了(表示状态) / catch fire 燃着；着火(表示动作) / play with fire 玩火；干冒险的事 / Set sth.on fire = set fire to sth.放火烧„„ / make (a) fire 点火；生火 / start (cause) a fire引起火灾

[注意] fire作“火灾”“一堆火”解时，为可数名词。 7.a great / good many许多

(1) a great / good many + 名词复数，中间无“of”。A great many people have seen the film.(2) a great / good many + of + the / these / those / one's + 名词复数 A great many of the people have seen the film.8.make yourself at home 别拘束

(1) make yourself at home 别拘束(主人对客人说的委婉语) -- Good evening, Jim.-- Good evening, Mary.Come in and make yourself at home.

(2) (all) by oneself 独自(没有别人帮助) You can't poibly do it all by yourself.

(3) enjoy oneself = have a good time 玩得高兴 Please enjoy yourself while you're spending your holiday in Hawaii.

(4) for oneself 亲自; 为自己The student wants to think it for himself./ One should not live for oneself alone.

(5) of oneself 自动地The door closed of itself suddenly.

(6) be oneself 身体或情绪好 I am not myself today.

(7) help oneself to + n./ pron.随便„„ Please help yourself to the fish．

(8) in oneself 本身 This is not a bad idea in itself.

(9) come to oneself 苏醒The injured man came to him- self in five minutes.

(10) between ourselves 私下说的话 All this is between ourselves.

9.the majority of...大多数的„„

(1) a / the majority of + 名词复数，作主语时，谓语动词多用复数。the majority 单独作主语，谓语动词用单数或复数形式均可。The majority of people seem to prefer watching games to playing games./ The majority were (was) in favour of the proposal.

(2) by a majority of + 数字，以超过„„票的多数She won the election by a majority of 900 votes.10.treat „ as „把„看做„ The kind lady treated me as her own daughter.【比较】表示“认为”的短语还有：

regard…as…

consider…(as)…

think of…as…

look on / upon…as…

take…for…

[注意] 在consider„as„短语中as可省略，其他短语中不可。

[牛刀小试2] 1.If you are ____ about Australian cities, just read the book written by Dr.Johnson.A.interested

B.anxious

C.upset

D.curious 2.Her son, ____ whom she was so ____, went abroad 10 years ago.A.of; loved

B.for; cared C.to; devoted

D.on; affected 3.In order to continue to learn by ourselves when we have left school, we must ____ learn how to study in the school now.

A.in all

B.after all

C.above all

D.at all 4.-- I am sorry I didn't do a good job.

-- Never mind.____, you have tried your best.

A.Above all

B.In all

C.At all

D.After all 5.Since we can't find a bigger apartment, we'll have to ____ what we have.A.hope for the best

B.make room for C.make the best of

D.lay our hope on (DCCDC) 【句型归纳】

1.I don't enjoy singing, nor do I like computers.我不喜欢唱歌，也不喜欢电脑。/ Rock music is OK, and so is skiing.摇滚音乐还可以，滑雪也行。

这两句中nor与so用于倒装结构。例如：I don't know, nor do I care.我不知道，也不关心。so的常见句型有：

(1) so + be / 助动词 / 情态动词 + 主语 (意为“主语也„„” ) (2) neither / nor + be / 助动词 / 情态动词 + 主语(意为“主语也不„„” ) (3) so it is / was with sb / sth和so it is / was the same with sb / sth (意为“主语也„„” ) (用在前文有两个或以上的从句，而且分句有不同的谓语或既有肯定又有否定以及既有系动词义有行为动词的情况) (4) so + 主语 + be / 助动词 / 情态动词 (意为“主讲确实如此”)，表示进一步肯定。 (5) 主语 + did + so (意为“主语按照吩咐做了”)。

【考例】 Mary never does any reading in the evening, ____.(2005全国 III) A.so does John

B.John does too C.John doesn't too

D.nor does John [考查目标] nor表示“也不”引导的倒装结构。

[答案与解析] D 由never可以判断该句为否定句。空格处句意为“约翰也没读书”。nor, so, neither可引起倒装句。

2.Chuck is a busineman who is always so busy that he has little time for his friends.查克是个生意人，他总是那么忙，几乎没有时间和朋友在一起。

该句中so...that...和such...that...都能连接结果状讲从句，但要注意词序不同。例如：Joan is such a lonely girl that all of us like her.= She is so lovely a girl that we all like her.常见句型：

(1) such + a / an + 形容词 + 单数可数名词 + that clause (2) such + 形容词 + 复数可数名词 + that clause (3) such + 形容词 + 不可数名词 + that clause (4) so + 形容词 + a / an + 单数可数名词 + that clause (5) so + 形容词 / 副词 + that clause (6) so + many / few + 复数可数名词 + that clause (7) so + much / little + 不可数名词 + that clause 注意：①当little不表示数量“少”而表示“小”的意思时，仍然要用such。②当so + adj./ adv.或 such + n.位于句首时，主句需要倒装。

【考例】 So difficult ____ it to live in an English-speaking country that I determined to learn English.(2001上海) A.I have felt

B.have I felt

C.I did feel

D.did I feel [考查目标] so + adj.位于句首时，主句倒装。

[答案与解析] D A、C语序不对，排除。B时态不对。

3.One day Chuck is on a flight acro the Pacific Ocean when suddenly his plane crashes.一天，查克在飞越太平洋时．他的飞机突然坠毁了。 该句中的“when”表示“正在这时”，相当于and just或and at that time.这时不能用while / as 替换。

常见句型：(1) be about to do sth when...(2) be doing sth when...(3) be on the point of doing sth when...【考例】We were swimming in the lake ____ suddenly the storm started.(2004北京春招) A.when

B.while

C.until

D.before [考查目标] "when" 作连词，表示“正在这时”。

[答案与解析] A 意为“我正在湖中游泳，突然暴风雨来了。”只有when才能用于这种句型。 4.He has to learn how to collect water, hunt for food, and make fire.他不得不学会收集淡水．寻找食物，生火什么的。

该句中的“how I to collect...”为动词不定式短语作宾语。例如：We must decide which one to buy.疑问词which, what, how, when, where等与小定式构成不定式短语。

【考例】 I've worked with children before, so I knew what ____ in my new job. (NMET 2000) A.expected B.to expect C.to be expecting D.expects [考查目标] what to do sth 不定式短语作宾语。 [答案与解析] B 该句需要填非谓语动词。排除A、D。句意为“以前我与孩子在一块儿工作过。因此我知道我的新工作需要什么。”C不表示进行，排除C。

5.In order to survive, Chuck developed a friendship with an unusual friend — a volleyball he called Wilson.为了生存下去，查克和一位不寻常的朋友--“排球”建立了友谊，查克叫他威尔森。

1.该句中的"in order to"，意思为“为了，以便”，作目的状语。在句子中作同的状语的常见句型有五种结构：to do sth / in order to do sth / so as to do sth / in order that clause / so that clause 注意：(1) so as to do sth 不能位于句首。(2) 如果主句与从句的主语一致时，四个结构可以相互转换。(3) 在in order that / so that 引导的从句中，谓语动词常与can, could, may, might 等情态动词连用。

【考例】(2005北京) I'd like to arrive 20 minutes early ____ I can have time for a cup of tea.

A.as soon as B.as a result

C.in case D.so that [考查目标] 目的状语。

[答案与解析]D as soon as “一„就„”；as a result“结果是”；in case “万一”；so that“以便，为的是”。句意：“我想提前二十分钟到以便有时间喝杯茶”。 2.该句子中 volleyball 是作同位语。例如：He advised farmers to choose the best seed-heads, the ones that had the best color.注意：这种同位语(不是同位语从句)与非限制性定语从句的区别。

【考例】(NMET 2002) Meeting my uncle after these years was an unforgotten moment, ____ I will always treasure.

A.that

B.one

C.it

D.what [考查目标] one作同位语，指代a moment。

[答案与解析] B that不能引导非限制性定语从句，排除A；if不能作同位语，排除C；what既不能引导非限制定语从句，也不能作同位语。可以填which，这样就成了非限制性定语从句。

6.For a long time the language in America stayed the same, while the language in England changed.长期以来，美国英语保持不变，但英国英语变化了。 1.该句中的“while"用作并列连词．表示前后对比，意为“然而”。“while"充当连词，还能引导时间状语从句。意为“during the time that„”；引导让步状语从句，意为“although„”。 2.该句中的 "stay" 为系动词。后接表语 (the same)。除了stay外，常见的系动词还有: become, get, turn, grow, go, come, run, fall, keep, stay, remain。

【考例】(NMET 2003) Why don't you put the meat in the fridge? It will ____ fresh for several days.

A.be stayed

B.stay C.be staying

D.have stayed [考查目标] 系动词的用法。

[答案与解析] B 系动词没有被动语态，一般不用进行

时态，排除A、C；句意不是表示完成，排除D。系动词表示状态。 7.for the first time 第一次

(1) for the first time 第一次，后面不加从句，在句中作状语 They came to Beijing for the first time.(2) the first time 名词短语，在从句中充当连词，后接时间状语从句，不接that，when等连词。有同样用法的短语还有：every time; next time; the last time They liked Beijing the first time they went there.(3) It's / This is the first time that + 从句(用现在完成时)这是„„的第一次 It's the first time that I have ever been abroad at all.8.What is it that...? 是什么„„? 强调句的用法：

(1) 结构：It is / It was (过去时间) + 被强调部分 + that / who (专指人) + 其他部分

(2) 用法：除了谓语动词不能强调，句子的每部分均可强调。

Jim met the student in the street last week.主语宾语地点状语时间状语

强调主语：It was Jim who / that met the student in the street last week.强调宾语：It was the student whom / that Jim met in the street last week.强调地点状语：It was in the street that Jim met the student last week.强调时间状语：It was last week that Jim met the student in the street.(3) 注意点：

一般疑问句的强调句：

Was it Dr Wang who spoke to you just now? 特殊疑问句的强凋句：

Who is it that will visit our cla?

Where is it that he has gone?

When was it that she went?

not „ until „用于强调句：

It was not until then that I realized I was wrong.[牛刀小试3] 1.-- I would never ever come to this restaurant again.The food is terrible!

-- ____.(2004广西) A.Nor am I

B.Neither would I

C.Same with me

D.So do I

2.We can't imagine ____ little mice can eat up ____ many crops every year.A.so; so

B.such; so C.such; such D.so; so 3.Jasmine was holidaying with her family in a wildlife park ____ she was bitten on the leg by a lion.A.when

B.while

C.since

D.once 4.It is said in Australia there is more land than the govern- ment knows ____.(NMET 2002) A.it what to do with

B.what to do it with C.what to do with it

D.to do what with it

5.Roses need special care ___they can live through winter. (2004 天津) A.because B.so that C.even if

D.as (BBACB) 【交际速成】

1.Talking about likes and dislikes.谈论喜欢和不喜欢 -- I enjoy Chinese food very much.-- ____.(03东北三校) A.Please taste quickly

B.Have more, please C.Help yourself

D.Eat slowly while it is hot [答案与解析]C本题主要考查具体语境下“对事物喜好”的表达及应答。A项不礼貌，B、D两项属汉语习惯，C项符合此时英语语境。

【归纳】英语中常见表达喜欢和不喜欢态度的用语有： (1) This book is very interesting.(2) I like / love the movie (very much). (3)I like / love to play computer games.(4) I like taking photos.

(5) I enjoy listening to music.

(6) I'm interested in science.My hobbies / interests are...(7) He is fond of music.(8) This song is bad / awful.

(9) I don't like the movie very much / at all.(10)I don't enjoy collecting stamps.(11)I hate to do homework.I hate dancing, (12)I'm not into claic music.

(13)I think that claic music is terrible / boring.2.Making apologies 道歉

-- I'm sorry I'm calling you so late.-- ____ Okay.(2003北京春招) A.This is

B.You're

C.That's

D.I'm [答案与解析] C 本题主要考查英语中道歉及应答用语。A、B、D三项不符合交际英语的习惯，故C项正确。

【归纳】英语中常见道歉用语有：

(1) I'm very sorry.I didn't mean to (hurt your feelings).(2) I'm terribly sorry about that.(3) I'm afraid I've brought you too much trouble.(4) Please excuse me coming late.(5) Please forgive me.(6) Excuse me, please.(7) I beg your pardon.应答表达有： (1) That's / It's all right.(2) That's / It's OK.(3) Never mind.(4) It doesn't matter.(5) It's nothing.(6) Forget it.(7) Don't worry about that.(8) Don't mention it.

3.Talking about language difficulties in communication 谈论语言交际困难 -- I'm sorry.I can't catch you.____ -- OK, it's B—L—A—C—K.

A.Would you please walk slowly?

B.I don't understand you．

C.What's the meaning of this word?

D.Would you please repeat it more slowly? [答案与解析] D本题主要考查语言交际困难的功能意念。catch 在整个语境中是“听见，听清”的意思，A项错误理解了catch 在此处的意思，B、C两项语义不连贯，故正确答案是D。 【归纳】英语中常见的谈论语言交际困难的用语有： (1) Pardon? / I beg your pardon.(2) Sorry, I can't follow you.

(3) Can you speak more slowly, please? (4 )How do you say...in English.'? (5) I don't know how to say that in English.(6) I don't know the word in English.(7) How do you spell it, please? (8) I'm sorry I only know a little English.

(9) Could you repeat that, please? Could you say that again, please? (10) What do you mean by killing time? [牛刀小试4] 1.-- ____ I didn't hear you clearly.It's too noisy here.-- I was saying that the party was great.A.Repeat.

B.Once again.C.Sorry?

D.So what? 2.-- Do you like a house with no garden? -- ____.But anyhow, it's better to have one than none.A.Not a bit

B.Not a little C.Not really

D.Not specially 3.-- I'm sorry for stepping on your foot? -- ____.A.It's OK

B.You are welcome C.It's your fault

D.Never you mind 4.-- What you said at the meeting hurt me badly! -- Sorry.But ____.A.I didn't mean it

B.I didn't mean to C.I don't mean it

D.I don't mean to 5.-- You seem to show interest in cooking.-- ____? On the contrary, I'm tired of it.A.Really

B.Pardon

C.OK

D.What (CCABD) 【精典题例】

1.-- David has made great progre recently.-- ____, and ____.

A.So he has; so have you

B.So has he; so have you

C.So he has; so you have

D.So has he; so you have 【解析】选A 答句中的he指David，不倒装。“So have you”意为“你也一样(取得了进步)”。 2.Little ____ what others think.

A.does he care about

B.care he about C.about he eared

D.about cared he 【解析】选A little为否定副词，置于句首时，句子使用部分倒装。

3.At school, what he enjoys ____ football.

A.playing B.to play C.is playing D.played 【解析】选C what he enjoys为主语从句，谓语动词为be，表语为playing football。不要误以为playing是enjoy的宾语而误选A。

4.At the ____news, all the women present burst out crying.A.unexpecting

B.disappointing

C.disappointed

D.interesting 【解析】选B联系语境，所有在场的妇女都哭了，因此为disappointing"令人失望的(消息)”。 5.He was about to tell me the secret ____ someone patted him on the shoulder.A.as

B.until

C.while

D.when 【解析】选D "when"表示“就在这时，突然”。 6.The wolf said in a ____ voice and the scholar felt ____.A.frightening; frightened

B.frightened; frightened C.frightened; frightening

D.frightening; frightening 【解析】选A frightening“令人害怕”；frightened“感 到害怕”。

7.In our ____ life, English is ____ used.A.everyday; wide

B.everyday; widely C.every day; wide

D.every day; widely 【解析】选B everyday“日常的，每天的”；widely“广泛地”。 8.-- Hello, Mary.I've got a girlfriend. -- What's she like? -- ____.A.I don't know

B.She's like her mother, not father C.She likes music D.Not had! Quite pretty 【解析】选D表外表给人的印象。

9.The fire ____ for half an hour before the fire fighters arrived.A.had put out

B.was put out C.had been out

D.had broken out 【解析】选C be out"火熄灭”，表示状态。

10.It has been suggested that the land ____ equally among the peasants.A.be shared

B.should be spared C.saved

D.be spent

【解析】选A suggest后用虚拟语气。be shared前可 省略should。

11.She took ____ in physics and read ____ on the subject.A.interest; as books many as she could B.an interest; as many books as she could C.interested; as many books as she can D.interests; as books as she could 【解析】选B根据短语搭配和时态一致可知。 12.-- How's the young man? -- ____.A.He's twenty

B.He's a doctor C.He is much better

D.He's David 【解析】选C how is sb.“某人身体如何”。

13.Let Harry play with your toys as well.Clare, you must learn to ____.A.support

B.care

C.spare

D.share 【解析】选D share“分享”；support“支持”；care“在意”；spare“抽出(时间)。节余”。 14.The new dre looks wonderful on you ____ the collar.A.besides B.except C.beside D.except for 【解析】选D“美中不足的是领子”，表示部分修正。 15.-- What about your clamate, Susan? -- Our teacher ____ her a good and clever student.A.regards

B.believes C.suggests

D.considers 【解析】选D consider as„“认为„„是„„”，as可省略。

高一英语各单元知识点总结及重难点解析Unit3-4 ☆重点句型☆

1.Instead of spending your vacation on a bus, ...you may want to try hiking.Instead和instead 0f的用法

2.Say "Hi" / "Hello" / "Thanks" to sb.(for me) 问候的句型 3.Is anybody seeing you off? 进行时表将来

4.She struggled and struggled, and could not get on her feet.(= keep struggling)

5.You should not go rafting unle you know...unle引导条件状语从句，相当于if...not 6.By staying at..., tourists can help the villagers make money so that they can take care of the fiver and the birds.目的状语从句

7.She was so surprised that she couldn't move.结果状语从句 8.Tree after tree went down, cut down by water.过去分词作状语

9.The next moment, the first wave swept her down, swallowing the garden.现在分词作状语 10.However, before she could think twice, the water was upon her.It didn't take long before the building was destroyed.

before的用法 ☆重点词汇☆

1.means n.方法；途径 2.experience n.经验 3.equipment n.设备 4.succeful adj.成功的 5.protect v.保护 6.handle v.处理 7.consider v.考虑 8.benefit n.利益 9.particular adj.特别的 10.effect n.效果 11.combine v.合并

12.unforgettable adj.不会忘记的 13.advance v.前进 14.seize v.抓住 15.struggle v.奋斗 16.fear v.& n.害怕 17.strike v.敲打 18.destroy v.毁掉 19.publish v.出版

20.naughty adj.调皮的 ☆重点短语☆

1.get away from 逃离

2.watch / look out 注意，当心

3.go for a hike / go hiking 去徒步旅游 4.as with 正如„„一样 5.see off 为某人送行

6.on the other hand 在另一方面 7.take care of 照顾

8.get close / near to 接近，凑近9.tree after tree 一棵又一棵的树 10.as wall as 也，和„„一样(好) 11.protect„from 保护„„不受„„的伤害 12.be surprised at 因„„而吃惊

13.be caught / trapped / struck in 被„„困住 14.take place 发生

15.go through 通过，经过；经历(痛苦的事) 16.be upon 临近，逼近17.hold on to 紧紧抓住

18.refer to 提到，说到；查询(信息) 19.look into 注视„„的内部；检查，调查 20.for fear of (doing) sth.惟恐„„ ☆短语闯关☆

下列短语都是这两个单元学过的重要短语，请你根据汉语在横线上填入一个正确的词，每个词4分，80分才能过关，你一定能过关．做好了闯关的准备吗?那么我们就开始吧? l.get ____ from 逃离

away

2.watch ____ 注意，当心 out 3.protect sb / sth ____ 保护／保卫某人(某事物) from 4.see sb ____ 到火车站、飞机场等某处为某人送行 off 5.on the other ____ 另一方面 hand 6.as ____ as也，还，而且 well 7.____ place发生，产生 take 8.____ fire失火 on 9.pull sb ____ 把„„往上拽 up 10.get ____ one's feet站立起来；站起身来 on 11.go ____ 通过，经受。仔细检查 through 12.____ holiday在度假 on 13.travel ____ 旅行社代理人 agent 14.be ____ 逼近，临近upon 15.____ exercise 进行体育锻炼 take 16.____ "Hi" to sb for / from sb 代某人向某人问候 say 17.come ____ with提出 up 18.go ____ a hike 去远足 for 19.be caught ____ 受困于„„，陷于„„ in 20.____ a second 马上，一会儿 in 21.look ____ 往„„里面看，调查 into 22.refer ____ 提到．涉及；参考 to 23.hold ____ 抓住，握住 onto 24.sweep ____ 冲走，刮走 away 25.sweep ____ 冲倒，吹倒 down ☆交际用语☆

1.Where would you prefer going...? 2.How would you like to go to...? 3.Have a nice / pleasant trip ! 4.Well, I must be off.5.It's all right． 6.I'm afraid.7.Come on ! 8.It scares me.9.Don't worry.10.First..., next..., then..., finally...☆单词聚焦☆ 1.advance的用法

▲构词：advanced adj.高等的．先进的，高深的 ▲搭配：

① in advance 在前头，预先，事先

② in advance of 在„„前面；比„„进步；超过

③ on the advance (物价)在上涨

【考例】It is said that Mi White had some difficulty in studying the ____ maths.A.improved B.developed C.advanced D.increased [考查目标] 本题考查形容词advanced与近义词的区别。

[答案与解析]C “高等数学”的英译是advanced maths，advanced意思是“先进的。高级的”。

2.before 的特殊用法

(1) He had run out of the room before I could stop him.我还没来得及拦住他，他就跑出了屋子。

(2) Three weeks went by before We knew it.三周过去了，我们才意识到。(或：时间不知不觉已过三周了。)

(3) It wasn't / didn't take long before he returned.他没过多久就回来了。

It won't be long before we graduate.不要过多久我们就要毕业了。 3.chance的用法

▲搭配：

① by any chance 万一，碰巧，或许 ② by chance 偶然，意外地 ③ take a / one's chance 冒一冒险，碰碰运气，利用一下机会

【考例6】 (2005南京模拟)Most of the ___are in seasonal work, mainly connected with tourism and agriculture.

A.work

B.luck

C.chances

D.services [考查目标] chance的词义。

[答案与解析] C

chance在本句的词义是“机会”。 4.consider v.

(1) 考虑

A) consider + n./ doing

I consider going abroad.

B) consider + 疑问词 + to do

You have to consider what to do next.

(2) 认为

A) consider + n.(+as / to be) + n./ adj.

I consider Mary as / to be my best friend.

They considered Paris the brain and heart of the country.

B) consider + n.+ to have done

I consider him to have acted disgracefully.

除了consider„as„表认为外，还有regard„as „，look on„as„，take„as„，think of„as„ 5.cost的用法

▲构词：costly adj.昂贵的，贵重的 ▲搭配：

① cost sb.sth.花费某人(多少钱)；让某人付出(代价)／牺牲„„ ② at all costs 不惜任何代价．无论如何 ③ at any cost 不惜任何代价，无论如何 ④ at cost (price) 按成本价格，按原价

⑤ at the cost of 以„„为代价，用„„换来的；丧失；牺牲

【考例】They wondered how much this kind of car would ____ them.

A.pay

B.spend

C.cost

D.waste [考查目标] 本题考查cost和它的几个近义词的区别。 [答案与解析] C cost的意思是“耗费”，主语是指物的 名词．而pay和spend等的主语是指人的名词。 6.effect n.效果；作用

have an effect on sth.

His words had a great pushing effect on his students.

(1) be of no effect 无效

(2) come into effect 开始生效；开始实行

[比较] affect vt.影响 The climate affected the amount of the rainfall.7.experience的用法

▲构词: experienced adj.有经验的，熟练的 ▲搭配: ① by experience 凭经验；从经验中 ② from experience 凭经验；从经验中 ③ gain experience in„获得„„经验

④ be experienced in„某方面有经验

▲友情提示: experience这个词作为可数名词用时，解释为“经历”，作为不可数名词用时解释为“经验”。

【考例】 (2005山西模拟) ____teaches that he was right.Good friendship is just not easily formed.

A.Knowledge B.Teachers C.Experience D.Parents [考查目标] experience的意思。

[答案与解析] C

experience常为不可数名词，意思是“经验”。 8.fear n.& vt.

(1) n.恐惧 (多作不可数名词)

His face was growing pale with fear.忧虑；担心的事(可数)

There is no reason for your fears.

for fear of 由于怕„„，以防

He left an hour earlier for fear of miing his train.

for fear (that) 惟恐；怕的是；以防

She worried for fear that the child would be hurt.

in fear of 害怕；担心

The thief was in fear of the police.

(2) v.恐惧；害怕，接 n./ pron.

Cats fear big dogs.恐惧；害怕，接to do

Don't fear to tell the truth.恐怕；担心，接从句

She feared that she might not find him in his room.▲构词：fearful adj.可怕的，严重的；惧怕的，胆怯的；担心的，忧虑的 fearle adj.不怕的，大胆的，勇敢的，无畏的 ▲搭配：

① be in fear (of) (为„„而)提心吊胆

② for fear of 因为怕；以免，怕的是

③ for fear that-clause 生怕；为了防止(某事发生) ④ have a fear that-clause 担心／怕(发生某事) ⑤ with fear 吓得，怕得

⑥ fear (vi.) for...担心／忧虑„„

【考例】(2004江苏)He got to the station early, ____ miing his train.

A.in case of

B.instead of

C.for fear of

D.in search [考查目标] fear构成的短语的用法和意思。

[答案与解析]C

for fear of 常在句中作状语，意思是“怕的是„„。担心„„”。 9.fun n.高兴；乐趣；有趣的人或事

(1) for fun 为了高兴；为着好玩

I only did it for fun.

(2) make fun of 开„„的玩笑；取笑

It is wrong to make fun of a cripple.

[比较]

(1) laugh at 笑(某人)；嘲笑

It's unkind to laugh at a person who is in trouble.

(2) play a joke on 开(某人的)玩笑 10.means n.手段；办法

(1) by means of 用„„；依靠„„

The water may be carried by means of a pipe.

(2) by all means 一定；务必；(表示同意)当然可以，没问题：务必，无论如何，千方百计地

Try by all / every means to persuade him to come.

(3) by no means 完全不是；一点也不；决不

This is by no means the first time you have been late.还有： by this means 用这种方法； by any means 用一切可能的方法或手段 【考例】(MET 1991)Students sometimes support them- selves by ____ of evening job.

A.ways

B.offers

C.means

D．helps [考查目标] by means of 短语的意思。

[答案与解析] C by means of 的意思是“通过某种手段”。 11.normal adj.正常的；正规的 the normal temperature, normal behavior

(1) regular 规则的；有规律的

keep regular hours 生活有规律；按时作息

(2) common普通的；常见的

Tom is a common name in Britain.共有的；共同的

have a common interest 有着共同爱好

(3) usual 惯常的；惯例的

It's usual with him to go to the office on foot.

(4) ordinary平凡的；普通的

in ordinary dre 12.once的用法 ▲搭配：

① all at once 突然；同时 ② at once 立刻，马上；同时

③ (every) once in a while 偶尔，有时，间或

④ for this once (= for once，just for once) 就这一次；破例一回 ⑤ more than once 不止一次，多次 ⑥ not once 一次也不 ⑦ once again / more再一次

⑧once and again一再，再三

⑨ once or twice 一两次；有时，偶尔 ⑩ once too often又(多了)一次 ? once upon a time从前

【考例】(2004上海) ____ we have learned something, additional learning increases the length of time we will remember it.

A.Before

B.Once

C.Until

D.Unle [考查目标] 连词once的用法和词义。

[答案与解析] B once在作连词使用时意思是“一旦”。 13.prefer v.宁愿；更喜欢

(1) prefer + n./ pron.

The boy preferred a detective story.

(2) prefer + v.-ing

Do you prefer living abroad?

(3) prefer + to do

She prefers to live among the working people.

(4) prefer sb.to do sth.

She preferred him to stay at home.

(5) prefer + n./ pron./ doing + to + n./ pron./ doing 喜欢„„而不喜欢

I prefer the town to the country./ While he was in the office he preferred doing something to doing nothing.

(6) prefer to do...rather than do = would rather do ...than do...宁愿„„而不愿 I prefer to walk there rather than go by bus.

(7) prefer + 从句(谓语动词用should do，should可省略) She preferred that he should do it in the kitchen.14.protect的用法

▲构词：protection n.保护(者/物)，防御

▲搭配：protect sb from / against 防止„„遭受„„；使„„免于，保护„„使不受 【考例】 (MET 1992) Clarke was greatly admired at the club for the succeful ____.

A.self-satisfaction

B.self-protection

C.self-respect

D.self-service [考查目标] protect及其派生词的词义。

[答案与解析]B self-protection是名词，意思是“自我保护”。 15.separate的用法

▲构词：separation n.[U]分开，分离

▲搭配：

① separate A from B 把A和B分开

② A is separated from B by„ A和B为„„所分开／阻隔 ③ separate sth (up) into„把„„分成(几分) ▲辨析：separate; divide; part 都含“分开”的意思。

separate 指“把原来在一起的人或物分开”。例如: Separate those two boys who are fighting, will you? (你)把那两个打架的孩子拉开，好吗? divide 指“施加外力或自然地把某人或某物由整体分成若干部分”。 part指“把密切相关的人或物分开”，还有“分手”之意。 【考例】(NMET 2001)As we joined the big crowd I got ____ from my friends.

A.separated

B.spared

C.lost

D.mied [考查目标] 动词separate的词义。

[答案与解析] A separated和get搭配有被动意义，表 示“被隔开；被分隔”。 [牛刀小试1] 用所给单词的适当形式填空：

(advance, means, cost, protect, fear, separate) 1.The teacher improved the students' English by ____ of dictation and recitation.(means) 2.All the goods ___me almost half a million dollars.(cost) 3.We must ____ the wild animals from the hunting.(protect) 4.Every baby should be ____ after he is horn.(separated) 5.None of them ____ death when the enemy came into the village.(feared) 6.There are too many people, so you should have bought a ticket in ____.(advance) ☆词语比较☆

1.wear, put on, have on, dre, be in, try on

(1) wear v.穿着；戴；蓄须(发)；磨损；(脸容)呈现，显出 He is wearing an overcoat today.

* wear out (把) 穿破；(把) 用坏；(使) 疲乏；(使) 耗尽I have worn out my shoes./ My patience wore (was worn) out.

(2) put on 穿上；戴上(侧重穿着的动作)

Put on your sweater, otherwise you will feel cold.

(3) dre vt.给„„穿衣服

n.衣服；连衣裙

dre sb.(in sth.) 或 be dreed (in sth.) 注意：穿的衣服接在in之后。Mother dreed her baby and then they went downstairs.

(4) have on 表示穿着的状态，注意不能用进行时。

At the Spring Festival, all children have on new clothes.

(5) be in表示穿着的状态 There was a girl in red.

(6) try on 试穿

Mother was trying on a new dre.2.strike, hit, beat

(1) hit vt.①打；敲；击；击中；射中 He hit a ball over the fence./ The stone hit him on the head.②使„„受到打击 The bad news hit every one hard.

(2) beat vt.&vi.①连续有节奏地打；敲

The rain heat against the window.② (心)跳动 His heart had stopped beating.③ (鸟翼) 扑动

The bird beat its wings rapidly as it flew on.④打败；打赢；取胜

Our champion can beat all runners in the country.

(3) strike vt.&vi.①打；敲；击；砍；打中；击中

He struck me with his fist.

The house was struck by lightning.②发起进攻；袭击

He moved away as the animal struck.③撞；触(礁)

His head struck the table as he fell.④擦(火柴)

I struck a match and held it to his cigarette.⑤ (某种想法) 忽然出现；忽然想起，相当于occur to。

A happy thought struck her.⑥给人深刻印象(常用于被动语态)

I was struck by her beauty.

⑦罢工

They are striking for higher pay.

⑧ (钟)敲(响) We waited for the clock to strike six.3.complete, finish complete 可作形容词，表示“彻底的；全面的”。 complete与finish表示“完成”时的区别。

(1) complete 作及物动词，只接 n.或 pron.，常用于完成预定的任务，工程建设等The railway is not completed yet.(2) finish vi./ vt.指完成，结束一件事情；可接 n.或doing。如：finish one's homework / middle school / writing the book ☆短语归纳☆

1.cut down

(1) 砍倒 If you cut down all the trees you will rain the land.

(2) 减少；削减 I have decided to cut down my smoking.2.含get的短语

① get back 回来，恢复，送回

② get off下来，动身，起飞③ get up 起床，站起来 ④ get on 上(车) ⑤ get on / along with 与某人相处．某事的进展 ⑥ get together 聚首，碰头⑦ get away from 逃离 ⑧ get on one's feet 站起来⑨ get down 下来 ⑩ get on well with 与„„相处融洽

? get married 结婚

? get to 到达 ? get through 通过，接通

? get down to 开始着手做某事

? get acro (使)通过

? get(a)round 传开，说服

? get in 进入。收获

? get out 出去，逃脱

[例句]How are you getting along with your busine? 生意进展如何? / If you take Mary out for a drive you must promise to get her back for her music leon.如果你带玛丽去兜风的话，你必须答应带她回来上音乐课。/ I can't get my boots off, for they are too tight.我脱不掉靴子，它太紧了。/ We all try to get together at least once a year at Christmas time.在圣诞期间我们尽量一年至少聚会一次。/ When one has busine on hand it is hard to get away from home.如果一个人手头有事，离开家很难。

【考例】(2004辽宁) The final examination is coming up soon.It's time for us to ____ our studies．

A.get down to B.get out C.get back for D.get over [考查目标] 此题主要考查get短语。

[答案与解析]A get down to 意为“开始着手做某事”；get out 意为“离开，摆脱”；get back for 意为“回去拿”；get over意为“克服，渡过”。本句话意思是：期末考试就要到了，我们该开始学习了。

【考例】(NMET 1993)Readers can ____ quite well without knowing the exact meaning of each word.

A.get over B.get in C.get along D.get through [考查目标]此题主要考查get短语。 [答案与解析]C

get over 意为“痊愈，克服”；get in 意为“插话”；get along 意为“进展．继续”；gel through 意为“接通。办完”。本句话意思是：读者不必准确知道每个词的意思就能继续下去。 3.get away (from)

(1) 摆脱 Ways must be found to get away from poverty.

(2)走开；离开 She didn't get away until nine last night.

(3)逃走，使离开The bank robbers used a stolen car to get away.

(4)拿走 Get all thee party dishes away! 4.get close to

(1) close adj.靠近；接近

The church is close to the shops.亲密；密切

Are you a close friend of theirs?

(2) close adv.靠近；接近

He was standing close to the door.

(3) close v.关上；关闭(不开发)；结束

She closed her eyes./ Her eyes closed.(闭上)

(4 ) closely adv.紧密地；仔细地；密切地

He got closely in touch with the magazines of today.

The little baby was closely looked after by her.[比较]

(1) close 与 closely 作副词时，close含具体之意，closely 含抽象之意。

(2) 类似的词组有 high (高) -- highly (高度地)，deep (深深地) -- deeply (深入地)，wide (很开，宽) -- widely (广泛地)，low (低的)-- lowly (低贱的) (作形容词) 5.hand in 交上去(给老师或上级)；交来(hand v.)

Each student has to hand in a composition once a week. [比较]

(1) hand down 传下来；传给 Our father handed down these customs to us.

(2) hand on„to„传给，传递They will hand the photograph to those who have not seen it.

(3) hand out 发给大家；散发 The teacher handed out the books at the beginning of the leon．

6.instead of 代替„„

(1) instead of + n./ pron.

Give me the red one instead 0f the green one.

(2) instead of + doing

We walked down the stairs instead of taking the elevator.

(3) instead of + 介词短语

He studies in the evening instead of during the day.

[比较]

(1) instead adv.作为替代 („„而)，代替 If Harry is not well enough to go with you, take me instead.

(2) rather than 而不是，与其„„宁愿 He ran rather than walked.

(3) in place of 代替，„„而不用The Chinese use chopsticks in place of knives and forks.7.含take的短语 ① take a picture 照相，拍照

② take a taxi / bus, etc.打的(坐公交车等) ③ take away 拿走，夺取，使离去 ④ take care of 小心，照料，保管 ⑤ take off 脱，去掉，取消，起飞

⑥ take out 拿出，带„„出去

⑦ take one's place 就坐，坐某人的座位，代替某人的位置 ⑧ take place 发生，产生 ⑨ take exercise 做运动 ⑩ take a seat 坐下 ? take turns 轮流

? take an active part in 积极参加 ? take a meage 捎口信 ? take on 从事，呈现 ? take the place of 取代，代替 ? take apart 拆开 ? take down 拿下，记下 ? take...for...误认为„„ ? take in 吸收，接纳

? take up 拿起．从事．占据

[例句] Father was convinced that Peter was unhappy at boarding school, and made arrangements to take him away.父亲确信彼得在寄宿学校不开心，决定把他带走。/ Will you lake care of buying the wine for tonight's party? 你负责为今晚的晚会买酒水好吗? / The boys got into the car and took off for the drug store.男孩们进到车里，开车去了药店。/ He took my place in the queue so that I could go and get something to eat.他替我排好了队，以便我能够回 去弄点儿吃的。 8.used to

(1) used to do sth.过去常常„„(现在已不如此)

We used to grow beautiful roses.注意：否定句和疑问句有两种 You usedn’t to make that mistake.

She didn't use(d) to do it, did she?

You used to smoke a pipe, didn't you? / use(d) n't you?

(2) be / get / become used to + n./ doing习惯于

I have always been used to hard work.

He got used to living in the country.

(3) be used to do 被用来做„„

This knife is used to cut bread.表示“过去常常„„”时，used to与would区别：

(1) would 只强调“过去常常„„”，used to 说明现在不是如此。

The old woman would sit there for hours doing nothing.

(2) would 只接行为动词，used to 可接行为动词和表状态的词。如：be, like, know, have。There used to be a temple at the foot of the mountain.9.watch out 当心；注意

You'll be cheated if you don't watch out.

(1) watch out for = look out for 提防；当心

You must always watch out for the traffic here!

(2) watch over 照看；看守；负责

The mother bird is watching over her young.10.含“动词 + out”短语

① come out 出来，出版，传出 ② go out 出去，熄灭，不时兴 ③ look out 当心，注意

④ take out 拿出，取出，带„„出去 ⑤ rush out 冲出去，匆忙大量生产 ⑥ try out 尝试，试验

⑦ watch out 小心

⑧ wear out 穿破，用坏，(使)疲乏，消磨 ⑨ find out 找出，查出

⑩ make out 填写，完成．设法应付 ? get out 出去，逃离，泄露，公布 ? pick out 看出，选出 ? think out 想出

? give out 发出，筋疲力尽 ? set out出发，陈述

[例句]Please go out and tell the children to make le noise.请出去告诉孩子们不要吵闹。/ These bicycles have been rushed out and not up to our usual standard.这些自行车匆忙大量生产，没有达到我们的正常标准。/ Watch out.The train is coming.小心，火车来了。/ Your will wear out your patience in time, my friend.朋友，最终我们会没有耐心的。

【考例】(2005湖北) This picture was taken a long time ago.I wonder if you can ____ my father.

A.find out

B.pick out

C.look out

D.speak out

[考查目标]此题主要考查out构成的短语意思区别。 [答案与解析]B pick out意为“挑选，辨别出”；find out意为“找出．发现”；look out意为“留神，注意”： speak out意为“大声说出”。 [牛刀小试2] 请根据句意，选用所给短语的适当形式填空：

(get away，take up，take on，think out，get down to) 1.-- Shall we set off right now? -- Sorry.I'm too busy to ____ for the moment.(get away) 2.The final examination is coming: you really must ____ your studies.(get down)

3.The manager doesn't have much free time as his work ____ nearly all his spare time.(takes up) 4.We also shared a number of qualities which we fell were in our favor when we ____ the task.(took on) 5.He might have ___his idea about the art exhibition much better, if he had planned what he wanted to say. (thought out) ☆句型归纳☆

1.You shouldn't go rafting unle you know how to swim, and you should always wear a life jacket.除非你会游泳，而且要一直穿着救生衣，否则就不应该去做漂流运动。 该句中的unle引导状语从句。例如：One can't learn a foreign language well unle he studies hard.unle引导的条件状语从句，一般可以与if...not...互换。还要注意unle引导的从句经常可以省略。

【考例】(200l北京春招)The men will have to wait all day ____ the doctor works faster.

A.if

B.unle

C.whether

D.that [考查目标]状语从句。

[答案与解析]B 句子意思是“如果医生不快点工作， 这些人将不得不等一整天。”应该选unle。

2.Eco-travel is a way to find out what can be done to help animals and plants as well as people.生态游可以找到既帮助别人．又帮助动植物的途径。

该句中的as well as是连词，连接两个并列成分。例如: He can speak German as well as French.常见的用法: 1.well是副词，意思是“好，优秀”，as well as是形容词同级比较结构。

2.as well as是固定短语，意思是“和”，相当于"not only „ but also..."。

3.as well as连接两个并列成分作主语时，句子的谓语动词应该与前面那个名词或代词的人称或数保持一致。

4.as well as还可当作复杂介词用，意思是“除了„„之外，还有”；相当于"besides，apart from"。 5.as well，是副词短语，意思是“也”，相当于“too / also”常位于句尾，与too位置相当。 6.may / might as well do sth 表示“还是„„的好”。

【考例】(NMET 1994) John plays football ____, if not better than David.A.as well

B.as well as

C.so well

D.so well as [考查目标] as well as连接比较状语从句。

[答案与解析]B 该句中 if not better than相当于插入语，起干扰作用，如果不予考虑，原句就变成了同级比较结构 "John plays football as well as David"。

3.Before she could move，she heard a loud noise.她还没有来得及动弹，就听见很响的声音。 However, before she could think twice, the water was upon her.但还没有回过身来，洪水便逼近了她。

该两句中的before用作连词，后接时间状语从句。before用作连词，接时间状语从句时，表示“在„„之前”。但在不同的语境中，往往有比较灵活的译法。例如: He knocked me down before he saw me.他差一点把我撞倒，才看到我。

【考例】(2005广东) The American Civil War lasted four years the North won in the end.

A.after

B.before

C.when

D.then [考查目标] 时间状语从句的引导词选择。

[答案与解析]B

before 表示“直到„„”。

4.Tree after tree went down, cut down by the water, which must have been three meters deep.洪水想必深达三米，树一棵接一棵地倒了，被洪水冲断了。

该句中的must have been表示推测。例如：You look so tired.You must have stayed up last night.情态动词may，might，most．can，could常用来表示推测。may，might，must多用在肯定句中，can，could多用在否定句和疑问句中。may，might，must，can，could后接动词原形表示对现在的推测；may，might，must，can，could后接have done。表示对过去的推测。例如：

You may be a profeor./ She must have met a fairy.【考例】(2005辽宁)This cake is very sweet.You ____ a lot of sugar in it.

A.should put

B.could have put

C.might put

D.must have put [考查目标] 情态动词表示推测。

[答案与解析] D 前文说蛋糕很甜，由此可知一定是糖 放多了。对于过去的动作的推测应使用have done的 结构，所以应在B、D之间做选择，又因为could have done表示本可以做而没有做，所以选择D。

5....she heard a loud noise，which grew to a terrible roar.„„她听见了很响的声音，接着就变成了可怕的隆隆轰鸣声。

该句中的which引导非限制性定语从句。例如：He bought some reference books, which were all about science.他买了许多的参考资料．都是有关理科的。

which 作为关系代词．既可以引导限制性定语从句，也可以引导非限制性定语从句。例如：The train which left for Beijing pulled in on time.前往北京的火车按时进站了。His dog, which was now very old, became ill and died.他的狗，现在老了，生病死了。

【考例】(2005浙江) Jim paed the driving test, ____ surprised everybody in the office.

A.which

B.that

C.this

D.it [考查目标]非限制性定语从句。

[答案与解析]A which引导非限制性定语从句。指代 前面整个句子。that不能引导非限制性定语从句。 ☆句型诠释☆

现在进行时的用法(is / am / are + doing) 1.表示现在(说话的瞬间)正在进行或发生的动作。 Look! The monkey is climbing the banana tree.2.表示当前一段时间内的活动或现阶段正在进行的动作。(说话时动作不一定正在进行。) We are preparing for the meeting to be held next Friday now.3.表示说话人现在对主语的行为表示赞叹、惊讶、厌恶等。(常与always, constantly, continually, all the time, forever 等副词连用)，表反复的动作。He is always think- ing of others.(表赞许) She is always asking the same question.(表厌恶) You are always changing your mind.(表抱怨) 4.表示在最近计划或安排要进行的动作。常用于go, come, leave, start, arrive, return, work, stay 等表移动、方向的动词。He is starting the work in a few minutes./ He is leaving for Beijing tomorrow morning. [注意]

1.不用进行时的词有:

(1) 系动词: feel, sound, smell, taste, look, appear, seem, remain, prove 等。 (2) 表结果的感官动词: see, notice, hear 等。

(3) 非延续性的动词，此动作开始即是结束：enter, accept, receive等。

(4) 表心理状态，存在状态，拥有的动词：love, like, hate, care, dislike, respect, prefer, know, understand, forget, remember, believe, want, wish, hope, mind, agree, belong to, depend on, own, have等。

2.用进行时的特殊词有系动词get, turn, grow, become, go, come, fall 等表由一种状态转入另一种状态时，用进行时表示渐近。Today, many rivers that were polluted are getting cleaner and cleaner.当今，许多过去遭污染的河流又变得越来越清澈了。 [比较] 现在进行时表将来的用法与一般将来时的区别： (1) 现在进行时表近期的，事先已经计划安排好的 -- How are you getting to the airport? -- By taxi.Bob is coming with me to the airport.(2) will do 和 shall do ①表客观将来。shall用于第一人称，will用于第

一、

二、三人称。I will / shall finish middle school next month.②表有科学根据的预测。The weather report says it will rain tomorrow.③表客观必然。Man will make mistakes.(3) be going to ①表现在打算在近期或将来要做某事。I'm going to finish my homework tonight.②表根据已有迹象的预测。It's so dark outside, I think it's going to rain.③ be going to不与come, go连用，而用be coming, be going 形式。Mary is coming here this evening.[注意] 表计划、安排、规定要做的事，用“be + to do”。此外，表示按时刻表运行的动作常用一般现在时表将来。The meeting is to be held at 9:00 a.m./ Our plane leaves at 6:00 a.m..[牛刀小试3] 1.____ you call me to say you're not coming, I'll see you at the theatre.(2004 吉林) A.Though

B.Whether C.Until

D.Unle 2.Now that you've got a chance, you ____ make full use of it.(NMET 1999) A.had better to

B.might as well C.might as well as

D.would rather 3.It was evening ____ we reached the little town of Winchester.(2004 天津) A.that

B.until C.since

D.before 4.There is no light in the dormitory.They must have gone to the lecture, ____? (2004 上海春招) A.didn't they

B.don't they C.mustn't they

D.haven't they 5.The result of the experiment was very good, ____ we hadn't expected.(2000 北京春招) A.when

B.that

C.which

D.what DBDDC ☆交际速成☆

【考点1】Talking about intentions and plans.谈论意愿和打算 (2004江苏)

-- How long are you staying? -- I don't know.____.

A.That's OK

B.Never mind

C.It depends

D.It doesn't matter [答案与解析]C 本题考查具体语境下被询问打算时的应答。A项用于回答感谢和道歉，B、D两项用于回答道歉，C 项表示“看情况而定”。 【归纳】英语中常见表达意愿和打算的用语有： ① I'll go with you.② I'm going to see my head teacher this afternoon.③ I'd like to make a phone call to her after cla.④ I want / hope to find an English pen friend.⑤ I plan to go to Hangzhou this summer.⑥ We are ready to move to a new house.⑦ Bill intends to spend his vocation in California.⑧ I'm thinking of driving to Beijing.⑨ Where would you prefer going...? ⑩ How would you like to go to...? ? When are you going off to...? ? How are you going to...? 【考点2】Expreing good wishes祝愿 (2005广东)

Tom: Mike, our team will play against the Rockets this weekend.I'm sure we will win.

Mike: ____! A.Congratulations

B.Cheers

C.Best wishes

D.Good luck [答案与解析]D 考查祝愿用语。在比赛前表示祝愿的话用Good luck。Congratulations用于成功之后的祝贺。Cheers意为“干杯”。Best wishes多用于书面语，表示“万事如意”的意思。

【归纳】英语中常见表达祝愿的用语有： ① Have a good day / time! ② Have a good journey / trip! ③ Good luck! ④ Enjoy yourself! ⑤ Best wishes to you! ⑥ Happy New Year! ⑦ Happy birthday! ⑧ Merry Christmas! 应答语有： ① Thank you.② You, too.③ The same to you.【考点3】Describing emotions 描述人物的情感 (2001上海春招) -- I'm afraid I can't finish the book within this week.-- ____.

A.Please go ahead

B.That's all right

C.Not at all

D.Take your time [答案与解析]D 本题考查时表示遗憾情感的应答。A项表示“请吧，说吧”，用于回答许可或让对方先行。B、C两项是感谢或道歉的答语，D项表示“别着急，慢慢来”，符合语境。 【归纳】中学英语中描述人物情感的用语有：

① (恐惧) Help! / How terrible! / I'm afraid of.../ I'm afraid to.../ You scared me! / It scares me! ② (高兴) (It's) well done! / How wonderful! / That's great! / I'm pleased to...③ (惊奇) Really! / Oh dear! / Is that so? / What a surprise! / How surprising! ④ (忧虑) What's wrong? / what's the matter? / Anything wrong? / What should we do? ⑤ (安慰)There, there./ Don't be afraid.／Don't worry./ It's (quite) all right./ It'll be OK / all right.⑥ (满意) Good! / Well done! ／ Perfect! / That's fine./ That's better.⑦ (遗憾) I'm so sorry! / It's a great pity! / What a shame! / That's too bad! ⑧ (同情) I'm so sorry! / I'm so sorry (about your illne)./ I'm sorry to hear that.⑨ (愤怒) Damn! / How annoying! ⑩ (鼓励) Well done! / Come on! / Keep trying./ You can do it! [牛刀小试4] 1.-- I'd like to take a week's holiday.-- ____, we're too busy.A.Don't worry

B.Don't mention it C.Forget it

D.Pardon me 2.-- I was so sure that our experiment was going to succeed, but something went wrong at the last moment.-- ____, but don't give it up.A.Find out the reason

B.Never mind C.I'm sorry to hear that

D.You don't 'mean that 3.-- I just heard that the tickets for tonight's show have been sold out. -- Oh no! ____.A.I was looking forward to that B.It doesn't matter C.I knew it already D.It's not at all interesting 4.-- We are going to travel to Italy. -- ____.A.Good bye

B.Go ahead C.I like to go, too

D.Have a good time 5.-- I'd rather have some tea, if you don't mind.-- ____.A.Thank you very much B.Yes, I like so C.No, it's nothing

D.Of course, anything you want

CCADD ☆精典题例☆

1.Rainforests ___ and burned at such a speed that they will disappear from the earth in the near future.(NMET 2002春上海)

A.cut B.are cut C.are being cut D.had been cut 【解析】选C 本题是在语境中考查现在进行时的被动语态。本句意为“雨林以这样的速度被砍伐和焚烧，会导致它在不久的将来从地球上消失。”体会语境和句意便知此处选择C项，表示现阶段在进行的动作。

2.Twenty-three hours has paed after the explosion in the mine, but rescue efforts to recover the miing ____ carried out.

A.are still being

B.have already been

C.are always

D.will soon be 【解析】选A本句意为“矿井爆炸已过23小时了，但对失踪人员的搜索还在进行中。” 3.-- When are you leaving? -- My plane ____ at 10:45.A.takes off

B.took off

C.is about to take off

D.will take off 【解析】选A飞机是按时刻表运行的。 4.-- Excuse me, what time is it now?

-- Sorry, my watch ____.It ____ at the shop.

A.isn't working; is being repaired

B.doesn't work; is being repaired

C.isn't working; is repaired

D.doesn't work; is repaired 【解析】选B doesn't work说明“手表不工作”的状态，而不只是现在才坏了。后句意为“手表正在商店里修理”，故应用is being repaired。

5.John, who is considered ____ a warm-hearted man, is considering ____ his neighbor out of trouble.A.to be; to help

B.to be; helping C.being; to help

D.being; helping

【解析】选B be considered to be “被认为是„„”；consider doing “考虑做某事”。 6.He made a mistake, but then he corrected the situation ____ it got worse.A.until

B.when

C.before

D.as 【解析】选C意思是“在事情还未变得更糟之前及 时纠正错误”。

7.-- There is something wrong with my bike.

-- It doesn't matter.I ____ lend you mine.

A.am to B.am going to C.was going to

D.will 【解析】选D be to表示按计划安排将来的动作，be going to 表示最近打算做某事，will 在此是情态动词，表示“意志；意愿”。如：I will tell you all about it.8.Children at the beginning of this century ____ a lot and ____ themselves greatly even without television.A.used to read; enjoying

B.used to read; enjoyed C.were used to reading; enjoy D.were used to read; enjoying 【解析】选B 前后时态要保持一致。

高一英语各单元知识点总结及重难点解析Unit5-6 ☆重点句型☆

1.While still a student, she played roles in many plays.连词 + 名词做时间状语

2.When asked about the secret of his succe, Steven Spielberg said„连词+过去分词做时间状语

3.When drinking to someone's health, you raise your glaes.

连词 + 现在分词做时间状语 4.It's a custom in China to have some tea before the meal is served.

It 做形式主语 5.Many people like this film not just because..., but also because...并列连词

6.Having good table manners means knowing... 动名词做主宾语 ☆重点词汇☆ 1.comment v.评论 2.marry v.结婚 3.create v.创造 4.attack v.进攻 5.cruelty n.残酷 6.escape v.逃跑

7.advice n.忠告；建议

8.afford v.花得起(钱、时间) 9.encourage v.鼓励 10.research n.研究 11.interrupt v.打断；打扰 12.apologize v.道歉 13.pray v.请求；祈祷 14.forgive v.原谅；宽恕 15.match v.相配；相适应 16.manners n.礼貌 17.impreion n.印象

18.live adj.& adv.活的；直播的(地) 19.custom n.习惯；风俗 20.introduce vt.介绍；引进 ☆重点短语☆

1.take off 脱掉；起飞；成功 2.go wrong 出错；出问题

3.can't help doing 情不自禁做某事 4.take one's place 代替某人 5.run after 追逐；追踪

6.win a prize 获奖

7.think highly of 赞扬„„；对„„高度评价

8.call for 需要；索取 9.in all 总共

10.play a role 扮演角色(作用) 11.make money 挣钱 12.win over 争取过来 13.work on 从事，致力于

14.owe succe to 把成功归功于某人 15.start with 以„„开始 16.run away from school逃学 17.on the air 正在播出的 18.do research 进行调查 19.speed up 加速

20.follow the fashion 追随时尚

☆短语闯关☆

下列短语都是这两个单元学过的重要短语，请你根据 汉语在横线上填入一个正确的词，每个词4分，80分才 能过关。你一定能过关，做好了闯关的准备吗?那么我 们就开始吧? l.____ screen 银幕，电影(业) 2.take ____ 成功；成名；脱掉(衣服)；(飞机)起飞 3.____ wrong 走错路；误入歧途；不对头；出毛病 4.owe sth ____ sb 把„„归功于某人 5.____ all 总共；总之 6.stay ____ 不在家，外出 7.____ school 小学

8.lock sb ____ 将某人锁于某处不得进出；将某人监禁起来 9.run ____ 追赶

10.bring sb ____ 送回某人 11.____ the air正在播出的

12.think highly ____ 对„„高度评价 13.leave ____ 省去；遗漏；不考虑 14.stare ____ 盯着

15.make ____ about sb 以某人为笑柄

16.drink (a toast) ____ 为„„祝酒；为„„干杯 17.win ____ 战胜

18.____ comments on对„„加以评论

19.look sb ____ 看望，拜访某人

20.____ a role in 在„„中扮演角色；在„„方面起作用 21.____ a prize获奖

22.to sb for (doing) sth因某事向某人道歉

23.make a good impreion ____ 给„„留下好印象 24.____ silent 保持沉默 25.pay a visit ____ 拜访 ☆交际用语☆

1.What do you think has happened? 2.What do you know about…?

3.How do you like…? / What do you think of…? / What db you feel...? 4.May I interrupt you for a moment? 5.Excuse me / Forgive me for.../ I apologize for… 6.I'm (very / so / terribly) sorry.It's all my fault.7.That's all right./ That's OK./ No problem.8.I wish you all the best.9.I'm sorry.I didn't mean to...10.Let's drink (a toast) to...! ☆单词聚焦☆ 1.afford

(1) (和can，could，be able to连用) 有 (时间、经济等) 条件(做某事) + to do

We can't afford to pay such a price.afford + n./ pron.(出得起；买得起等)

They donot consider whether they can afford it or not.

(2) 经得起 (做某事或发生某事) (多+to do)

He could not afford to lose his fortune entirely.2.apologize的用法

▲构词：apology n.辩解，道歉 ▲搭配：

① apologize to sb for (doing) sth = make an apology的 sb for (doing) sth向某人为某事(为做了某事)道歉

② apologize for oneself 为自己辩解或辩护

【考例】[NMET 1993]The captain ____ an apology to the paengers for the delay caused by bad weather.

A.made

B.said

C.put

D.paed [考查目标] apologize及其名词的用法和搭配。 [答案与解析]A make an apology的意思是“道歉”。 3.choice的用法 ▲搭配：

① make a choice 选择

② make choice of 挑选，选择，选定 ③ make / take one's choice 任意挑选

④ have no choice but to do sth 非„„不可，除„„之外别无他法

【考例】[MET 1993] We've mied the last bus, I'm afraid we have no ____ but to take a taxi.

A.way

B.choice C.poibility

D.selection [考查目标] choice的意思和习惯搭配。

[答案与解析]B choice是choose的名词形式．意思是 “选择”，在本句中构成固定搭配have no choice but to do sth“不得不干„„”。 4.determine的用法

▲构词：determination n.决心，决断，决意；决定，确定 ▲搭配：

① determine to do sth 决定做某事 ② determine on / upon (doing) sth 决定 ③ a man of determination 有决断力的人

▲辨析：decide；determine这两个词都有“决定”的意思。decide的含义是“不再迟疑不定”，而

determine含义是“把某件事确定下来”。 在be determined to do„这个固定的结构中。过去分词determined的词义为“下定了决心”。 decide的名词为decision，determine的名词为determination。例如：At first，she decided to go to the police，„起初，她决定去找警察„„

▲友情提示: decide后跟宾语从句时，其含义有时是“断

定”。I decided that I must have taken a wrong turning somewhere.我断定我一定是在某处拐错弯了。The determination of the meaning of a word is often difficult without a context.脱离上下文来确定一个词的含义常常是困难的。

注：在determine to do...，determine on (upon)...和determine that...。(宾语从句)三个搭配中，determine的词义和decide几乎没有多大差异。He determined / decided to learn medicine.他决定学医。

注：decide sb to do sth 决定使某人做某事What decided you to give up your job? 什么因素使你决定放弃你的工作? 【考例】[2001京皖春招] Before Sam can repair his bicycle, he must know why it does not work.For example, he must ____ the parts that are wrong.

A.check

B.determine

C.correct

D.recover [考查目标]determine的用法。

[答案与解析]B determine和decide在一般情况下意思相同。 5.encourage的用法 ▲构词：

① encouraging adj.鼓励的，给予希望的，振奋人心的。令人欢欣鼓舞的 ② encouraged adj.被激励的，受到鼓舞的 ③ encouragement n.鼓励，激励 ④ discourage v.使泄气；劝阻

▲搭配：① encourage sb to do sth 鼓励某人做某事② be encouraged by 受„„鼓励／鼓舞 【考例】 [2004北京]My advisor encouraged ___a summer course to improve my writing skills.A.for me taking

B.me taking

C.for me to take

D.me to take [考查目标] encourage的用法。

[答案与解析]D encourage sb to do sth鼓励某人干某事。句意为：我的导师鼓励我参加一个夏季课程来提高我的写作技巧。

6.escape (vi, vt ) escaped, escaping

(1) 逃走；跑掉 + from / out of = run away from

The soldier escaped from the enemy's prison.

(2)逃脱；逃避 + n./ doing

He narrowly escaped death / being killed.

There's no way to escape doing the work.

escape还可表示： ①（液体等）漏出 gas escaping from the pipe 煤气从管中漏出Water escaped rapidly from the drainpipe.水从排水管中迅速流出。

②避免escaped death 免于一死There is no escaping him.怎么也避不开他。 ③疏忽，忽略 Nothing escaped his attention.什么也逃不过他的注意。 You cannot expect that something may escape the teacher's attention.你不要奢望有什么能逃过老师的注意。 escape n

①逃走The thief made his escape.小偷逃走了。

②（气体）漏出，泄出；解闷She reads love stories as an escape.她读爱情小说解闷。 7.hunt的用法

▲构词：hunter n.猎人，搜寻者 ▲搭配：

① hunt for / after追猎；寻找，搜寻 ② hunt out 找出；调查出

【考例】He wandered in the street, ____ a new jacket for his nephew.

A.hunting for

B.waiting for

C.shooting for

D.aiming for [考查目标]本题考查hunt for的意思。

[答案与解析]A hunt for原来是“猎取”的意思，引中为“搜寻，寻找”。

8.impreion n.印象

(1) impreion (on sb.) (给某人)印象His speech made a strong impreion on his audience.

(2) impreion (of sth.) (对某事物)印象；想法That's my first impreion of the new college.

(3) impre sb.with sth.给予某人深刻印象 = impre sth.on sb.使某人铭记 The teacher impreed on his students the importance of speaking.= The teacher impre- ed his students with the importance of speaking.9.interrupt的用法vt, vi ①阻断；中断 Don't interrupt me.别打断我。Traffic in the city was interrupted by a snowstorm.市内交通被暴风雪所阻断。

②打岔；插嘴 It is rude to interrupt.打断别人的话，是不礼貌的。“Don't interrupt,” he said.“别插话, ”他说。 ▲构词：

① interrupter n.打岔者，打断者

② interruption n.打岔．打断，使中断的事物

【考例】[2005山西模拟] Be quiet! It's rude to ____ people when they are talking.

A.stop

B.introduce

C.prevent

D.interrupt [考查目标] interrupt的词义。

[答案与解析]D interrupt的意思是“打断；使中断”． 后接指人或指物的各种名词。

10.marry

(1) vi.结婚

He didn't marry until he was fifty.

(2) vt.和„„结婚

Jean is going to marry Hubert.

(3) vt.(父母)嫁(女儿) He married his daughter to a busineman.

(4) vt.(教士等) 为„„主持结婚仪式 We've come to ask if you will marry them.

[比较]

(1) get married (to sb.) 强调动作

His oldest girl got married last month.

(2) be married (to sb.) 强调状态

How long have you been married? 11.moment的用法 n.①片刻；瞬间 He will be here in a moment.他一会儿就来。At the moment I am working. 此刻我正在工作。

②时机；机遇；时宜 Choose your moment to visit him.你选个合适的时机去拜访他。 ③重要性 a matter of great moment 一件极重要的事情

▲搭配：

① at any moment 随时；在任何时候；马上 ② at the last moment 在最后关头 ③ at the moment 此刻；(正当)那时 ④ every moment 时时刻刻

⑤ for a moment 片刻

⑥ in a moment 一会儿，不久；立即，马上

⑦ the moment(that)...一„„就„„

【考例】[NMET 2004 II] "Can I? I don't think I can," Racy said with a laugh."But I do have ____ when things come to me for no reason."

A.events B.chances

C.feelings

D.moments [考查目标] moment的词义。 [答案与解析] D moment可以指“时刻”，在本句中用了复数，意思是“一些次”。 12.owe的用法owed, owing ▲搭配：

①（常与for连用）欠，欠债I owe you for your help.我感谢你的帮助。(也可以是owe sth.或owe sb.sth) The food cost ￡4 , but I only paid ￡3 so I still owe ￡1.食品要4英镑，可我只付了3英镑，因此我还欠1英镑。I owe you an apology.我该向你道歉。 ☆ owe sb sth for sth 或 owe sth to sb for sth 为„欠某人„

②对„负有义务；感恩；感激We owe our parents a lot.我们十分感激父母。

③（常与to连用）归功于；由于She owes her succe to good luck.她把成功归功于幸运。The young writer owed his succe to his teacher's encouragement.年轻作家把自己的成功归于他老师的鼓励。

【考例】[2004湖北] "How much do I ____ you?" "Oh, no," Paul said.

A.Owe

B.lend

C.give

D.offer [考查目标]考查owe的词义和用法。

[答案与解析]A owe表示“欠”的时候是及物动词，可以接双宾语。 13.reason n.原因；理由

(1) + to do sth.You haven't any reason to leave me.

(2) + for sth./ doing People must have a reason for saying such things.(3) + 从句；从句用why / for which引导 That is the reason why you should leave.(4) for + reason，为了某种原因He is retiring for reasons of health.[比较] cause“原因；起因”

the cause of the fire 火灾的起因(引起某种后果的起因) the reason for being late 迟到的理由(做某件事的理由) 14.role

(1) (戏剧中的) 角色Oliver played (acted) the role / part of Hamlet.

(2) (现实生活中的) 身份；作用

What is your role on the Committee? (3) play a...role in...= play a...part in在„„中扮演„„角色或作用The headmaster plays an important role / part in the good running of a school.15.serve v.

(1) 为„„服务／工作 A slave serves his master.

(2) 接待(顾客) The shop aistant is serving a customer.

(3) 侍候吃饭，端(菜)；供应(饭菜) Lunch is served now.

(4) serve as 充任(某职务)作„„用 She served as a model for several painters./ This box will serve as / for a seat.16.speed的用法 ▲搭配：

① at a high speed 以很大的速度

② at full / top speed 用全速，开足马力，尽力(快)地； ③ with great / an speed 用全速，开足马力 ④ speed up 加速，快点

【考例】We had tried our best but the bo still shouted, " ____!"

A.Speed up

B.No hurry

C.Wait a minute

D.Slow down [考查目标]本题考查speed及其构成的短语的意思。

[答案与解析]A speed up意思是“加速，快点”的意思。 17.stare的用法 vi, vt -- stared, staring 凝视，注视

He stared at the word trying to remember what it meant.他盯着这个单词，努力想记起它的意思。

[习惯用语] stare one in the face近在眼前；摆在眼前

▲辨析：gaze；stare；glare这组动词的一般含义是“凝视”。

gaze表示“目不转睛地看”，并含有“惊叹”、“羡慕”或“入迷”的意思。例如：She gazed at the carpet for some time, and then added, "You don't need bookcases at all." 她对地毯凝视了一会儿，然后补充说：“你根本不需要书柜。”

stare 特别表示“睁大眼睛凝视”，并含有“惊奇”、“傲慢”或“茫然”的意思。例如：The noble stared at the blank sheet of paper for a few seconds.那位贵族对那张空白纸凝视了几秒钟。 glare 表示“凶狠而且带有威胁性的瞪眼睛”的意思。例如：The trapped eagle glared at his captors.被诱捕到的雄鹰凶狠地瞪着捕获它的人。

【考例】[NMET 1999] ____ him and then try to copy what he does.

A.Mind

B.Glance at

C.Stare at

D.Watch [考查目标] stare 等近义词辨别。 [答案与解析]D watch意思是“观察”，是长时问关注；而stare at却是“盯着”。含有惊奇、傲慢的感情色彩。

18.trouble

(1) 麻烦；烦恼；烦心的事 (可数，不可数) It is a pity to give you so much trouble./ Life is full of troubles.

(2) 困难；费事 (不可数) have trouble with sth./ have trouble (in) doing sth.(= difficulty) Did you have much trouble in finding the post office? / I hope you won't have any trouble with the work.

[相关短语]

(1) ask for trouble 自寻烦恼；自找麻烦 What made you write such a letter? It was asking for trouble.

(2) (be) in trouble 有烦事；有困难；出事；惹麻烦 He never came except when he was in trouble.

(3) put sb.to trouble 给某人造成麻烦；增添麻烦 I am sorry for putting you to so much trouble.

(4) take trouble to do sth.费心做某事；费心 It was good of you to take the trouble to help us.[牛刀小试1] 用所给单词的适当形式填空：(speed，owe，encourage，decide，moment，apologize) 1.will never forget the ____ given by Mr.Wang, which helped me overcome a lot difficulty.2.I have made a ___that every department in our company should buy a computer of this kind.3.I recognized the man the ____ I saw him at the corner. 4.Since it was a bit later，we had to ____ up.5.We must ____ our succe to our parents and teachers.6.The parents came from the far-away village, making an ____ for their naughty son.☆词语比较☆

1.win, beat, defeat 表示获胜、取胜的词语

(1) win v.赢„„，获胜，接比赛或奖项 win a game / a prize / an honor / a race./ Our team won the game 8 to 7./ He won by five points./ He won her love at last./ He won the first place in the competition.

(2) beat + 对手，表打败(尤指体育比赛) I can easily beat him at golf.

(3) defeat 表战胜，接对手The enemy was defeated in the battle.2.in the end, finally, at last 三者均可表示“(经过周折、等待、耽误)最后，终于”之意。不同的是：

finally 一般用在句中动词前面，而 at last 与 in the end 的位置则较为灵活；

三者中at last 语气最为强烈，且可单独作为感叹句使用。After putting it off three times, we finally managed to have a holiday in Dalian./ At last he knew the meaning of life./ At last! Where on earth have you been? / But in the end he gave in.另外，finally还可用在列举事项时，引出最后一个内容，相当于lastly。 Firstly, we should make a plan; secondly, we should carry it out; finally we should make a conclu- sion.3.by sea, by the sea, in the sea, on the sea, at sea

(1) by sea “走海路，乘船”，用来表示交通方式，同 by ship 同义。 These heavy boxes should be sent by sea.

(2) by the sea “在海边”，相当于 by (at) the seaside。The children enjoyed themselves by the sea on Children's Day.

(3) in the sea “在海里，在海水中” There are many plants and animals in the sea.

(4) on the sea “在海面上”，“在海岸边”。I want to live in a town with a beautiful position on the sea.

(5) at sea 在海上；在航海 When he woke up, the ship was at sea.4.be afraid, be afraid to do sth., be afraid of (doing) sth.(1) be afraid 意为“担心，害怕”，多用于口语，常用来表示一种歉意，或遗憾，后可接 so 或 not，也可接 that 从句。I'm afraid (that) 其语意相当于 I'm sorry, but...。

-- Are we on time? 我们准时吗? -- I'm afraid not.恐怕不准时。I'm afraid you'll get caught in the rain.

(2) be afraid to do sth 常表示“由于胆小而不敢做某事”。She is afraid to be here alone./ He is afraid to jump into the river from the bridge.

(3) be afraid of (doing) sth.常表示“担心或害怕某事(发生)”。I was afraid of hurting her feelings.5.live, living, alive, lively

(1) live adj.①活的；活生生的；(只修饰生物；只作前置定语) The laboratory is doing experiments with several live monkeys.②实况直播的 (不是录音)It wasn't a recorded show.It was live.③带电的；燃着的；可爆炸的 This is a live wire.

(2) living adj.活着的，有生命的(作表语或定语) She was, he thought, the best living novelist in England./ The old man is still living.(或alive)

(3) alive adj.①活着的；②有活力的；有生气 作后置定语：Who's the greatest man alive? 作表语：Was the snake alive or dead? / My grandmother is more alive than a lot of young people.作补语：Let's keep the fish alive.

(4) lively adj.活泼的；有生气的；活跃的(作表语或定语) The music is bright and lively.6.take off, take down, take in, take on, take up

(1) take off ① (飞机)起飞 A helicopter is able to take off and land straight up or down.

②脱下(衣裳等)；取下 He took off his wet shoes./ Who took the knob off the door? ③休假；请假；歇工 When his wife was sick he took off from work.④ (指观念、产品) 大受欢迎；(事业)突然发达，成功The new type of cell phones has really taken off./ His busine began to take off when he was in his forties.

(2) take down ①拿下来；取下来 He reached up to the third shelf of the bookcase and took down a dictionary.②记下来 He read out the names and his secretary took them down.(3) take in ①接受 (房客，客人等)；收留 The farmers took in the lost travelers for the night.②理解；领会；明白 The boys could not take in his meaning.③包括；涉及 The study of physics takes in many different subjects.④使上当；欺骗We were completely taken in by her story.

(4) take on ①接受；从事(某工作) After his father died, Bill took on the management of the factory.②雇用Is the supermarket taking on any more ais- tant? ③具有(新面貌、意思等) The city has taken on a new look.

(5) take up ①从事某项活动；发展某种爱好 So many young men want to take up writing.②开始做(某项工作)；开始学习(某个课程) Then she took up the task of getting the breakfast./ He dropped medicine and took up physics.③占去 (时间或空间) The meeting took up the whole morning./ The table takes up too much room.④接受I'd like to take up your offer of a ride into town.7.call for, call on, call up

(1) call for ①来找(某人)；来取(某物) I'll call for you at your house.②要求；需要Succe in school calls for much hard work.

(2) call on ① call on / upon sb.拜访；去会(某人) I hope to call on you at your office at 3 o’clock today.② call on / upon sb.to do sth.请／叫某人做某事He called upon me to speak immediately.③号召；呼吁；要求 The President called on his people to serve the country.

(3) call up

①给„„打电话 (英 ring up) I tried to call you up last night, but no one answered the phone.②征召入役；调用 (后备部队) Three boys in our street were called up last week.8.too much, much too

(1) too much “太多”之意，可以作形容词，修饰不可数名词，也可作副词，修饰动词。 There is too much rain here in spring./ She talked too much at the meeting.

(2) much too “简直太，过于”，只能作副词，用来修饰形容词或别的副词，不能修饰动词。This book is much too difficult for me./ The old man walks much too slowly.9.custom, habit

(1) custom 指传统风俗、习俗，也可指生活习惯，后接不定式。They broke some of the old customs./ It is the custom in China to eat dumplings during the spring Festival.

(2) habit 指个人生活习惯。“(有)养成„„习惯”常

用be in / fall into / get into / form / have the habit of doing sth.句型；“戒掉„„习惯”常用 give up / kick / break away from / get out of the habit of doing sth.句型。It's easy to get into a bad habit but its hard to give it up./ The drug easily get one into the habit of smoking.10.arise, rise, raise raise vt.“使„„上升；升起；提高”等；

rise vi.“上升；升起”； arise vi.“站起来(stand up)”，“起床(get up)”，rise和arise用作站起，起床都属正式用法；arise主要表示“出现、发生”等意思。She raised her voice in anger.(抬高) The wind raised the fallen leaves from the ground.(刮起) The child rose from the ground and ran to his mother.(=The child raised himself from the ground and ran to his mother.) (爬起) She rises before it is light.(起床) Difficulties will arise as we do the work.(出现) ☆短语归纳☆

1.can't help doing sth.禁不住做某事，不由得不做某事

She couldn't hep smiling.

[比较]

(1) can't help but do 不得不„„；不能不 When the streets are full of melting snow, you can't help but get your shoes wet.

(2) cannot but 不能不，只能He could not but feel disappointed.[归纳] (1) help (sb.) (to) do sth.Help me get him back to bed at once./ By helping them we are helping save ourselves.(2) help...with sth.帮助„„做某事 In those days he used to help her mother with her gardening.

(3) help oneself / sb.to sth.给自己 / 别人夹菜 / 拿烟 等；擅自拿用 May I help you to some more vegetables?

(4) help...in sth.在„„方面帮助某人 She offered to help Rose in the housekeeping when I am not here.

(5) help out 帮忙 (做事；克服困难等) I've often helped Bob out when he's been a bit short of money.2.含go的短语

① go around 到处走／跑．(疾病)流传，(谣言)传开；go after 追求；go ahead 说吧，请吧，做吧；go away 离开，出去

② go back 走网头路，翻悔改变；go bad 变坏；go boating 去划船 ③ go fishing 去钓鱼；go for a walk去散步 ④ go hiking 去徒步旅行；go home 回家 ⑤ go in for 喜爱，从事于；go into 进入，加入 ⑥ go mad 发疯

⑦ go off 离去，去世；go on 继续，进展，依据；go on doing 继续做；go out 出去，发出去，熄灭，不时兴；go over 研究，检查，搜查

⑧ go shopping 去商店；go skating 去滑冰；go straight along 沿着；go swimming 去游泳 ⑨ go through 通过，经受，仔细检查；go to bed 上床 ⑩ go up 上升 ? go wrong 走错路，误入歧途

[例句] We'll go through the items one by one.我们要逐条研究。She has gone back to her old habits.她又回到了已往的习惯。Come on Sunday by yourself - we can go over the house together.星期天你要过来．我们一起检查一下房子。His speech went on for so long that people began to fall asleep.他的演讲持续很长时间，结果人们开始想睡。That expreion has gone out.Nobody Uses it today.那个短语已经过时了，现在没有人在用它。The young fellow hasn't realized that he has gone wrong.这个年轻人还没有意识到他已经误入歧途。Tired of going shopping with his wife，Mr.Liu pretended to have something important to do.厌烦与妻子一起去购物，刘先生假装有重要的事情要做。

【考例2】(2004北京) I don't ____ rock' n' roll.It's much too noisy for my taste.

A.go after

B.go away with

C.go into

D.go in for [考查目标] 此题主要考查四个动词短语的意思。

[答案与解析]D

go after 追求；go away with 带走；go into进入，加入；go in for 喜爱，爱好。根据句子意思“摇滚音乐太嘈杂。不合乎我的口味．所以我不喜欢”。

【考例】(NMET 1998) Nobody noticed the thief slip into the house because the lights happened to ____.

A.be put up

B.give in

C.be turned on

D.go out [考查目标]此题主要考查四个短语的意思。 [答案与解析] D

put up 挂起；give in 屈服；turn on 打开；go out 熄灭。本句话意思是“没有人注意到贼溜进了屋子，因为灯碰巧熄灭了”。 3.go wrong

(1) 走错路；弄错方向

(2) 失败；不顺利All our plans went wrong./ Everything went wrong in those days.(3)发生故障

The clock went wrong.

[比较]表示“变为”的系动词

(1) go 表示由积极向消极方面变化Fish soon goes bad in hot weather.又如：go mad / pale / blind / hungry

(2) become / get 表示由积极向消极或消极向积极方

面变化 The weather is getting quite warm./ Gradually he became silent.

(3) turn 多接表颜色的词 This ink turns black when it dries./ He used to be a teacher till he turned writer.注意：become a writer

(4) grow 侧重变化过程 The sea is growing calm.

(5) fall 进入某种状态

All three children fell asleep.4.owe...to...受到恩惠；归功于„„ (1) 欠(钱)owe sb.money = owe money to sb.I owe ￡50 to my tailor.= I owe my tailor ￡50.(2) 得过(某人的)好处；欠(某人的)人情债

We owe a great deal to our parents and teachers.(3) 应当给予 You owe me an apology.(4) „„应归功于；„„都亏得

We owe the general theory of relativity to Einstein.[拓展]表示“由于”的词组：owing to / because of / thanks to / due to / as a result of 5.take one's place (1) 入座，站好位置，取得地位Take your places, please.We are about to start.(2) take one's place = take the place of sb.代替(职务或工作等)；接替Electric trains have now taken the place of steam trains in England.

[比较] (1) in place (of)代替；„„而不用The grown-ups had coffee but the children wanted milk in place of coffee.(2) take one's seat 在自己座位上坐下；有时等于 take one's place：More men entered and took their seats.6.think highly of 赞扬 表赞赏的词有：

(1) think / speak highly / well / much...of: The people think very highly of him.表认为不好的词有：

(2) think little / badly / poorly / nothing...of: Joan thought little of walking two miles to school.7.含“动词 + away”的短语 ① do away with 去掉

② get away 逃脱，(使)离开 ③ go away 离去，出去

④ put away 放好，把„„收拾起来，存(钱)以备它日之用 ⑤ run away 逃走，离开

⑥ smooth away 去除，克服

⑦ stay away (from) 不在家，外出

⑧ take away 拿走，带走，夺去，使离去 ⑨ throw away 扔掉．浪费．坐失(良机) [例句]Don't throw away such a good chance.Or you'll regret.不要放弃这么好的机会，不然的话，你会后悔

的。Put away the tools before you leave.离开前把工具收拾好。Why did you stay away from school? 你为什么不去上学? I had hoped to take a good holiday this year but I wasn't able to get away.我本打算今年好好去度假，但是我离不开。 【考例】(2004重庆)Before the war broke out, many people ____ in safe places poeions they could not take with them．

A.threw away

B.put away

C.gave away

D.carried away [考查目标]此题主要考查“动词+away”四个短语的意思。 [答案与解析]B throw away 扔掉；put way 放好，把 „„收拾起来；give away 分发．泄露；carry away 冲 走。本句话意思是“在战争爆发以前，许多人把他们不 能带走的财产藏在了安全的地方”。 8.含“动词 + off”的短语

① drop off 放下，下车 ② fall off (从„„)掉下来

③ get off (从„„)下来，动身，起飞，脱下来 ④ give off 发出，放出

⑤ jump off 跳离

⑥ put off 推迟，延期

⑦ set off 出发，引起，启程

⑧ see sb off 为某人送行，为„„送行 ⑨ switch off 关掉

⑩ take off 脱，去掉，起飞，匆匆离开，成名 ? throw off 匆忙脱掉

? turn off 关掉，避开，拐弯

[例句]The electricity supply must be turned off at the mains before you change the lighting circuit.在改变火线前，主干线的电力供应必须切断。 Mrs Garey as usual went to the door to see him off.Garey夫人像通常一样把他送到门口。He had to put off an appointment with me on account of illne.因为疾病的缘故，他不得不推迟了与我的约会。Before the body of the car can be properly repaired, all the external fittings must be taken off.车身适当修理前，所有外部的配件必须拿下来。The fire doesn't seem to be giving off much heat.这炉火好像不大热。 【考例】(2005广东) John is leaving for London tomorrow and I will ____ him ____ at the airport.

A.send...away

B.leave...off

C.see...off

D.show...around [考查目标]此题主要考查短语see off的用法。

[答案与解析]C

see off 意为“给某人送行”；send away意为“派遣”；leave off意为“停止，不再穿”；show around意为“带领某人参观”。 [牛刀小试2] 在下列句子的空白处填上适当的介词或副词。

1.My grandmother had put ____ over$50,000 when she was sixty—five years old.2.His mother had thought it would be good for his charac- ter to get ____ home and earn some money on his own.3.The market was filled ____ salted fish, giving the worst smell that you can imagine.4.-- What do you think the contest? -- I was told that the English Speech Contest went ____ succefully last night.5.If you had gone ____ your test paper carefully before handing it in you would have made fewer mistakes.☆句型诠释☆

1.The reason why he could not go there was that his grades were too low.他没能上电影学院是因为他的分数太低了。

该句巾的why引导一个定语从句，而that引导表语从句。

1.句中that引导的表语从句说明主语reason的具体内容，往往被看作是固定句型：The reason is / was that clause.当主语是reason / cause时，一般不能用because或why引导表语从句，以免造成语意重复。当主语是This / That时，可以由because / why引导表语从句。例如：One reason is that people traveled to America from all European countries.【考例】(NMET 1999) -- I drove to Zhuhai for the air show last week.-- Is that ____ you had a few days off?

A.why B.when C.what D.where [考查目标] 表语从句。 [答案与解析]A 句子的意思是“那就是你请了几天假的原因吗?”因此可知答案为why。 2.why在句中是关系副词，引导定语从句，修饰先行词reason，同时它在定语从句中作状语，此时why = for which，但要注意：关系词在定语从句中作主语或宾语时，要用关系代词that或which。

【考例】(2002上海春招)Is this the reason ____ at the meeting for his carelene in his work?

A.he explained

B.what he explained

C.how he explained

D.why he explained [考查目标]定语从句。

[答案与解析]A what，how不能引导定语从句，排除B、C两项；the reason在定语从句中作explained的宾语，可填that / which，或者也可以省略。

2.Many people who saw the film were afraid to swim in the sea when they remembered the scenes in which people were eaten by the shark.好多看过这个片子的人一想起片中鲨鱼食人的场面．就不敢下海游泳了。

该句是一个复杂长句，从when到句子末尾是状语从句，在从句中包含一个由which引导的定语从句，修饰先行词scenes; 在前面的主句里面。包含一个由who引导的定语从句，修饰先行词people。例如：Those who want to go camping next Sunday sign your name here before cla is over.定语从句关系词的选择，要遵循“瞻前顾后”的原则，所谓“瞻前”即看前面的先行词指人还是指物；“顾后”即后面的定语从句，看关系词在定语从句中作什么成分。例如：This is the factory where he works.(状语) / This is the factory (that / which) he visited.(宾语) 【考例】(NMET 1992)In the dark street，there wasn't a single person ____ she could turn for help.

A.that

B.who

C.from whom

D.to whom [考查目标]定语从句。

[答案与解析]D “turn to sb for help”为固定短语，意思是“向某人求助”，所以选to whom。 3.When asked about the secret of his succe, Steven Spielberg said that he owes much of his succe and happine to his wife and children.当有人问起他成功的秘诀时。史蒂文?斯皮尔伯格说起他的成功和幸福主要来自于妻子和孩子。

该句中的 "when" 是时间状语从句的省略形式。在状语从句中，如果从句主语与主句主语一致或从句主语是it，而且从句谓语动词是be或包含be时，常常将从句主语与be省略。例如：Although born in Chicago, the author is famous for his stories about New York.

【考例】 (2003上海春招) Unle ___to speak，you should remain silent at the conference.

A.invited

B.inviting

C.being invited

D.having invited [考查目标]状语从句的省略现象。

[答案与解析]A unle为连词，后面省略了you are，所以选invited。

4.Having good table manners means knowing, for example, how to use knives and forks, when to drink a toast and how to behave at the table.在餐桌上，懂礼节意味着你知道如何使用刀叉，何时祝酒以及如何在用餐时举止得体。

该句中having good manners为v-ing形式作主语。例如：Collecting stamps is one of his hobbies.▲友情提示：在v -ing 形式前加形容词性物主代词或名词所有格，构成v -ing复合结构，在句中作主语、宾语。

【考例5】(2001上海)Fishing is his favorite hobby, and ____.

A.he'd like to collect coins as well

B.he feels like collecting coins, too

C.to collect coins is also his hobby

D.collecting coins gives him great pleasure [考查目标]v -ing 作主语。

[答案与解析]D

A、B、C三项句法都无错误，但在and连接的并列句中，两个简单句的主语要保持一致的形式 fishing and collecting coins分别做两个简单句的主语。

5.It's polite to finish eating everything on your plate, so don't take more food than you need.餐盘里的东西要吃光才礼貌，所以不要多拿。

该句中的it为形式主语，真正的主语为to finish eating „例如：It's not right to tell lies.撒谎是不对的。

it作为形式主语，真正的主语是动词不定式短语。常见的句型有： 1.It + be + adj.+ to do sth 2.It + be + n.+ to do sth 3.It + be + PP.to do sth 【考例】(2001上海) In fact ____ is a hard job for the police to keep order in an important football match.

A.this

B.that

C.there

D.it [考查目标] 形式主语。

[答案与解析]D 只有it才可以作形式主语。 【句型归纳】

1.When / While / Though / Unle / If + n./ adj./ 现在分词／过去分词„„ 状语从句有些成分有时可省略，一般是主语和be省略；有时it和be可以省略： He made no answer when (he is) spoken to./Though (he was) born in Chicago, the author is most famous for his stories about New York./ Come back early if (it is) poible.[注意]用法详见Chapter 10语法活用“省略和插入语”。 2.Not only / just„but (also) 连接相同的句子成分

Not only the teacher but all the students are going to visit the Science Museum.(连接主语时根据就近原则) / They not only sang but (also) danced for a whole night./ Many people go to see this film not just because the film is interesting, but also the leading actors and actrees are all world famous./ Not only do we learn for our country, but we'll work for her in the future.(连接句子时，not only后的句子要部分倒装) [牛刀小试3] 1.The reason ____ you failed, I think, was ____ you had turned a deaf ear to your mother's advice.A.that; because

B.why; because C.why; that

D.for that; that 2.The English play ____ my students acted at the New Year's party was a great succe.(2004 全国卷I) A.for which

B.at which C.in which

D.on which 3.When ____, the museum will be open to the public next year.(2002 上海春招) A.completed

B.completing

C.being completed

D.to be completed 4.____ the meeting himself gave them a great deal of encouragement.(2003 上海) A.The president will attend

第20篇：高一英语必修一unit5知识点总结

2015年高一英语必修一unit5知识点总结

发布时间:2015-01-31

在高中英语学习的过程中，所学的东西非常多且零散，同学们要学好所学的知识，必须要对所学的知识进行知识点的总结，下面是小编为帮助大家节省高一英语学习总结的时间，特意整理的2015年高一英语必修一unit5知识点总结。

1.A great person is a someone who devotes his/her life to helping others.伟人是把自己的生命奉献给帮助别人的人。

(He started to study ecology and decided to devote his whole life to the science.他开始研究生态学，并决心将他的一生献身于这门科学。He devoted himself entirely to music.他将一生奉献给了音乐。)

2.fight against 对抗，反对，与……作斗争

We are all brothers in the same fight against injustice.在共同反对非正义行为的斗争中, 我们都是同志.

People often have to fight for their liberty.人们往往不得不为自由而战。

He and his wife are always fighting about who will take after the children.他与他妻子总是在为由谁来照看孩子而吵架。

3.He worked selflely in China as a doctor and saved many Chinese soldiers.作为一个医生他无私地在中国工作，并且拯救了很多中国战士。

4.He strongly believed in the three principles: nationalism; people’s rights; people’s livelihood.他主张三民主义：民主、民权、民生。

5.be free from 免于，不受

A judge must be free from prejudice.法官必须不抱成见。

6.in a peaceful way 以和平的方式

7.be in prison 入狱，在狱中服刑 in the prison 在监狱

8.the same…as…和……一样

9.the first man to land on the moon 第一个登上月球的人

10.The time when I first met him was a very difficult period of my life.第一次见到他的时候是在我一生中非常艰难的时期。(定语从句)

11.He was generous with his time,for which I was grateful.他十分慷慨地给予我时间，我为此非常感激。(He is generous with his money.他花钱大方。I am grateful to you for helping me.感谢你的帮助。Our grateful thanks are due to you.我们衷心感谢你。)

12.have little education 受的教育少

13.I could not read or write well.我既不会读也不会写。

14.I worried about whether I would become out of work.我担心我是不是会失业。

15.I became more hopeful about my future.我对自己的未来充满了希望。(I am hopeful that she will come tomorrow.我对她明天要来抱着希望。)

16.as soon as I could 尽快， 马上

17.The last thirty years have seen the greatest number of laws stopping our rights and progre, until today we have reached a stage where we have almost no rights at all.(定语从句) 过去30年来所出现的大量法律剥夺我们的权利，阻挡我们的进步，一直到今天，我们还处在几乎什么权利都没有的阶段。 (The 19th century saw many changes.许多变革发生于19世纪。at an early stage in our history在我们的历史早期)

18.…we were put into a position in which we had either to accept we were le important, or fight the government.我们被置于这样一个境地：要么我们被迫接受低人一等的现实，要么跟政府作斗争。

19.Only then did we decide to answer violence with violence.只有到这个时候，我们才决定用暴力反抗暴力。(Only 位于句首，修饰副词、介词短语或状语从句时，句子采用部分倒装的语序;修饰状语从句时，只有主句采用部分倒装的语序。

如：① Only in this way can you come up with a solution to the problem.只有这样，你才能想出解决这个问题的办法。

② Only after being asked three times did he come to the meeting.叫了三次他才来参加会议。

③ Only when he is seriously ill does he ever stay in bed.病的很重时，他才卧床休息。

Only then did I realize my mistake.直到那时我才知道我的错误.)

20.as a matter of fact 事实上 (As a matter of fact，it is health that counts.事实上，健康才是最重要的。 As a matter of fact, parents don’t want their children to be in trouble.事实上，父母都不希望子女有麻烦。)

21.In 1963, I helped him blow up some government buildings.

在1963年，我帮助他炸毁了一些政府大楼。(Can you lend me a pump to blow up my bicycle tyres?你能借给我个打气筒给车胎打打气吗?

Then it turned out that some stars, like our own sun will blow up one day.然后，事实上有些恒星，就像我们自己的太阳，有朝一日会爆炸。)

22.…I knew it would help us achieve our dream of making black and white people equal.……我知道这是为了实现我们的黑人和白人平等的梦想。

23.in trouble 处于困境 遇到麻烦

Do as you\'re told, otherwise you\'ll be in trouble.叫你怎么做就怎么做, 否则有麻烦.

24.be willing to do sth.愿意，乐于Only very few people would be willing to share with him their opinions.很少有人愿意跟他分享他们的见解。

25.What was his attitude towards the unfair situation black people faced? 他对黑人面临的不公平处境什么态度?

26.turn to 变成;求助于，借助于, 翻到，转向

She had no one to turn to for advice.她没有一个可以商量的人。

Who can I turn to in my hour of need? 在我需要的时候我能向谁求助呢? As they were out of work, Mr and Mrs Black had to turn to their relatives for help.布莱克夫妇由于失业，不得不向亲戚求帮助。

27.… the quality of life for black people got worse.…… 黑人的生活质量更糟糕。

28….many people remember me as one of the first active black fighters for human rights 很多人认为我是为人权而战的第一批积极的黑人战士之一。

29.lose heart 灰心;泄气, 丧失勇气,失去信心

Difficulties were increasing.Even then we did not lose heart.尽管困难在增加，但我们毫不灰心。

You will succeed sooner or later while you don\'t lose heart.只要你不失去信心，你迟早会成功。

If you fail, you should not lose heart but just keep on going.如果你失败了，你也不该灰心。

30.escape from 逃脱，逃离，从……逃出

He listens to music as an escape from the preures of work.

他听音乐以缓解一下工作的压力.

He stayed in the background to escape from the public attention.他呆在幕后为了避开公众的注意。

The couple had a narrow escape from the fire.这对夫妻从火灾中死里逃生。

31.He taught us during the lunch breaks and the evenings when we should have been asleep.在午餐的休息时间和晚上我们本应该睡觉的时候他教授我们。

should have done 本应做而未做

needn’t have done 本不应做而做了

can’t have done 过去不可能做过

32.He said they should not be stopped from studying for their degrees.他说他们不应该被剥夺通过学习获得学位的权利。

33.…but they did pa their exams.但是他们确实通过了考试。

34.That made me feel good about myself.这让我觉得自己还不错。

35.be better educated 受到良好教育

36.I didn’t work again for twenty years until the ANC came to power in 1994.在非国大于1994年执政之前，我有20年没有工作。(After Mandela came to power and became president, his government did their best to change the unfair situation for black people.曼德勒掌权成为总统后，他的政府尽力为黑人改变不平等的状况。)

37.All the terror and fear of that time came back to me.

我回忆起那时的所有的恐怖和令人畏惧的情景。

After the attack , her eyes filled with terror every time when she saw a dog.自从遭遇袭击之后，她每次看见狗，眼睛里都满是恐惧。

38.be proud to do sth.

I\'ll be proud to be part of it

我会以成为其中一份子而自豪。

be proud of sth

You should be proud of what you have achieved.你们应当为自己所取得的成绩而自豪。

39.set up创立，建立，为…作准备;竖立，架起，建造;开业，开始经商

The company was set up ten years ago.

公司是十年前建立的。

He plans to set up his own busine.

他决定自己做生意。

He begged me to let him join the club we have just set up.他恳求我让他加入我们刚建立的俱乐部。

40.be sentenced to … 被判处……

He suggested that the murderer referred to be sentenced to death at once.他建议所涉及到的杀人凶手立刻被判处死刑。

Robert was sentenced to three years in prison for stealing and released a month ago.罗伯特因偷窃被判处三年监禁，于一个月前被释放。

41.Do you have any thoughts on that? 你认为那怎么样?

42.to my understanding

按我的理解

43.He was in poor health in his youth so he had to be educated at home.他年轻时身体不好，所有只得在家接受教育。

44.be accepted by … 被……录取、接受

45.give free medical care to people there

给那儿的人免费医疗

As far as I know, in some developed countries people enjoy free medical care.就我所知，在一些发达国家人们享有免费医疗。

46.He died from blood poisoning.

他死于败血症。

47.At that time the war between China and Japan was under way.那时中日战争正在进行之中。

48.Mao Zedong praised Bethune’s excellent qualities in this article.毛泽东在这篇文章了赞扬了白求恩的优良品质。

49.point of view 观察点;观点

It depends on your point of view.这将因个人观点而异。

50.compete with… 与……竞争

If you want to compete with someone, compete with yourself.如果你想同别人竞争，先同自己竞争。

51.advise v.

常用搭配

advise + n./pron.

advise + doing

advise sb.to do sth.

advise + that从句(从句的谓语用“should + v原”， should 常省略)

注：1)与advise用法类似的动词如forbid, ,allow,permit,admit,consider等直接接动词作宾语时要用动名词，但接宾补(主补)时，宾补(主补)要用不定式。

如：We forbid smoking here.(宾语，用动名词) We forbid you to smoke here.(宾补，用动词不定式) You are forbidden to smoke here.(主补，用动词不定式)

2)区别：advise(劝说)/persuade(劝服)

EX: 1)我劝过他，但未能劝服他。_______________________________

2) We trust you: only you can _____________ him to give up smoking.A.suggest B.attract C.advise D.persuade Keys: 1)I advised him but I couldn’t persuade him.2) D

2015年高一英语必修一unit4知识点总结

发布时间:2015-01-31

1.Now imagine there has been a big earthquake.现在，假设有一次大地震。

“There +be +主语+其它成分”结构中there为引导词，本身无意义，谓语动词按照就近一致原则。其它相似句型还有：

There happen to be 碰巧有 There seems/appears to be 好像有

There is likely to be 可能有 There may/might be 也许有

There must be 一定有 There can’t be 不可能有

There is said/reported to be 据说/据报道有

There used to be 曾经有 There is sure/certain to be 一定有

2.happen to.It (so) happened that…

Did you hear what happened to David last night?

你听说大卫昨天晚上发生什么事了吗?

What will happen to the children if Peter and Alice break up?

如果彼得和爱丽丝离婚孩子们将怎么办?

I happened to see Peter on the way to the bookstore yesterday.

昨天我去书店的路上碰巧遇见了彼得。

It so happened that I saw Peter on the way to the bookstore yesterday.

昨天我去书店的路上碰巧遇见了彼得。

I happened to be out when he called.他来访时，恰巧我出去了。

(= It happened that I was out when he called.)

I happened on just the thing I had been looking for.我偶然发现了我所要找的东西。

3.right away毫不迟疑，立刻

He is ill; you should call in the doctor right away.他病了, 你应该立即请大夫来。

4.A smelly gas came out of the cracks.裂缝里冒出臭气。

5.In the farmyards, the chickens and even the pigs were too nervous to eat.

农家大院里，鸡甚至猪都紧张得不想吃食。

6.But the one million people of the city, who thought little of these events, were asleep as usual that night.

但是，这个城市的一百万居民都没有把这些情况当一回事，当天晚上照常睡着了。

7.It seemed as if the world was at an end.世界似乎到了末日。

从句表示“(在某人)看来好像;似乎”

① It seems/looks/appears as if/though…看起来好像…

② Sb./Sth.looks as if/though…(不用seem/appear)

③ There seems/appears(to be)…(不用 look)

There appears to have been a mistake.=It appears that there has been a mistake.

④ It seems so.=So it seems.看来似乎是这样。

8.In fifteen terrible seconds a large city lay in ruins.

在可怕的15秒钟内，一座大城市就沦落为一片废墟之中。

9.Two-thirds of them died or injured during the earthquake.

三人之二的人在地震中死去或受伤。

10.The number of people who were killed or injured reached more than 400,000.死伤的人数达到40多万。

10.Some of the rescue workers and doctors were trapped under the ruins.

有些医生和救援人员被困在废墟下面。

11.All hope was not lost.不是所有的希望都破灭了。该句为部分否定。All, both, everyone, everybody, everything 以及every+名词都表示全部肯定;但当not 在它们之前或之后都表示部分否定。no one, none nobody, nothing, not…any, 以及 no+名词都表示全部否定。如：

① Both of them haven’t read this story.并非他们二人都看过这个故事。

② All of the boys are clever, but none of them can work out this problem.

这些男孩都很聪明，但没有一个人能解出这道题。

③ All bamboo doesn’t grow tall.=Not all bamboo grows tall.并非所有的竹子都长的高。

12.Workers built shelters for survivors whose homes had been destroyed.

救援人员为那些家园被毁的幸存者盖起了避难所。

13.under the weight of在……重压下，迫于

14.in the open air 在户外，在野外，露天 in the air 在空中，悬而未决

15.take turns to do sth依次，轮流做某事 in turn 依次地，轮流地

It is your turn now.现在轮到你了。

No one is allowed to get his ticket out of turn.任何人都不准不按次序买票。

16.be shocked at对……感到震惊

17.be proud of以……为自豪

18.Our office would like to have you speak to the park visitors on July 28

19.expre one’s thanks to sb /for sth…对/因……表示感谢

20.without warning 毫无预兆

21.next to紧接着，相邻，次于

22.get away from…避免，摆脱，离开

23.disarster-hit areas灾区

24.raise money 募捐，筹款

25.Listening to English is a very important skill because it is only when we understand what is said to us that we can have a conversation with somebody.

听英语是一项很重要的技能，因为只有当我们懂得别人给我们说什么我们才能与他交谈。

26.It is believed that on the surface of the earth are a number of plates.

人们认为地球表面是一些板块。

27.hold up举起;托住;支撑;使停滞;耽搁;提出;阻挡;列举，推举;(理论等)经得住

Women can hold up half of the sky.妇女能顶半边天。

28.make up弥补, 虚构, 缝制, 整理, 包装, 和解, 编辑, 化妆,补足,拼凑

Farm workers make up only a small section of the population.

农民只占人口的一小部分.

The boy made up a story; it was not true.男孩编了个故事，这故事不是真的。

29.The judge gave a prize and his congratulations to the cyclist who won the competition.裁判把奖金颁给赢得比赛的自行车选手，并向他祝贺。

30.The miners who had been trapped in the mine for two days were finally rescued.被困在煤矿里两天的矿工们最后得到了营救。

31.The reporter recognized that the girl who was so frightened was trying to avoid the question.记者意识到女孩很害怕，而且尽力地回避问题。

32.The big fire destroyed two shops which are about four blocks from here.

大火摧毁了离这儿四个街区的两个商店。

33.I can’t expre how I am feeling at the moment.我无法表达我现在的感觉。

34.It is said but true that people die in earthquakes from falling furniture and bricks.据说但是真实的，在地震中人们死于倒落的家具和砖块。

35.be fixed to…被固定到……

36.be tied to … 被绑在……

2015年高一英语必修一unit3知识点总结

发布时间:2015-01-31

在高中英语学习的过程中，所学的东西非常多且零散，同学们要学好所学的知识，必须要对所学的知识进行知识点的总结，下面是小编为帮助大家节省高一英语学习总结的时间，特意整理的2015年高一英语必修一unit3知识点总结。

1.prefer

prefer doing to talking 喜欢做而不喜欢说

Which of these two drees do you prefer? 这两套衣服你喜欢哪一套?

I prerer to go to America for my fruther study.我更愿意选择去美国进修学习。

Anne prefers me to replace her at the meeting.安妮更愿意我代替她去参加会议。

1.advantages and disadvantages 优劣

2.How do they make use of it in their daily life? 在日常生活中他们是如何利用它的

3.flow through 流过，流经

4.Ever since middle school, my sister Wang Wei and I have dreamed about taking a great bike trip.从高中起，我姐姐王维和我就一直梦想做一次伟大的自行车旅行。 连词since 引导的时间状语从句用一般过去时，介词since 与表示过去某一点时间的词语连用，副词since 后不用从句或词语。

It is/has been+一段时间+since+一般过去时(从句中的动作不能延续)自从……至今已经多久了。

since then 自从那时至今 ever since 从那以后一直

5.persuade sb to do sth= persuade sb into doing sth 说服某人做某事

He persuaded her to go to school, even though she did not want to.

即使她不想去上学，他还是说服她去。

6.grow up in western Yunnan 在云南西部长大

7.After graduating fro college, we finally got the chance to take a bike trip.

大学毕业以后，我们终于有了机会骑自行车旅行。

8.It was my sister who first had the idea to cycle along the entire Mekong River from where it begins to where it ends.

首先想到沿湄公河从源头到终点骑车旅游的是我的姐姐。

强调句型It is/was…that/who 的用法归纳如下：

强调句型可以强调除谓语动词以外的任何句子成份。一般来说，如果被强调部分是人时，用连词that或who;如果被强调部分是物，只能用连词that。 强调句型应避免使用when, where, which 等连词。

含一般疑问句和特殊疑问句的强调句句型:

① 含一般疑问句的强调句型，其结构为：Is it+被强调部分+that/who+句子的其余部分?

② 特殊疑问句的强调句型结构形式为：特殊疑问词+is/was it that/who+句子的其余部分?

9.schedual for the trip 旅行计划

10.be fond of 喜欢，喜爱

Although she didn’t know the best way of getting to places, she insisted that she organize the trip properly.尽管她对去某些地方的最佳路线并不清楚，她坚持要自己把这次旅行安排得尽善尽美。 (注意1：Although conj.“尽管，虽然”，引导让步状语从句。拓展：

① although 从句多在句首， though 从句可在主句前、中、后任何位置，而且though 可以作副词用于句末，作“但是，不过”讲，而although 无此用法。

② although 用来陈述事实而不用于假设，所以as though(仿佛，好像)，even though(即使，尽管)中不能用although。

③ though 引导的让步状语从句可以倒装(将表语、状语、情态动词后的动词原形前置到句首，此用法同as),而 although 不可以。注意2：insist 在这里的意思是“坚持要求”后面的that从句用虚拟语气;如果insist 意为“强调，坚持认为”的时候，从句可以用任何所需要的时态。例如：She insisted that she didn’t tell a lie.她强调她没撒谎。另外，还可以用insist on doing sth/ sth.一定要、坚持主张，如：She insists on getting up early and playing her radio loudly她老是一大早起来把收音机音量开大。)

11.care about details 考虑细节

The only thing he cares about is money.他唯一在乎的就是金钱。

care for 喜欢，照料，照顾 I don’t really care for red wine.我其实并不喜欢红葡萄酒。

Who will care for your child if you are out? 如果你外出了，谁来照顾你的孩子?

12.give me a determined look给了我一个坚定的眼神

13.change one’s mind 改变主意

14.…she seemed to be excited about it.似乎显得兴奋

15.an interesting experience一次有趣的经历

16.Once she has made up her mind, nothing can change it.Finally, I had to give in.她一旦下了决心，什么也不能使她改变。最后，我只好让步了。Once 可作为从属连词，作“一(旦)……就……”解，连接一个表示时间的状语从句。从句中常用一般现在时，现在完成时表将来。

如：Once you have begin you must continue.Once printed，the book will be very popular。

17.It becomes rapids as it paes through deep valleys, travelling acro western Yunnan Province.它穿过深谷时就变成了急流，流经云南西部。

18.It makes wide bends or meanders through low valleys to the plains where rice grows.河水蜿蜒缓慢地穿过低谷，流向生长稻谷的平原。

19.He is so stubborn that no one can persuade him to do anything.

他太固执，没有一人能劝动他做事。

20.A determined person always tries to finish the job, no matter how hard it is.

不论工作多难，一个坚决的人总是努力地去完成它。

21.My grandpa is fond of fishing and sometimes he fishes all day in the river.

我爷爷喜欢钓鱼，有时他整天在河边钓鱼。

22.I prefer the red dre to the green one because it fits me better.

我喜欢那件红色的衣服不喜欢那件绿色的，因为红色的更合我的身。

23.The concert went like clockwork because Li Pei organized it so well.

音乐会顺利地进行，因为李佩组织地相当好。

24.I wanted to pay the train fare, but my friend insisted.Finally I gave in.

我想付火车票费用，但我朋友坚持他付。最后我让步了。

25.She persuaded all of us to cycle to work instead of taking the bus.

她说服了我们不做公共汽车而是骑车去工作。

26.As neither of them would give in, no decision was taken that day.

由于双方都不让步，那天没有形成决议。

27.The task was difficult, but Helen’s determined expreion let me know that she would not give up.虽然工作很难，但海伦的坚定神情使我知道她不会放弃。

28.How I wish I could make a journey into space and see the stars up close.

我多么希望我能够进行太空旅行，近距离地看看星星啊。

29.The very first time that Joe saw the film “ET” directed by Steven Spieberg, he made up his mind to become a director too.

第一次看Steven Spieberg执导的电影“ET”时，他就下定决心也要当一名导演。

30.a large parcel of 一大包

31.We are taking out insurance to cover any problems.我们要投保给一切问题保险。

32.Our legs were so heavy and cold that they felt like blocks of ice.

我们的腿又冷又沉，感觉就像大冰块。

33.Along the way children dreed in long wool coats stopped to look at us.

一路上，一些身着羊毛大衣的孩子们停下来看我们。

34.However, the lakes shone like gla in the setting sun and looked wonderful.然而，湖水在落日的余晖下闪亮如镜，景色迷人。

35.as usual 像往常一样

36.At one point we were so high that we found ourselves cycling through clouds.在某个时刻，我们发现自己置身高处，仿佛骑车穿越云层。

37.We saw many sheep eating green gra.我们看到羊群在吃草。

38.make camp宿营

39.put up our tent 搭帐篷

40.stay awake 睡不着，醒着

41.at midnight 在半夜

42.for company 做伴

43.lie beneath the stars 躺在星空下

44.We can hardly wait to see them.我们迫不及待地想要见到他们。

45.Good luck on your journey.祝你旅途愉快

46.When you go on a journey, why not keep a travel journey?

当你出游的时候问什么不记旅行日记呢?

47.see the world through somebody else’s eyes 通过别人的眼睛看世界

48.go in the right direction 走正确的方向

49.The tortoise moves at a very slow pace.乌龟以很慢的速度行进。

If you pace yourself, you will be able to work efficiently.

如果你为自己定好了速度，你就会高效地工作。

50.be similar to 类似于

51.afford to do sth 付得起，能承担

52.be tired from因……而疲劳 be tired of 对……厌倦

53.be in high spirits 喜气洋洋，兴高采烈

54.come true 实现，成真

55.Ask them to give you some advice on improving it.

要他们就如何改进提一些建议。

56.a guide to… ……的指南

57.on a tour 在游览中，在巡演中

58.in detail 详细地

2015年高一英语必修一unit1知识点总结(人教版)

发布时间:2015-01-29

关于高一英语必修一知识点总结，英语学习的过程中，所学的东西非常多且零散，同学们要学好所学的知识，必须要对所学的知识进行知识点的总结，为帮助大家节省高一英语必修一知识点总结的时间。

Survey n.纵览,视察,测量v.审视,视察,通盘考虑,调查

1.We stood on the top of the mountain and surveyed the countryside.我们站在山顶上，眺望乡村。

2.A quick survey of the street showed that no one was about.扫视街道, 空无一人。

Add v.增加

1.He added some wood to increase the fire.他加了一些木柴，使火旺些。

2.If you add 4 to 5, you get 9.四加五等于九。

3.Add up all the money I owe you.把我应付你的钱都加在一起。

Upset a.烦乱的,不高兴 v.颠覆,推翻,扰乱,使心烦意乱,使不舒服

1.I\'m always upset when I don\'t get any mail.我接不到任何邮件时总是心烦意乱。

2.He has an upset stomach.他胃不舒服。 3.The news quite upset him.这消息使他心烦意乱。

Ignore v.不顾,不理,忽视

1.I said hello to her, but she ignored me completely! 我向她打招呼, 可她根本不理我!

2.I can\'t ignore his rudene any longer.他粗暴无礼, 我再也不能不闻不问了。

Calm n.平稳,风平浪静 a.平静的,冷静的 v.平静下来,镇静

1.It was a beautiful morning, calm and serene.那是一个宁静、明媚的早晨。

2.You should keep calm even in face of danger.即使面临危险，你也应当保持镇静。

3.Have a brandy it\'ll help to calm you (down).来点儿白兰地--能使你静下来。

calm down vt.平静下来(镇定下来)

1.His rage was soon calmed down by the rustic peace.乡村的宁静很快就使他的怒气平静下来。

2.I told myself to calm down.我告诫自己要冷静下来。

have got to conj.不得不(必须)

1.You may not like him, but you have got to admire his persistence.你可以不喜欢他，但你不得不佩服他那种坚忍不拔的精神。

2.I couldn\'t have got to the meeting on time -- unle I had caught an earlier train

我不可能及时赶到会场，除非我赶上了较找的一班火车。

Concern n.关心,关系, 关切的事,忧虑 v.涉及,与...有关,影响;使关心

1.How much money I earn is none of your concern.我挣多少钱与你无关。

2.These problems concern all of us.这些问题影响到我们每一个人。

3.This restaurant is a family concern.这家饭店是由一家人经营的。

be concerned about vt.关心(挂念)

1.It is reauring to be enquired after when you\'re ill.It shows your friends haven\'t stopped being concerned about you.

如果能询问一下你是何时生病的我们也就放心了。因为你的朋友一直在关心你。

2.The government\'s claim to be concerned about unemployment is sheer hypocrisy.

政府声称对失业表示关注纯属做做姿态。

Cheat n.骗子,欺骗行为 v.欺骗,作弊

1.His father was cheated of his land.他的父亲被人骗走了地产。

2.He never cheats to pa examination.他考试从不作弊。

3.He was cheated (out) of his rightful inheritance.他依法应得的遗产被人骗走了.

Reason n.理由,原因,理智,理性 v.说服,推论,下判断

1.She can reason very clearly.她能很清晰地思考。

2.Copernicus reasoned that the earth revolved around the sun.哥白尼论证了地球绕着太阳转。

3.We have reason to believe that he was murdered.我们有理由相信他是被谋杀的。

list n.目录,名单,明细表 v.列出,列于表上,记入名单内

1.He wrote down his name on the list.他将他的名字写在清单上。

2.He listed all the things he had to do.他把自己必须做的事列成表。

Share n.部份,股份,分担 v.共享,共有,分配

1.If you want a share of the pay, you\'ll have to do your fair share of the work.

要是你想得到一份报酬，你就必须做好你该分担的那一份工作。

2.She\'s got all her money in stocks and shares.她所有的钱都投放到股票里去了。

3.Children should be taught to share their toys.应该教育孩子们分享玩具。

go through a.通过

1.I\'ve gone through the elbows of my sweater.我的毛衣的肘部都磨破了。

2.He\'s amazingly cheerful considering all that he\'s been through.鉴于他经历过的种种遭遇，他的乐天达观令人惊叹。

3.She decided not to go through with (ie not to have) the abortion.她决定不做流产.

hide away 包庇 藏起...

They had been hid away for a long time.它们被隐藏了很久。

set down 1太阳落山 2.申斥(搭乘,触地)飞机着陆 3.写下来

1.The bus stopped to set down an old lady.公共汽车停下来让一个老太太下车。

2.I\'ll set you down on the corner of your street.我在你说的那条街的拐角处停下来让你下车。

3.Why don\'t you set your ideas down on paper? 你怎么不把你的想法写在纸上呢?

a series of 一系列,一连串

1.The theory is based on a series of wrong aumptions.这一理论是以一系列错误的设想为依据的。

on purpose 故意,有意

1.He knocked the old man down on purpose.他故意把那个老人撞倒。

in order to 为了

1.In order to earn enough money, he worked late into the night.为了赚到足够的钱, 他工作到深夜。

Dare n.挑战,挑动 v.敢,胆敢

1.How dare you say such a thing? 你怎敢说出这样的话?

2.I dare say you are right.我认为你是对的。

thunder

n.雷电,雷声

v.打雷,大声喊出

1.My little dog always hides under the bed when it thunders.我的小狗一听到打雷就藏到床底下。

2.We could hear the thunder of distant guns.我们可以听到远处炮声隆隆。

3.\"Get out!\" he thundered.“滚出去!”他大声吼到。

face to face

面对面地

1.His ambition was to meet his favourite pop star face to face.

他心向往之的是要面对面地见见他心目中的流行曲歌星。

2.The burglar turned the corner and found himself face to face with a policeman.

盗贼一拐弯面对面地碰上个警察。

3.The two rival politicians came/were brought face to face in a TV interview.

那两个对立的政客面对面地一起接受电视访问。

trust

n.信任,信托

vi.信任

vt.委托,相信

名词:truster 动词过去式:trusted 过去分词:trusted 现在分词:trusting 第三人称单数:trusts

1.My husband trusts me and I don\'t intend to break that trust.我的丈夫信任我，所以我不想失去这种信任。

2.Can you trust his account of what happened? 你能相信他对发生的事情所做的报告吗?

3.In his will he created trusts for his children.他在遗嘱里为子女安排好了信托财产。

suffer

v.遭受,经验,忍受

1.They suffered huge loes in the financial crisis.他们在经济危机时遭受了巨大的损失。

2.She couldn\'t suffer criticism.她受不了批评。

3.How can you suffer such insolence? 你怎么能容忍这种蛮横的态度?

get along with

vt.友好相处(和睦相处,取得进展)

1.We should let bygones be bygones and try to get along with each other.

我们应当本着既往不咎的原则重新合伙。

2.He is the last person that I\'ll get along with.他是我最不愿与之相处的人。

3.Do you get along with your bo?/Do you and your bo get along? 你跟老板合得来吗?

goip

n.闲聊,随笔

v.说闲话

1.There has been much goip in political circles.政界里有许多流言蜚语。

2.I never talk about goip.我从不传播流言蜚语。

3.She loves to goip to her neighbors.她喜欢议论邻居们的是非长短。

fall in love

vt.陷入爱河(爱上,喜爱)

1.It is natural that he should fall in love with such a beautiful girl.他爱上那位美丽的姑娘是很自然的事。

2.It\'s my karma always to fall in love with brunettes.

我爱上的总是深褐色头发、浅黑色皮肤的白种女子, 这是我的缘分.

3.You say you don\'t believe in marriage, but I bet you sing a different song when you finally fall in love.

你说你认为结婚是无谓的, 但我肯定你最终爱上一个人的时候你就不这么说了.

quiz

n.小考,随堂测验,恶作剧

v.简单测验,恶作剧

1.We will have a quiz tomorrow morning.我们明天早晨进行一个小测验。

2.She quizzed him all night about the people he\'d seen.她整夜盘问他都见到谁了。

3.Match your skill against the experts in this quiz.在这一测验中你与专家较量一下技巧吧。

communicate

v.沟通,传达,交流

1.The door communicates with my room.这门和我的房间相通。

2.I can\'t communicate with them; the radio doesn\'t work.我无法和他们联系，无线电坏了。

3.He has communicated his wishes to me.他已经把他的愿望告诉了我。

join in

参加,加入

1.We want to join in the masquerade.我们想去参加化装舞会。

2.Can I join in (the game)? 我参加(这个游戏)行吗?

3.I will join in the project, heart and hand.我会满腔热情地参加这项工程。

join，join in，jointo

join的基本词义是“加入某个党派或社会团体，从而成为该党派或团体的一员”。例：

When did they join the conservation organization?他们是什么时候参加环保组织的? The prodigy joined the International Aociation of Poets，Playwrights，Editors，Eayists and Novelists(PEN)when he was only fourteen years old.这位天才在十四岁时便成为国际笔会会员。

join in的意思是“参加某项运动或活动”，例如参加讨论、游行、罢工等。例：

More than ten thousand workers have joined in this strike.有一万多名工人参加了此次罢工。

All of us will join in the celebration of the victory of World War Ⅱ.我们全都参加这次庆祝世界二次大战胜利的活动。

There were many extracurricular activities，but Peter never joined in.尽管有很多课外活动，但彼德从不参加。

join to的意思是“和…接触”、“与…相连”。例：

Our house is joined to Mr.So\'s.我们的房子和苏先生的房子相连。

请注意，join之后如接 oneself再加to，就表示“参加”、“加入”的意思。如：

To my surprise，Mr.Li joined himself to the opposite party last month.令我惊奇的是，上个月李先生竟然参加了反对党。

2014年最新人教版高中英语必修一知识点总结之

Unit 2 双击单词可弹出解释框 时间:2014-09-20 12:08 作者:admin 人教版新课标高中英语必修一Unit 2 English around the world 词语归纳 1）include include是及物动词，后跟名词，代词或者动名词作宾语，或者跟宾语+介词短语 including通常为介词，相当于having（sb/sth）as a part，包括（某人某物）在内，可与过去分词included互换。 2）present 作形容词，若表示“在场的，出席的”通常用作标标语或者后置定语；若表示“现在的，现有的”，通常用作前置定语。

作名词，也可以表示“目前，现在”，多与the连用，常用的词组at present“现在，目前”；还可以表示“礼物”含有“捐赠”的意思。

常有的词组有make sb a present of 表示“将某物赠送给某人”。作动词，表示“赠送，给与”，后跟双宾语；也可表示为“正式介绍，引见某人（尤指向级别、地位较高的人）”。

常见用法present one‟s apologies/compliments/respects…表示某人的歉意/赞扬/敬意…… present oneself 出席，列席； present itself 出现，呈现。 3）rule rule over sb/sth 统治某人/某物 rule sth/sb out 把某人/某物排除在外 as a rule 在大多数情况下，通常

表示“控制；影响”时多用作被动语态。作名词时表示“规则，规章，条例；惯常用法；统治；尺”。

4）recognize 为非延续性动词，不用于进行时；强调原来认识的东西意为“认出，分辨出”。 表示“承认某人/某物有效或者属实”有时与as连用。

与名词或者名词词组连用，that引导的从句连用，也可表示“认识到，认清某事物”。 5）commend 作动词多为及物动词，表示命令，后接名词+不定式。 表示“统率，指挥，控制，掌握”，后常接宾语。

作动词或名词都可以跟从句，从句中用should（常省略）+动词原形。 作名词常用词组有：in commend of 统率……的

under the commend of 被……统率的 get/obtain commend of 控制

take commend of 开始担任……的指挥 has commend of 掌握

at/by sb‟s commend 奉某人命令的，受某人指挥的 commend oneself 控制自己 6）request 作动词时常用的句型：request sb to do sth；request that sb （should）do sth； request of sb +that从句

作名词时常用的习语有：at sb‟s request/at the request of sb 应某人的要求 by request of 由于受到……的要求

make a request for sth from sb 向某人要求某物 7）explain 可作及物或者不及物动词，作及物动词时，间接宾语前要加to。例如： The teacher explains to the cla the questions.The teacher explains the questions to the cla.老师向全班解释了这个问题。 explain可接连

接代词，连接副词或者that引导的从句。还可以接连接代词或者连接副词所引导的不定式短语。

8）however 作副词，若表示转折，意为“但是，然而，不过”，可放在句首，句中，句末，要用逗号分开；若修饰形容词或者副词，意为“无论如何，无论怎样”。 作连词，引导让步状语从句。意为“不管怎样，不管用什么方式”。 9）imagine 是动词，意为“想象，设想，猜想”后跟名词，动名词，从句（imagine多以否定形式出现），还可以与as连用。

imagine oneself 表示“想像一下，你若……”后面所跟的to be结构常被省略。 10）such as与for example的区别

都可以作例如讲，但是such as用来列举事物，放在被列举事物和前面的名词之间，后直接跟名词，没有逗号，一般不如and so on 连用；for example用来举例说明，有时可作独立句，插在句子中，后面一般用逗号隔开。

such as 不能将前面所述的数量全部列出；such作形容词，可与as在句中分开使用，表示“像……这样的”，as是关系代词，引导宾语从句，作主语或者是宾语。

）more than ① more than与数词连用，意为“超过，多于”。

② more than+名词，表示超出该名词所指，意思为“不止，不仅仅是”。 ③ more than+加形容词或者动词，表示加重语气，意思是“很，非常”。 ④ more than+（that）从句，其基本意义是超过，但可译为“简直不，远非……” ⑤ more than之间加入形容词或者副词，有两种含义：一中是普通的比较级用法； 另外一种是用来表示“与其说……倒不如说……”。

12）base sth on/upon 意为“以……为基础/依据”，被动形式为be based on/upon 13）关于way的一些短语：

by the way 顺便说说；顺便提起 in a way 在某一方面；在某种程度上 in the way 阻碍，阻挡 in any way 无论如何

on one‟s way to/on the way to 在来/去……的路上/过程中 in every way 在各个方面，完全 in no way 绝不，无论如何不 lose one‟s way 迷路；误入歧途 14）nearly和almost的用法

①almost=very nearly,表示\"几乎、差不多\",常可互换使用。 ②almost和nearly可互换使用的场合 (1)在肯定句中

(2)修饰all, every, always等时 (3)在行为动词的否定式前 ③只能用almost的场合

(1)修饰no, none, never, any以及由no或any的合成词。: (2)修饰表示感觉或心理的动词或形容词。:(3)修饰more than和too。 ④只能用nearly的场合

(1)被very, not, pretty修饰时。 (2)表示要做什么事但后来\"没有做\"或\"避开不做\"时。

⑤mostly用作副词,意思是\"大体上、主要地、大部分、多半、通常\"等。 15）come up 走进；上来；提出；发芽；流行；上升；出现；发生 come up to 达到；数到；不负众望；合乎（标准等） come up with 提出（建议）；找到(答案，解决方法) come about 发生 come out 出版；出现；显露 come acro 偶然碰上 come on 加油 16）use的短语

make full/good/the best/little use of 充分/好好/充分/不充分利用 be in use 在使用中 come into use 开始使用

bring…to use/put use to 加以使用 get the use of 使用…… be of use 有用的 out of use 被废 弃不用

have no use for 对……无用 find a use for…为……找到用途 with use 经常使用

17）due to 由于（引导表语或者状语从句） thanks to 多亏，由于（引导状语从句） owing to 由于（引导状语或者表语从句）

as a result of 因为，……的结果（引导状语从句） on account of 因为（引导状语从句）

by the reason of 由于，因为（引导状语） 句子归纳：

1.However, they may not be able to understand everything.（然而，他们可能不是什么都懂。）

2.This is because Britain ruled India from 1765 to 1947.(这是因为英国于1765年到1947年统治过印度。) 3.All languages change when cultures communicate with one another.(当不同文化互相沟通时，所有的语言都会发生变化。) 4.What the British call “petrol” the Americans call “gas”.

(美国人把被英国人称作“petrol”的东西称作“gas”。 此处what引导宾语从句) 5.Actually, it was based more on German than present day English.(实际上，当时的英语更多地是以德语为基础的，而现代英语不是。) 6.…those who reported the news were expected to speak excellent English.7.the us is a large country in which many different dialects are spoken.(in which= where, 其引导定语从句。 美国是一个大国，国内说着许许多多的方言。) 8.…there is more than one kind of English in the world.(more than one+单数可数名词，作主语时，谓语用单数) 9.it is not easy for a Chinese person to speak English as well as a native English speaker.(对于一个中国人来说把英语说得跟以英语为母语的人一样好是不容易的。) 句型：it is + adj/n+ for sb to do sth 对于某人来说做某事是… 扩充：it is + adj+ of /for sb to do sth 当句式中形容词修饰to do sth 时用for; 若形容词修饰sb，则用of.eg: it’s kind of you to help me carry the box.附：

1.either…or…和neither…nor…连接两个名词作主语，谓语动词采取就近原则。2.be different in 强调在某方面的不同

be different from 强调在各方面的不同 3.in the end 最后，最终 后无of 结构 三个表示最后最终的用法：

⑴finally: 按照顺序的最后，常与first, secondly 等连用 ⑵at last: 经过长时间等待直到最后

⑶in the end: 经过长期曲折斗争努力，终于… 如：战争等

4.与人交谈，常会有听不清楚或听不懂的情形，遇到这种情况该如何开口呢？ ⑴Pardon? ⑵I beg your pardon? i don’t understand./ sorry, i can’t follow you.对不起，我没听懂，请再说一遍好吗？

⑶Could you say that again, please? / Could you repeat that, please? 请再说一遍好吗？ ⑷Could you speak more slowly, please? 请你说得慢一点好吗？ 5.include ─ including; included identity ─ identify actually ─ actual (adj); rapidly ─ rapid (v)

government (n) ─ govern(v) wide (adj) ─ widen (v); broad (adj) ─ broaden (v) foreign ─ foreigner; solve (v) ─ solution (n)

6.petrol------gas ; lift------elevator; flat------apartment film------movie; sweets----candy; post------mail

高一英语必修一必背句型

1) It was the first time in a year and a half that I had seen the night face to face.（从句时态用完成时） 这是我一年半以来第一次目睹夜晚。

2) I wonder if it’s because I haven’t been able to be outdoors for so long that I’ve grown so crazy about everything to do with nature.（强调句） 我不知道这是不是因为我长久无法出门的缘故，我变得对一切与大自然有关的事物都无比狂热。

3) I stayed awake on purpose until half past eleven one evening in order to have a good look at the moon for once by myself.有一天晚上，我熬到11点半故意不睡觉，为的是独自好好看看月亮一次。 4) Your friend, who doesn’t work hard, asks you to help him cheat in the end-of-term exam.（非限制性定语从句） 你的一个朋友叫你在期末考试中帮他作弊，这个朋友平常不认真学习。

5) If you have some trouble (in) getting along with your friends, you can write to the editor and ask for advice.如果你在和朋友的相处上有问题，你可以写信给编辑向他征求建议。

6) Add up your score and see how many points you can get.把你的得分加起来，看看得了多少。

7) What he did has added to our difficulties.他的所作所为增加了我们的困难。 8) His income adds up to $1000 a month.他每月的收入共计1000美元。 9) It\'s no pleasure looking through these any longer because nature is one thing that really must be experienced.观看这些已不再是乐趣，因为大自然是你必须体验的。

10) Why is she so concerned about his attitude to her work? 她为什么那么关注他对她的工作的看法？

11) The police asked him to set down what he had seen in a report.警察让他在报告中写下他所看见的事情。

12) As I was about to go out and search for him, he happened to come in.正当我打算出去找他时，他恰巧进来。

13) Mr.Jones lives alone and often feels lonely.琼斯先生单独一人生活，常常感到孤独。

14) We tried to calm him down, but he kept crying.我们试图让他平静下来，但他仍不停地哭着。

15) Does he dare (to) go out at night in such stormy weather? 他敢在这样一个暴风雨夜外出吗？

16) He would go through fire and water for his country.他愿为国家赴汤蹈火。 17) That country suffered a heavy lo in the flood.那个国家在水灾中遭受严重的损失。 18) World Englishes come from those countries where English plays an important role as a first or second language, either because of foreign rule or because of its special role as an international language.（定语从句） 世界英语来自那些以英语为第一或第二语言的国家，英语在这些国家起重要作用，或是因为外国的统治，或是因为其作为国际语言的特殊地位。

19) All languages change when cultures communicate with one another.当不同的语言互相沟通时，所有的语言都会发生变化。

20) Actually, the English spoken between about AD 450 and 1150 was based more on German than present day English.实际上，从公元450年到1150年，人们所说的英语更多的是以德语为基础的，而现代英语不是。

21) Would you please come up to my flat for a visit? 请到我的公寓里来坐坐，好吗？

22) Believe it or not, he cheated in the exams.信不信由你，他在考试中作弊。 23) Native English speakers can understand each other even if they don’t speak the same kind of English.以英语作为母语的人，即使他们所讲的语言不尽相同，也可以互相交流。

24) Today the number of people learning English in China is larger than even before.目前在中国学习英语的人数比以往任何时候都多。

25) It is the duty of a government to provide education for the children of its country.（it作形式主语）政府的责任是为其国家的小孩提供教育。

26) Reading is one of the best ways of improving your vocabulary and usage.阅读是帮助你改善词汇及其用法的最好方法之一。

27) Giving commands is le polite than making a request.发号命令比发出请求粗鲁。

28) We asked her for directions and she told us to go round the corner on the left and keep going straight for two blocks.我们向她问路，她告诉我们往左边拐弯后直走两个街区。

29) He knows several languages, such as English, French and German.他懂几种语言，例如英语、法语和德语。 30) My sister and I have dreamed about cycling along the Mekong River from where it begins to where it ends.我姐姐和我一直梦想要沿湄公河从源头到终点骑车旅行。

31) The man insisted that he didn’t steal anything and he (should) be set free at once.(陈述语气、虚拟语气) 这男人坚持自己没有偷东西，他坚持说他应该立刻被释放。

32) She gave me a determined look ?C the kind that said she wouldn’t change her mind.她给了我一个坚定的眼神——这种眼神表明她是不会改变主意的。

33) He is so stubborn that no one can persuade him to do anything.他是如此的固执以致没有人能说服他做任何事。

34) My sister doesn’t care about details.我的姐姐是不会考虑细节的。 35) She is a determined woman.Once she determines to do something, she will do it well.她是个意志坚强的人。如果她下决心做什么事，就一定要做好。

36) He recorded the important events ad his afterthoughts in his travel journal.在旅行日记中，他记下了重大的事件及自己的想法。

37) I am not familiar with this city, because this is my first visit.我对这个城市不熟悉，因为这是我的第一次来访。

38) I don’t think it is neceary for us to give in.我认为我们没有必要让步。

39) The topics of a travel journal can be different from a diary, often including people, things, and events le familiar to readers.游记的主题可以和日记不同，经常包括那些读者不太熟悉的人和事。

40) It was great fun to put up tents here.在这儿搭帐篷真好玩。

41) The number of people who were killed or injured in the earthquake reached more than 400,000.（定语从句） 死伤的人数达到40多万。

42) The army organized the rescue workers to dig out those who were trapped and to bury the dead.（定语从句） 部队组织救援人员将受困的人们挖出来，将死者掩埋。 43) All hope was not lost.= Not all hope was lost.（部分否定） 不是所有的希望都破灭了。

44) None of us were allowed to go there.（全部否定） 我们全都不许去那里。 45) He rescued the man from drowning.他救了一男子使之免遭溺毙。

46) An earthquake left the whole city in ruins.地震过后，全城到处是残垣断壁。

47) I feel highly honoured by your trust.得到你的信任，我感到非常荣幸。 48) Profeor Yu organized his thoughts before giving the speech.于教授在演讲之前组织了一下思路。

49) Many people took shelter from the rain in the department store.许多人在百货公司里避雨。

50) It seemed that the world was at an end as the earthquake destroyed nearly everything.世界似乎到了末日，因为地震几乎毁了一切。

51) People began to wonder how long the disaster would last.人们开始纳闷，这场灾难还会持续多久？

52) They used candles all the time instead of electricity.他们一直用蜡烛，没有用电。

53) The one million people of the city, who thought little of these strange events, went to bed as usual that night.（非限制性定语从句）

这城市的一百万居民几乎都没有把这些奇怪的情况当一回事，当天晚上照常上床睡觉了。 54) We’d better prepare him for the bad news.我们最好让他做好知道这个坏消息的心理准备。

55) The rubbish gave out a smelly gas.垃圾发出一阵臭味。 56) I am getting in touch with him right away.我马上跟他联系。 57) Are you willing to do public service work without pay? 你愿意无偿从事公益活动吗？

58) Do you easily lose heart when you are in trouble? 你处于不幸中时容易丧失信心吗？

59) The time when I first met him was a very difficult period of my life.第一次见到他的时候是在我一生中非常艰难的时期。（定语从句）

60) It is a doctor’s job to advise patients on health problems.医生的职责就是向病人提供有关健康的建议。

61) As a matter of fact, I was worried about whether I would be out of work.事实上我担心我是不是会失业。

62) After getting up, he always drinks a gla of water, which he believes is good for his health.（非限制性定语从句） 每天起床后，他都喝一杯水，他认为这对他的身体有好处。

63) The last thirty years have seen the greatest number of laws stopping our rights and progre, until today we have reached a stage where we have almost no rights at all.（定语从句） 过去30年来所出现的大量法律剥夺我们的权利，阻挡我们的进步，一直到今天，我们还处在几乎什么权利都没有的阶段。

64) In his life, he has always tried to help those who are le fortunate than himself.（定语从句） 在他的一生中，他总是设法帮助那些比他不幸的人。 65) Only then did we decide to answer violence with violence.（倒装句） 只有到这个时候我们才决定用暴力反抗暴力。

66) Only some of the children seemed to have understood it.似乎只有一部分孩子明白。

67) The school where I studied only two years was three kilometers away.那所我仅仅读了两年的学校有三公里远。（定语从句）

68) The parts of town where they lived were places decided by white people.（过去分词作后置定语） 他们在城里的住宅区都是由白人决定的。

69) Before he came to power, he was once put in prison for years.在掌权之前，他曾经坐了几年牢。 70) This was my reward after working all my life for equal rights for the Blacks.这是我毕生为争取黑人的平等权利而斗争所得到的回报。

71) He was sentenced to three years in prison for stealing.他因偷窃被判处三年监禁。

72) He set up a black law firm to help those poor black people.他开设了一间黑人律师事务所帮助那些穷苦的黑人。

73) In 1963, I helped him blow up some government buildings.在1963年，我帮助他炸毁了一些政府大楼。

74) My family could not continue to pay my school fee.我的家庭无法继续支付我的学费。

75) He taught us during the lunch breaks and the evenings when we should have been asleep.（虚拟语气） 在午餐的休息时间和晚上我们本应该睡觉的时候他教授我们。

《高一英语必修一英语教学工作总结.doc》

将本文的Word文档下载到电脑，方便编辑。

推荐度：

点击下载文档